Division 5: Pre-Design Concept - Digitized Resources Murphy ...

COWLEY HALL 

SCIENCE BUILDING 

PROGRAM STATEMENT 

& PRE-DESIGN STUDY 

Prepared By: 

River Architects, Inc. 

La Crosse, Wisconsin 

August 2011 

Approved By: 

University of Wisconsin – La Crosse 


DSF Project No. 09J2H 

Agency Representative: Date: August 24, 2011 

Robert J. Hetzel 

UW‐System Representative: Date: August 15, 2011 

Maura Donnelly 

A/E Consultant Representative: Date: August 24, 2011 

Valentine J. Schute, Jr.

Table of Contents 

Acknowledgements 2 

Division 1: Executive Summary 3 

Division 2: Building Program 7 

2.1 Approach 7 

2.2 Objectives and Assumptions – Classroom Programming 7 

2.3 Classroom Mix Study 7 

2.4 Program Space Allocation 7 

2.5 Occupants/Users and Activities 8 

2.6 Building Program Summary/Space Tabulation 10 

2.7 Graphic Space Analysis 20 

2.8 Sample Room Layouts 27 

Division 3: Physical Planning Issues 41 

3.1 Site/Existing Conditions 41 

3.2 Civil Utilities and Plan 45 

3.3 Transportation/Circulation 47 

3.4 Existing Building Assessment 50 

Division 4: Special Planning Issues 65 

4.1 Environmental Impact 65 

4.2 Zoning Requirements 65 

4.3 Accessibility Requirements 65 

4.4 Sustainable Facilities and Energy Conservation 66 

4.5 Commissioning 72 

4.6 Hazardous Substances 72 

4.7 Equipment 73 

Division 5: Pre‐Design Concept 75 

5.1 Overview 75 

5.2 Approach 75 

5.3 Phased Building Program 75 

5.4 Design Guidelines/Assumptions 84 

5.5 Pre‐Design Site Plan Concept 85 

5.6 Building Massing and Functional Layout Diagrams 89 

5.7 Laboratory Systems 112 

5.8 Architectural Systems 132 

5.9 Structural Systems 136 

5.10 Fire Protection Systems 138 

5.11 Plumbing Systems 140 

5.12 Mechanical Systems 145 

5.13 Electrical Systems 154 

5.14 Telecommunications Systems 162 

Division 6: Code Review 165 

Division 7: Project Cost Estimate 171 

Division 8: Schedule 175 

Appendices: 

Appendix A: Room Data Sheets 

Appendix B: University of Wisconsin – La Crosse Cowley Hall Science Building Program Space Allocation 

University of Wisconsin – La Crosse Cowley Hall Science Building August 2011 

DSF Project #09J2H Pre‐Design Study Page 1


Joe Gow 

Chancellor 

Kathleen Enz Finken 

Provost and Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs 

Robert Hetzel 

Vice Chancellor for Administration & Finance 

Matt Lewis 

Executive Director Facilities Planning & Management 

Bruce Riley 

College of Science & Health – Interim Dean 

Bob Hoar 

Faculty Assistant to the Provost 

David Howard 

Department Chair ‐ Biology 

Aaron Monte 

Department Chair – Chemistry 

Cynthia Berlin 

Department Chair – Geography & Earth Science 

David Koster 

Department Chair – Mathematics 

S. N. Rajagopal 

Department Chair – Microbiology 

Gubbi Sudhakaran 

Department Chair – Physics 

Jeff Bryan 

Radiation Center 

Shelly Lesher 


Kurt Grunwald 


Mark Sandheinrich 

Director – River Studies Center 

Thomas Greiner 

Anatomy 

Acknowledgements 

University of Wisconsin – System Administration 

Maura Donnelly 

Senior Facilities Architect 

State of Wisconsin – 

Department of Administration 

Division of State Facilities 

Jeff Plale 

Division Administrator 

Gil Funk 

Director, Bureau of Architecture & Engineering 

Larry Earll/Beth Reid 

Project Management 

Document Prepared By: 


Architectural Design & Planning 

La Crosse, WI 

Paulien & Associates, Inc. 

Facilities and Space Analysis 

Denver, CO 

Research Facilities Design 

Laboratory Design & Planning 

San Diego, CA 

Henneman Engineering, Inc. 

Structural, Mechanical, and 

Electrical Engineering and Sustainability 

Madison, WI 

JJR, LLC 

Civil Engineering and Landscape Design 

Madison, WI 



Introduction 

Division 1: Executive Summary 

The Cowley Hall Science Building project described in this document is the result of a collaborative effort between the State of 

Wisconsin Department of Administration‐Division of State Facilities, University of Wisconsin System Administration, the 

University of Wisconsin‐La Crosse and the Pre‐Design Team with the goal of providing a Program Statement and Pre‐Design 

Study. The Pre‐Design Team was strategically assembled by River Architects to engage experts in their respective fields to work 

together on this science building. The program initiative was lead by Paulien & Associates, while Research Facilities Design 

(RFD) contributed the expertise in science facility planning. Site analysis and design was conducted by JJR and the overall 

engineering work was prepared by Henneman Engineering. 

Project Scope 

This project will construct new space to accommodate the academic programs in the physical and life sciences at the University 

of Wisconsin‐La Crosse. The increased demand for access to the allied health professions programs at UW‐L has resulted in 

greatly increased demand for basic courses in the physical and life sciences. In addition, instruction in the sciences is also 

required by other degree programs at the university. As such, the large demand for courses in the basic sciences results in 

greatly increased pressure on the existing laboratory facilities. This intense use of the facilities, coupled with the fact that 

Cowley Hall, the university’s science building, was constructed over forty‐five years ago, is making it increasingly problematic to 

deliver quality instruction. 

Also, an increased emphasis on undergraduate and faculty research has put additional strains on the laboratory facilities. These 

spaces and the aged building infrastructure that supports them are not in adequate condition to accommodate the level or the 

intensity of use that is required of them. 

New space is needed for instructional laboratories, research activities, faculty offices and delivery of general science instruction. 

The campus Master Plan currently acknowledges a large block of space being added to existing Cowley Hall, with the old 

laboratory and classroom portion of the building being renovated, and the office wing on the west side of the building being 

removed. However, one of the tasks of the Pre‐Design Report will be to provide a cost benefit analysis of salvaging the existing 

laboratory and classroom portion of the building versus demolishing the entire existing facility and construction of all new 

space. 

The project site is currently occupied by existing Cowley Hall and a 180 stall parking lot. Surrounding buildings include Murphy 

Library and Resource Center to the west, Centennial Hall and Hoeschler Clock Tower to the southwest, Wittich Hall to the 

south, the campus Central Plant to the southeast, and Wimberly Hall to the northwest. A new Student Union is being planned 

for construction directly to the north of Cowley Hall. 

Approach 

The Pre‐Design Team presented a collaborative process to involve the entire project team in the discovery process. The 

meetings were systematically scheduled to develop the needs for the Program Statement, assess the physical condition of the 

existing facility, evaluate the site opportunities and Master Plan directives, develop design options, and prepare project cost 

estimates for committee review. The meetings were conducted over a fourteen month period and progressed from the detailed 

definition of the Program Statement to the development of a viable design option for the Study. 

Building Program 

The development of the Program Statement was a team effort with River Architects leading, Paulien & Associates adding their 

higher education programming expertise, and Research Facilities Design focusing on the science laboratories spaces. The overall 

objective was to provide the science programs with an adequate amount of space to conduct the activities required in each 

type of space represented in the building program. To the degree possible, space efficiencies, including sharing of certain 

spaces like conference rooms, core laboratory service spaces, and storage were explored and are reflected in the program. A 

classroom mix analysis was not conducted as part of the scope of services. Rather the outcome of the 2007 Campuswide 

Classroom Mix Study prepared by Paulien & Associates was used with some modifications to determine classroom needs. 

For the science programs included in the building program, it is anticipated that there will be undergraduate student growth of 

three percent (3%) by 2015 and an overall growth of five percent (5%) by 2020. No growth in graduate students is expected. 

The teaching laboratories are meeting the University of Wisconsin System utilization goal of 19.2 hours per seat. Because the 

use of the existing laboratories is very strong with the occupancy rates being very good, there is little room for student growth. 

This is why more laboratories are needed than currently exist. 




Due to UW‐La Crosse’s commitment to grant funded faculty and undergraduate student research, there is a very strong need 

for additional research space. UW‐La Crosse at $2.9 million, has 54% more sponsored research activity than the average of its 

IPED’s peer list. This research space is assigned to each faculty member, and it is assumed that it will be shared with assigned 

students. The arrangement and size of research lab space is unique to each discipline. 

The 27% shortage of office space in the existing Cowley Hall is primarily due to space limitations, and results in shared offices or 

being located in other buildings on campus. When you factor office needs for graduate and teaching assistants, the deficit in 

the number of office spaces increases to 50%. 

The table below summarizes the program space allocation by unit and then by space type. A total of 208,149 Assignable (Net 

Usable) Square Feet has been programmed which includes: 13 classrooms and 40 laboratories; the College of Science and 

Health Dean’s suite; the departments of Biology, Chemistry, Geography & Earth Science, Mathematics, Microbiology, Physics, 

Radiation Center, River Studies Center and building support spaces. 

The building program is primarily comprised of instructional space (51%), research space (19%), and offices (16%). 

Approximately eleven percent (11%) of the building is other academic support space (such as vivarium, herbarium, greenhouse, 

planetarium, specimen space, and resource spaces), student lounge and dining services, and faculty support spaces. 

Existing Building Assessment 

Cowley Hall was originally constructed in 1963 and had two primary additions to the north and east in 1968. Numerous 

classroom, laboratory, and mechanical renovations have occurred over the past 48 years, but haven’t changed the original 

1963‐68 footprint. The 180,000 square foot, shaped four story building has a full basement and fifth floor mechanical 

penthouse. The assessment of the facility condition is summarized by components as follows: 

• STRUCTURE ‐ The cast in place concrete structure appears to be in good condition and has 

marginal loading capacity. The floor‐to‐floor height of 12’‐0” severely limits 

renovation potential for many laboratory and classroom uses. 

• ENVELOPE ‐ The exterior walls have no thermal insulation and do not meet DSF standards for 

flashing and rain‐screen cavity walls. The curtain wall and window glazing system is 

original construction and has non‐thermally broken frames with ¼” glazing and allows 

water to infiltrate during storm events. The roof was replaced in 2002 with a 45 mil 

EPDM membrane over 5 1/2” of insulation board and is in good condition. 

• MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ‐ The engineering system infrastructure is well beyond their useful life 

expectations and needs to be replaced. 

Overall, the building’s structural frame is the best system component for reuse, with the caveat that the floor‐to‐floor height 

constraints will severely limit many proposed uses. The envelope deficiencies can be remedied, but will require careful detail 

analysis and the improvements may be cost prohibitive. 



Pre‐Design Concept 


The development of the design response for the project was influenced by the needs outlined in the Program Statement, the 

requirement that the existing facility stay in use until the new building is complete, and the cost to provide a new 327,522 GSF 

science facility. The study team accepted the premise of the need for a phased implementation approach to divide the project 

into the manageable phases. The decision to focus on the teaching, open, and research laboratories in Phase 1 equates to 

107,880 ASF, or approximately 179,800 GSF of new construction that would then connect to the existing building until Phase 2 

is started. Phase 2 would provide the balance of the program needs, including classrooms, collaborative learning spaces, 

conference rooms, faculty offices, and other ancillary departmental spaces in 93,065 ASF, or approximately 147,722 GSF of new 

or combination of new and renovated space. 

The study’s design scheme positions the Phase 1 work on the northern parking lot in a T plan configuration that connects to the 

middle of the existing building. The facility is 4 stories above grade at 16 feet floor‐to‐floor with a basement and mechanical 

penthouse. The new addition to existing building connection matches the first floor level height and then uses a new stair 

tower and elevator to connect the differing floor heights at levels 2 through 4 to ease the vertical circulation challenges. 

The floor plan on each level is a loop configuration with a single loaded corridor to the north and a double loaded corridor at 

the south. This arrangement positions the modular laboratories back‐to‐back for layout and venting flexibility. The exit stairs 

are positioned at the east (service) and west (Mall) entrances and at the south where the new building links to the existing 

building. The two new elevators are located at the southern linkage to the existing building and in the southeastern corner to 

align with the east first floor service entrance. The departmental distribution of the laboratories positions the Radiation Center 

in the basement for shielding, Physics on the first floor for vibration control, Biology on the second floor, Microbiology on the 

third floor, and Chemistry on the fourth floor. 

Phase 2 has two options for consideration. A new addition that replaces the existing Cowley Hall building or a combination of a 

renovated 1963 center wing with a new addition to the east. The west office wing will remain in both options for interim office 

use until Phase 2 is ready for occupancy and will then be demolished. Both options will include the classrooms, collaborative 

learning spaces, departments, offices, conference rooms, and ancillary support spaces to complete the program needs. 

Both Phase 2 options use a central double loaded corridor scheme oriented east‐west to maximize the area available for the 

large classrooms. The upper floors use a loop circulation plan with offices positioned on the perimeter to maximize the natural 

light opportunities. The vertical circulation is deliberately positioned at the east (service) and west (Mall) ends at the entrances 

to simplify wayfinding. The departments are distributed to align with their laboratory functions as space permits on each level, 

and they are never separated more than one level. 

The final design configuration positions an H shape plan with two formal entrances and a courtyard facing west on the 

proposed central mall to strategically anchor the northeast quadrant on this important campus Master Plan element. The east 

facing courtyard on East Avenue is screened and serves as a limited parking and service area for the complex. 

The overall 208,695 ASF/340,325 GSF plan addresses the numerous campus planning issues outlined in the Campus Master Plan 

and delivers a modular laboratory layout for teaching efficiency and future flexibility. 

Project Cost 

The estimated project cost for Phase 1 is $79,452,100. The Phase 2 option for a new facility is $54,986,350 and the option with 

renovation of the 1963 original building and a new addition to the east is $60,124,800. The cost estimates are adjusted for 

inflation to the projected start dates of construction. 

Recommendation 

This Study recommends that Phase 2 focuses on the new facility option and demolishes the existing Cowley Hall building. The 

excessive renovation costs and the inability to match the floor levels with Phase 1 severely limit the existing building’s 

renovation potential and because ceiling heights will be compromised, renovation of the existing building will result in a project 

that won’t fully meet the requirements of the building program. The combination of Phase 1 and a new facility Phase 2 option 

delivers a state‐of‐the‐art science facility that is programmed for flexibility to meet decades of intensive science use. 



Executive Summary Overview 


Project Scope: 

Create adequate, modern‐day space for instructional laboratories, research facilities, faculty offices, and delivery of general 

science education. 

Project Phasing: 

Because the budget for Phase 1 was set, UW‐La Crosse administration determined it would be in the best interest of the 

University to assign as many teaching, research, and open laboratory spaces as possible to Phase 1, while keeping existing office 

and classroom space operational in existing Cowley Hall and in doing so, some spaces were allocated to Phase 2 but are 

preferred to be in Phase 1. 

Phase Total Area ASF/GSF Estimated Cost 

Phase 1: 107,670 ASF/179,800 GSF $79,452,100 

Phase 2: 93,065 ASF/147,722 GSF $50‐60,000,000 

Project Budget: 

The University of Wisconsin‐System Administration has set the project budget for Phase 1 at $80,000,000. The budget for 

Phase 2 was undecided at the time this report was written, but the outcome of this report has an estimated value between 50 

and 60 million dollars. 

Project Schedule: 

Begin design of Phase 1 September 2013 

Bidding of Phase 1 February 2015 

Occupancy of Phase 1 Fall 2017 

Although a definitive schedule for Phase 2 is unknown at this time, UW‐La Crosse would prefer the Phase 2 work begin 

immediately following Phase 1. 

Project Issues: 

UW‐La Crosse and UW‐System Administration have determined that a new chiller plant or renovations to the existing central 

plant will need to occur prior to the completion of Phase 1. This work is to be separate from the Cowley Hall project. 

Division of State Facilities has indicated that the existing lecture halls in Cowley Hall be universally accessible providing access to 

each level within the lecture hall. Due to an increase in the number of sections taught, along with the requirement for universal 

access, the result is a need to construct new lecture hall space. Since the existing building footprint and structural bay spacing 

won’t support the sizes of lecture halls currently programmed, demolition of the existing east wing and construction of a new 

addition was agreed upon to be the best approach in a renovation/new addition scenario. If reuse of the existing Cowley Hall is 

deemed unfeasible as recommended in this report, the new lecture halls will be integrated into Phase 2 as appropriate. 

The existing west wing of Cowley Hall currently serves as the office space for the building. This wing will need to remain in use 

until the completion of Phase 2. 

Phase 1 will need to include a connecting link that will allow access to the floors of both the new laboratory facility as well as 

the existing Cowley Hall. 

The existing Cowley Hall, built in 1963 has numerous issues that need to be addressed if the facility is to be reused. Issues 

related to water infiltration during rain events, envelope thermal performance, structural floor heights, outdated mechanical 

systems, non ADA compliance, outdated finishes, and other factors all influence the recommendation to demolish existing 

Cowley Hall and reconstruct a new facility. 



2.1 Approach 

Division 2: Building Program 

In March 2010, River Architects, Inc. along with Paulien & Associates and Research Facilities Design (RFD) were commissioned 

by the Division of State Facilities to provide the Building Program and Pre‐Design services for the University of Wisconsin – La 

Crosse’s Cowley Hall Science Building. This report consists of three primary objectives – building program, pre‐design concept 

design, and existing building assessment. The Building Program will focus on the needs of the project and allocate square 

footages accordingly. The Pre‐Design will test fit these square footages and graphically represent a possible design solution. 

The first meeting, held in April 2010, was to familiarize the user groups with current trends in science facility design at other 

institutions across the country. RFD presented a modular laboratory design concept which offers flexibility for future needs. 

The intent of the second meeting, held in May 2010, was to collect data from each user group to determine the programming 

needs for the building with a primary focus on space needs outside of the teaching laboratories. 

A detailed workshop held in June 2010 focused on the equipment and spacial needs of the teaching laboratories, research 

areas, and other departmental support spaces. 

The fourth programming meeting held in July 2010 focused on the first draft of the Building Program space needs. 

Departments reviewed and revised their area requirements in depth and a final draft of the Building Program was developed. 

2.2 Objectives and Assumptions – Classroom Programming 

The consultants and University of Wisconsin La Crosse representatives outlined the planning strategies to be used in this 

analysis. A classroom mix analysis was not conducted for this project, but rather the outcomes of the 2007 Campuswide 

Classroom Mix Analysis were used with some modifications to determine classroom needs. 

2.3 Classroom Mix Study 

Review of Existing Facilities 

The consultants toured a number of classrooms across campus that showed little to no scheduled use and recommended 

reclassifying those spaces so that the room use codes reflect the actual usage of the rooms. A list of these spaces was 

submitted to the Office of Facilities Management during the course of the 2007 study. The consultants adjusted the inventory 

used in the study to reflect the changes. 

Right Size Existing Classrooms 

The existing inventory of type “A” classrooms and type “B” classrooms were reviewed as part of the 2007 Classroom Mix 

Analysis. An important outcome of the analysis directed the construction of the New Academic Building in order to allow for 

the removal of a significant percentage of the type “B” classrooms from the classroom mix on the UW‐L campus. Another 

outcome was to allow for the right‐sizing of all type A classrooms to 25 assignable square feet (ASF) per student station with the 

exception of fixed seat classrooms. 

Recommendation 

The final program statement recommends construction of 13 classrooms in the Cowley Hall Science Building. These classrooms 

are recommended to vary in size from 24 seats to 150 seats. 

2.4 Program Space Allocation 

Building Program Development 

Work sessions were held with the UW‐La Crosse Planning Committee, Department Chairs and faculty of the departments that 

were chosen to be included in the Cowley Hall Science Building. These work sessions reviewed the initial program 

documentation and updated the program to reflect current thinking and projected needs for these individual units upon 

occupancy of the Cowley Hall Science Building. Units included in the program include Biology, Chemistry, Geography & Earth 

Science, Mathematics, Microbiology, Physics, River Studies Center, Radiation Center and the College of Science and Health – 

Dean’s Office. The Cowley Hall Science Building is projected to contain 200,945 ASF of space. 



2.5 Occupants/Users and Activities 


Classrooms 

Classrooms programmed to be in the Cowley Hall Science Building range in size from 24 seats to 150 seats. Each classroom 

should be carefully designed to accommodate a maximum depth to width aspect ratio of 1:1.5 and shall provide proper viewing 

angles to the presentation wall. Seating types may include table and chairs as well as tablet arm chairs. It is desired by the 

University to use fixed tables and movable chairs in the 120 and 150 seat classrooms. 

Technology levels as per the UW‐System standards should be a minimum of Level 3+, which includes a marker board, projection 

screen, overhead projector, lighting fixtures switched in groups and controlled by electronic touch‐screen control, darkening 

shades, voice and data connections, podium, VCR, DVD or Bluray player, CD player, sound system, and computer. 

Miscellaneous Instructional/Support Spaces 

Spaces allocated as Miscellaneous Instructional/Support Spaces are those that provide additional resources for learning and 

collaboration outside of the classroom. These include a cyber café, faculty resource center, student collaborative learning 

spaces, conference rooms, and vending areas. Collaborative learning spaces may include open lounge areas, enclosed quiet 

study spaces, or enclosed group study areas equipped with technology. UW‐La Crosse prefers these functions to be dispersed 

on all levels of the building rather than concentrated on one level. 

Biology Department 

The Biology Department offers a Bachelor of Science in Biology with a concentration in five primary areas; General Biology, 

Biomedical Science, Cellular and Molecular Biology, Aquatic Science, and Environmental Science. In addition, a graduate 

program provides the opportunity for a Master of Science in Biology with several specialties. Biology currently serves over 700 

majors and consists of over 20 faculty and academic staff. 

Chemistry Department 

The Chemistry Department offers a Bachelor of Science in Chemistry and Biochemistry with a strong effort to providing a broad‐ 

based education that seeks to develop problem‐solving skills through challenging coursework and hands‐on laboratory 

experiences with modern equipment, instrumentation, and computation. Chemistry currently serves over 250 majors and each 

year, approximately 20 students graduate with Bachelor’s degrees, of which 30‐50% apply to, and are accepted by, graduate 

programs in major research universities. 

Geography & Earth Science 

Since the department founding in 1909, the mission has focused on promoting geographical awareness and environmental 

literacy through classroom activities, research projects, and outreach programs. In addition to stimulating classroom 

discussions led by the faculty, students gain extensive hands‐on experience using the latest GIS and remote sensing software, 

GPS, and many other geographic and earth science tools. 

UW‐La Crosse’s geographical location and proximity to the Mississippi River, towering limestone bluffs, and a 900 acre urban 

wetland, provide an abundance of opportunities for student projects, research, and exploration. 

Mathematics Department 

The Mathematics Department currently consists of twenty‐five teacher‐scholars who are dedicated to excellence in 

undergraduate education. In addition to the teaching program, department members are engaged in a variety of scholarship, 

research, and professional service activities, including traditional research‐scholarship, support for undergraduate mathematics 

research programs, participation in national mathematics organizations, and outreach in middle/high school mathematics. 

Research interests within the department include algebra, fluid dynamics, graph theory, harmonic analysis, mathematical 

biology, mathematics education, numerical analysis, operator theory, and statistics. 

Microbiology Department 

The Microbiology Department offers four different curricular tracks in the undergraduate microbiology major, and two MS 

concentrations. The Clinical Laboratory Science major is also included in Microbiology, and provides employment opportunities 

using skills of microbiology and chemistry to make clinical diagnoses. UW‐La Crosse sets itself apart from other comprehensive 

universities by having a major in Microbiology. 




Physics Department 

The Physics Department offers both a Bachelor of Science degree in Physics and a dual degree in Physics/Engineering. In 

addition, the Department features emphases in special areas: Astronomy, Optics, and Computational Physics, as well as physics 

degrees with Business or Biomedical Concentrations. 

The Physics Department has a strong emphasis on undergraduate research. Students typically work with a faculty member on a 

research project in their specialty area. This mode of instruction gives students hands‐on learning opportunities which are very 

different from the traditional classroom experience. 


The Radiation Center is a multi‐discipline facility with two primary uses ‐ laboratory space used for instructional support in the 

sciences and research space or research support space that supports faculty members from Chemistry and Physics. 

River Studies Center 

The River Studies Center is a non‐curricular unit focusing on research and informational programs pertinent to the Upper 

Mississippi River and its related resources. During the past 30 years, the River Studies Center has expanded its research 

program to other aquatic resources, including rivers, streams, lakes, and wetlands across Wisconsin, the Upper Midwest, and 

the Nation. 

College of Science and Health – Dean’s Office 

The primary focus of the College of Science and Health is to provide an education in the diverse discipline of science, health, 

and mathematics. The College is dedicated to student learning where enthusiastic faculty and staff intellectually challenge 

students in a supportive and professional environment. 

Building Support 

Building Support has been identified as spaces typically included in the net to gross factor of a building. These spaces will be 

critical as they serve as primary functional space needed for the operation of the building. Spaces assigned to Building Support 

include arrival space, general building storage, equipment and supply storage, IT storage and work room spaces, custodial 

rooms, loading and temporary storage, recycling areas, and gender neutral restrooms. The programmed ASF of these spaces 

has been determined during the program development process and should be taken into careful consideration during the 

design phase. 



2.6 Building Program Summary 


UNIT DESCRIPTION TOTAL ASF % of TOTAL 

1 General Access Classrooms 21,800 10.8% 

2 Miscellaneous Instructional/Support Spaces 18,881 9.4% 

3 Biology 50,188 25.0% 

4 Chemistry 36,936 18.4% 

5 Geography & Earth Science 11,688 5.8% 

6 Mathematics 10,123 5.0% 

7 Microbiology 19,763 9.8% 

8 Physics 20,622 10.3% 

9 Radiation Center 5,400 2.8% 

10 River Studies Center 3,520 1.7% 

11 College of Science and Health – Dean’s Office 2,024 1.0% 

12 Building Support (Non‐Assignable) 7,720 0% 

TOTAL ASF 200,945 100% 



UNIT 

NO. 

UNIT 

1 Classrooms 

NO. OF 

OCC. 



DSF Project #09J2H Pre‐Design Study Page 11 

ASF / 

OCC 

ASF / 

SPACE 

NO. OF 

SPACES 

TOTAL 

ASF 

1A 24 Seat Classroom 24 25 600 2 1,200 

1B 32 Seat Classroom 32 25 800 3 2,400 

1C 40 Seat Classroom 40 25 1,000 1 1,000 

1D 48 Seat Classroom 48 25 1,200 3 3,600 

1E 120 Seat Classroom * 120 24 2,880 2 5,760 

1F 150 Seat Classroom * 150 24 3,600 2 7,200 

1G Classroom Support – Lecture Prep Storage 320 2 640 

TOTAL 

AREA 

* Style of seating and size of room TBD 21,800 

2 Miscellaneous Instructional/Support Spaces 

2A Science Education Methods Laboratory 

2A1 Lab Area 40 45 1,800 1 1,800 

2A2 Prep Area and Storage (Share with Math Ed Labs) 320 1 320 

2B Building Laboratory Support 

2B1 Dark Room 160 1 160 

2B2 Dry Chemical Storage 800 1 800 

2B3 Acid Storage 160 1 160 

2C Student Collaborative Learning Spaces 3,364 1 3,364 

2D Testing Room(s) 2 60 120 4 480 

2E Office Suite Circulation 2,727 1 2,727 

2F Conference Room 20 30 600 4 2,400 

2G Shared Printing Areas 80 4 320 

2H Chemical Waste Holding 160 1 160 

2I Field Equipment Storage 1,280 1 1,280 

2J Shop 1,280 1 1,280 

2K Faculty Resource Center 20 32 640 2 1,280 

2L Vending & Seating Area 450 3 1,350 

2M Cyber Café 1,000 

Vending/Food Cart 100 1 100 

Seating 30 30 900 1 900 

3 Biology 

3A Department Chair’s Office 1 120 120 1 120 

3B Ranked Faculty Office 1 120 120 22 2,640 

3C Future Ranked Faculty Office 1 120 120 7 840 

3D Lecturer – Full Time 1 120 120 5 600 

3E Lecturer – Part Time 2 60 120 1 120 

3F Support Staff/Reception Area/Files 458 

Academic Department Associate 1 80 80 1 80 

Future Office Staff 1 80 80 1 80 

18,881

UNIT 

NO. 

UNIT 

NO. OF 

OCC. 




ASF / 

OCC 

ASF / 

SPACE 

NO. OF 

SPACES 

TOTAL 

ASF 

Student Workers 1 35 35 2 70 

Reception Area 6 25 150 1 150 

Storage Cabinets 2 6 12 1 12 

Lateral Files 6 11 66 1 66 

3G Secure Office Storage (4 storage cabinets) 1 120 120 1 120 

3H Workroom 120 2 240 

3I Teaching Assistants 2 60 120 8 960 

3J Graduate Students 2 60 120 17 2,040 

3K Lab Support Staff 1 120 120 3 360 

3L Introductory Biology Laboratory 28 46 1,280 3 3,840 

3M Anatomy/Physiology Laboratory (includes ESS) 24 53 1,280 3 3,840 

3N Aquatics Laboratory 20 64 1,280 1 1,280 

3O Animal/Organizimal Laboratory 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 

3P Botany Laboratory (adjacent to Greenhouse) 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 

3Q Cell Laboratory 20 64 1,280 1 1,280 

3R Genetics Laboratory 20 64 1,280 1 1,280 

3S Laboratory Support 

3S1 Anatomy/Physiology Prep. & Cadaver Storage 1,280 1 1,280 

3S2 Introductory Biology/Aquatics Prep/Storage 320 2 640 

3S3 Animal/Organizimal & Botany Prep/Storage 640 1 640 

3S4 Cell Genetics Preparation/Autoclave 960 1 960 

3S5 Core Microscope Suite 960 1 960 

3S6 PCR Suite – shared with Microbiology 320 1 320 

3S7 Cold Room 320 1 320 

3T Biology Special Projects Laboratory 10 48 480 1 480 

3U Faculty/Student Research (large paired lab) 3 480 1,440 7 10,080 

3V Faculty/Student Research (paired lab) 2 320 640 3 1,920 

3W Environmental Sample Processing Room 1,280 1 1,280 

3X Environmental Chamber Room 400 1 400 

3Y Vivarium 

3Y1 Animal Rooms 1 120 120 8 960 

3Y2 Procedures Room 1 480 480 2 960 

3Y3 Cage Wash 1 320 320 1 320 

3Y4 Storage 1 160 160 2 320 

3Y5 Dirty Room 1 160 160 1 160 

3Y6 Lab Manager 1 120 120 1 120 

3Z Herbarium 1 960 960 1 960 

3AA Greenhouse 

3AA1 Greenhouse 1 960 960 1 960 

3AA2 Headhouse 1 160 160 1 160 

TOTAL 

AREA

UNIT 

NO. 

UNIT 

NO. OF 

OCC. 




ASF / 

OCC 

ASF / 

SPACE 

NO. OF 

SPACES 

TOTAL 

ASF 

3AA3 Aquatics Space 1 160 160 1 160 

3AA4 Isolation Space 1 320 320 2 640 

3AB Specimen Museum 

3AB1 Display Specimen 1 640 640 1 640 

3AB2 Specimen Non‐Display 1 320 320 2 640 

3AB3 Office Area 1 60 60 1 60 

3AB4 Rock Collection 160 1 160 

3AB5 Table and Chairs 30 25 750 1 750 

3AC General Lab/Departmental Storage 120 3 360 

4 Chemistry 




4D Lecturer – Full Time 1 120 120 9 1,080 




Future Support Staff 1 80 80 1 80 




4G Workroom 120 1 120 

4H Secure Storage (1 storage; 3 file cabinets) 1 120 120 1 120 

4I Lab Support Staff 1 120 120 2 240 

4J Student Workers 6 35 210 1 210 

4K General Chemistry I Laboratory 24 53 1,280 3 3,840 

4L General Chemistry II Laboratory 24 53 1,280 2 2,560 

4M Biochemistry Laboratory 24 53 1,280 2 2,560 

4N Survey of Organic Chemistry Laboratory 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 

4O Organic Chemistry Majors Laboratory 24 53 1,280 2 2,560 

4P Analytical Chemistry Laboratory 24 53 1,280 2 2,560 

4Q Instrumental Chemistry Laboratory 12 107 1,280 1 1,280 

4R Physical Chemistry Laboratory 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 

4S Laboratory Support 

4S1 General Chemistry Prep/Balance 640 1 640 

4S2 General/Survey of Organic Prep/Balance 640 1 640 

4S3 General Chemistry II Prep/Balance 640 1 640 

4S4 Biochemistry Prep/Equipment 640 1 640 

4S5 Organic Chemistry Majors Prep/Equipment 640 1 640 

TOTAL 

AREA 

50,188

UNIT 

NO. 

UNIT 

NO. OF 

OCC. 




ASF / 

OCC 

ASF / 

SPACE 

NO. OF 

SPACES 

TOTAL 

ASF 

4S6 Analytical Chemistry Prep/Balance 640 1 640 

4S7 Instrumental /Physical Chemistry Prep/Balance 640 1 640 

4S8 NMR (should be in basement) 480 1 480 

4S9 Stock Dispensing 960 1 960 

4S10 Flammable Storage 320 1 320 

4T Chemical Analysis Computer Lab 24 35 840 1 840 

4U Computerized Instrument. Lab (computational) 12 40 480 1 480 

4V Faculty/Student Research (standard) 

4V1 Faculty/Student Research – Biochemistry 1 400 400 4 1,600 

4V2 Faculty/Student Research – Synthesis 1 400 400 6 2,400 

4V3 Faculty/Student Research – Analytical 1 400 400 3 1,200 

4V4 Faculty/Student Research – Chemistry Education 1 400 400 1 400 

4V5 Faculty/Student Research – Physical/Instrumental 1 400 400 2 800 

4W Faculty/Student Research (computational) 1 200 200 1 200 

4X General Lab/Departmental Storage 120 3 360 

5 Geography & Earth Science 


5B Ranked Faculty Office 1 120 120 7 840 


5D Lab Support Staff 1 120 120 1 120 

5E Support Staff/Reception Area/Files 248 





5F Office Storage 120 1 120 

5G Workroom 120 1 120 

5H Earth Science Laboratory 30 43 1,280 1 1,280 

5I Geomorphology & Weather Laboratory 30 43 1,280 1 1,280 

5J Introductory GIS Laboratory 30 43 1,280 1 1,280 

5K Advanced GIS Laboratory 

5K1 Main Laboratory 36 44 1,600 1 1,600 

5K2 Server Room 160 1 160 

5L Laboratory Support 

5L1 Earth Science Prep Storage 320 1 320 

5L2 Geomorphology Prep Storage 320 1 320 

5L3 Geography Storage 480 1 480 

5L4 Cold Room 160 1 160 

5M Faculty/Student Research (standard) 1 400 400 5 2,000 

TOTAL 

AREA 

36,936

UNIT 

NO. 

UNIT 

NO. OF 

OCC. 




ASF / 

OCC 

ASF / 

SPACE 

NO. OF 

SPACES 

TOTAL 

ASF 

5N Faculty/Student Research (computational) 1 160 160 4 640 

5O General Lab/Departmental Storage 120 3 360 

6 Mathematics 






6F Lab Support Staff 1 120 120 1 120 

6G Support Staff/Reception Area/Files 428 





Lateral Files (lockable, secure) 3 11 33 1 33 

6H Graduate Students 2 60 120 1 120 

6I Workroom 120 1 120 

6J Office Storage 120 1 120 

6K Laboratory – Math Education Space 40 40 1,600 2 3,200 

6L Math Research Team Rooms/Collaboratorium 8 30 240 3 720 

6M Undergraduate Research/Library 1,095 

Bookshelves 20 4 80 1 80 

Comfortable Seating 6 40 240 1 240 

Computer Stations 1 35 35 5 175 

Tables and Chairs 1 30 30 20 600 

6N General Lab/Departmental Storage 120 1 120 

7 Microbiology 










7F Graduate Assistants/Students 2 60 120 9 1,080 

7G Office Storage 120 1 120 

TOTAL 

AREA 

11,688 

10,123

UNIT 

NO. 

UNIT 

NO. OF 

OCC. 




ASF / 

OCC 

ASF / 

SPACE 

NO. OF 

SPACES 

TOTAL 

ASF 

7H Lab Support Staff 1 120 120 3 360 

7I Fundamental Microbiology Laboratory 20 64 1,280 1 1,280 

7J Pathogenic Bacteriology/Medical Mycology Lab 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 

7K Bacterial Physiology/Genetics/Microbial Ecology 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 

7L Gen Ed/Food Microbiology/Nutrition Laboratory 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 

7M Immunology/Virology Laboratory 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 

7N Laboratory Support 

7N1 Gen Microbiology Prep/Autoclave 1,600 1 1,600 

7N2 Tissue Culture 320 1 320 

7N3 Centrifuge Room 480 1 480 

7N4 Fermentation Lab 800 1 800 

7N5 Cold Room 160 1 160 

7N6 Equipment/Instrumentation Room and Storage 480 1 480 

7O Faculty/Student Research (large) 

7O1 Faculty/Student Research ‐ Virology 1 960 960 1 960 

7O2 Faculty/Student Research – Pathogenic 1 960 960 1 960 

7O3 Faculty/Student Research – Genetics 1 960 960 1 960 

7P Faculty/Student Research (medium) 

7P1 Faculty/Student Research – Immunology 1 640 640 1 640 

7P2 Faculty/Student Research – Bacterial Physiology 1 640 640 1 640 

7P3 Faculty/Student Research – Microbial Ecology 1 640 640 1 640 

7Q Faculty/Student Research (standard) 

7Q1 Faculty/Student Research – Microbiology 1 480 480 1 480 

7Q2 Faculty/Student Research – Food Microbiology 1 480 480 1 480 

7R General Lab/Departmental Storage 120 3 360 

8 Physics 




8D Lecturer – Part Time 2 60 120 1 120 






8F Workroom 120 1 120 

8G Office Storage 120 1 120 


8I Student Workers (Lab Prep) 1 35 35 3 105 

TOTAL 

AREA 

19,763

UNIT 

NO. 

UNIT 

NO. OF 

OCC. 




ASF / 

OCC 

ASF / 

SPACE 

NO. OF 

SPACES 

TOTAL 

ASF 

8J Introductory Physics Laboratory 30 64 1,920 1 1,920 

8K Electronics/Astronomy Laboratory 30 43 1,280 1 1,280 

8L Studio Lab 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 

8M Laboratory Support 

8M1 Introductory Prep & Storage 320 1 320 

8M2 Electronics Prep & Storage 320 1 320 

8M3 Studio Prep & Storage 640 1 640 

8N Holography Laboratory 6 53 320 1 320 

8O Optics Laboratory 24 40 960 1 960 

8P Advanced/Experimental Physics Laboratory 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 

8Q Laboratory Support 

8Q1 Optics Prep & Storage 320 1 320 

8Q2 Advanced Prep & Storage 320 1 320 

8R Computational Computer Lab 12 40 480 1 480 

8S Faculty/Student Research (x‐large) 1 1,280 1,280 2 2,560 

8T Faculty/Student Research (Theorists) 3 320 960 1 960 

8U Faculty/Student Research (Experimentalists) 1 640 640 3 1,920 

8V Planetarium 

8V1 Planetarium (two‐story space) 70 15 1,050 1 1,050 

9V2 Storage 1 120 120 2 240 

8V3 Prefunction/Welcome Area 1 500 500 1 500 

8V4 Display Cases 10 4 40 1 40 

8W Rooftop Observatory 

8W1 Telescopes 6 60 360 1 360 

8W2 Observation Platform 50 15 750 1 750 

8W3 Waiting Area 20 15 300 1 300 

8W4 Storage 1 120 120 1 120 

8X General Lab/Departmental Storage 120 2 240 

8Y Student Organization Space 2 60 120 2 240 

9 Radiation Center 

9A Director/Safety Officer 1 120 120 1 120 

9B Sealed Source Laboratory 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 

9C Open Source Laboratory 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 

9D Laboratory Support – Stock Room 160 1 160 

9E Shared Isotope Prep 1 400 400 1 400 

9F Faculty/Student Research (Chemistry) 1 400 400 1 400 

9G Faculty/Student Research (Physics) 1 1,280 1,280 1 1,280 

9H Laboratory Support 

9H1 Special Instruments 267 1 267 

TOTAL 

AREA 

20,622

UNIT 

NO. 

UNIT 

NO. OF 

OCC. 




ASF / 

OCC 

ASF / 

SPACE 

NO. OF 

SPACES 

TOTAL 

ASF 

9H2 Nuclide Storage 160 1 160 

9H3 Neutron Howitzer 53 1 53 

10 River Studies Center 

10A Faculty/Student Research Wet Lab 1 1,440 1,440 1 1,440 

10B Class 100 Clean Research Lab 1 320 320 1 320 

10C Faculty Student Research 1 1,440 1,440 1 1,440 

10D Laboratory Support 

10D1 Microscope – 11 160 1 160 

10D2 Fish Culture – 42D 160 1 160 

11 College of Science and Health – Dean’s Office 

11A Dean’s Office 1 185 185 1 185 

11B Associate Dean’s Office 1 145 145 1 145 

11C Assistant to Dean’s Office 1 135 135 1 135 

11D Dean’s Assistant 1 135 135 1 135 

11E Assistant to Dean 1 135 135 1 135 






11G Workroom 120 1 120 

11H Conference Room 12 30 360 1 360 

11I Storage 1 120 120 1 120 

11J Grad Assistant/Advisor 1 120 120 1 120 

11K Administrative Specialist 1 120 120 1 120 

12 Building Support 

12A Arrival Space Primary 1,500 1 1,500 

12B Arrival Space Secondary 900 2 1,800 

12C Equipment Storage 500 1 500 

12D Supply Storage 400 1 400 

12E Custodial Maintenance Room 200 1 200 

12F Loading Dock 320 1 320 

12G Temporary Storage 640 1 640 

12H Building Recycling Collection Area 200 1 200 

12I Recycling Area (two per floor) 25 8 200 

12J IT & Electrical Closets 100 16 1,600 

12K Sustainability Support Space 0 0 0 

TOTAL 

AREA 

5,400 

3,520 

2,024

UNIT 

NO. 

UNIT 

NO. OF 

OCC. 




ASF / 

OCC 

ASF / 

SPACE 

NO. OF 

SPACES 

TOTAL 

ASF 

12L Custodial Closets 100 8 800 

12M IT Storage/Workroom 200 1 200 

12N Uni‐Sex Restrooms 1 70 70 8 560 

Total Non‐Assignable Space 8,920 

(Non‐assignable space not included in total ASF) 

TOTAL ASSIGNABLE SQUARE FEET (ASF) 200,945 

TOTAL 

AREA

2.7 Graphic Space Analysis 


Unit 1: Classrooms Total Area: 21,800 ASF 

24 Seat Classroom 48 Seat Classroom 150 Seat Classroom 

32 Seat Classroom 



Classroom Support 

Unit 2: Miscellaneous Instructional/Support Spaces Total Area: 18,881 ASF 

Science Education Student Collaborative Shared Printing Areas 

Methods Laboratory 

1,800 

Learning Spaces 

210 210 210 210 

Chemical Waste Holding 

Science Education 

210 210 210 210 

Methods Laboratory 

Prep & Storage 

320 

210 210 210 210 

Field Equipment Storage 

Dark Room 160 Testing Rooms 120 120 120 120 Shop 

Dry Chemical Storage Conference 

800 

600 600 600 600 

Rooms Faculty Resource Center 

Acid Storage 

Legend 

Classrooms 

Teaching Labs 

Open Labs 

Research Labs 

Other Departmental Space 

Office 

800 

600 

600 

800 

800 

1,000 

160 

210 210 210 210 80 80 80 80 

Vending & Seating 

Areas 

Cyber Café 



2,880 

2,880 

1,200 

450 

640 

450 

3,600 

320 320 

1,280 

1,280 

160 

640 

450 

1,000


Unit 3: Biology Total Area: 50,188 ASF 

Department Chair’s Office 120 Animal/Organizimal Environmental 

Laboratory 1,280 Chamber Room 

Ranked Faculty Office 120 120 120 120 

120 120 120 120 

Botany 

Laboratory 

1,280 

Animal Rooms 

120 

120 

120 

Cell Laboratory 

Genetics Laboratory 

Future Ranked Faculty 120 120 120 120 

Anatomy/Physiology Procedure Rooms 

120 120 120 

Prep & Cadaver Storage 

1,280 

Lecturer – Full Time 120 120 120 120 

Cage Wash 

120 

Introductory/ 

320 320 

Lecturer –Part Time Aquatics Prep/Storage Storage 

120 

Support Staff/ Animal/Organizimal/ Dirty Room 

Reception Area/Files 

458 

Botany Prep/Storage 

640 

Secure Office Storage 120 Cell Genetics Prep/ 

Autoclave 960 

Lab Manger 

Herbarium 

Workroom 

120 120 

Teaching Assistants 

Core Microscope 

Suite 960 Greenhouse 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

PCR Suite 

320 

Graduate Assistants 120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

Cold Room 

320 

Headhouse 

Aquatics Space 

120 120 120 120 Biology Special 

Projects Laboratory 

480 

Isolation Space 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

Faculty/Student Display Specimen 

Lab Support Staff 120 120 120 Research 

(large paired lab) 

1,440 1,440 

Introductory 

Biology Laboratory 1,280 1,280 

1,440 1,440 Specimen 

Non‐Display 

1,280 

120 

120 

120 

120 

Office Area 

Anatomy/ 

1,440 Rock Collection 

Physiology 1,280 1,280 

Table and Chairs 

Laboratory Faculty/Student 

1,280 Research 

(paired lab) 

640 640 640 

General Lab/ 

Departmental Storage 

Aquatics Laboratory Environmental 

1,280 

Sample Processing 

Room 

1,280 



1,280 

1,280 

1,440 1,440 

960 

960 

960 

960 

960 

960 

960 

960 

400 

480 480 

320 

320 

160 

960 

960 

320 

160 

160 

120 

160 

160 

320 

640 

320 

750 

60 

160 

120 120 120


Unit 4: Chemistry Total Area: 36,936 ASF 

Department Chair’s Office 120 Instrumental Chemistry Chemical Analysis 

Laboratory 1,280 Computer Lab 

Ranked Faculty Office 

Physical Chemistry Computerized 

Laboratory 1,280 Instrument. Lab 

Future Ranked Faculty 120 General Chemistry Faculty/Student 

Prep/Balance 

640 

Research – Biochemistry 

Lecturer – Full Time 

General/Survey of Organic Faculty/Student 

Prep/Balance 640 Research – Synthesis 

Lecturer –Part Time 

60 60 

Support Staff/ 

General Chemistry II 

Prep/Balance 

640 


446 

Faculty/Student 

Research – Analytical 

Workroom 120 Biochemistry 

Prep/Equipment 

640 

Secure Office Storage 120 


Chemistry Education 

Lab Support Staff 120 120 Organic Chemistry Majors 

Prep/Equipment 640 Faculty/Student 

Student Workers 

210 

Analytical Chemistry 

Research – Physical/ 

Instrumental 

General Chemistry I Prep/Balance 640 Faculty/Student Research 

Laboratory 1,280 1,280 

(computational) 

1,280 

Instrumental /Physical 

Chemistry Prep/Balance 640 General Lab/ 


General Chemistry II 

Laboratory 1,280 1,280 NMR 

Biochemistry Stock Dispensing 

Laboratory 

1,280 1,280 

Survey of Organic Flammable Storage 

Chemistry Laboratory 

1,280 

Organic Chemistry 

Majors Laboratory 

Analytical Chemistry 

Laboratory 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

1,280 1,280 

1,280 1,280 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 



480 

960 

320 

400 

400 

400 

400 

400 

400 

400 

840 

480 

400 

400 

400 

400 

400 

400 

400 

400 

400 

200 

120


Unit 5: Geography & Earth Science Total Area: 11,688 ASF 

Department Chair’s Office 120 Earth Science Faculty/Student 

Laboratory 1,280 Research (standard) 

Ranked Faculty Office 

Geomorphology & Weather 

Laboratory 

1,280 

Future Ranked Faculty 

120 120 

Lab Support Staff 120 Introductory GIS 


Research (computational) 

Laboratory 

1,280 



248 

General Lab/ 

Advanced GIS Departmental Storage 

Office Storage Laboratory – Main Lab 

1,600 

Workroom 

Advanced GIS 

Laboratory – Server 

Earth Science Prep Storage 

Geomorphology Prep Storage 

Geography Storage 

Cold Room 

Unit 6: Mathematics Total Area: 10,123 ASF 

Department Chair’s Office 120 Lab Support Staff 120 Math Research Team 

Rooms/Collaboratorium 

Ranked Faculty Office 120 120 120 120 Support Staff/ 

120 120 120 120 

Reception Area/Files 428 Undergraduate 

Research/Library 

120 120 120 120 Graduate Students 

120 

120 120 120 120 

General Lab/ 

Workroom Departmental Storage 

Office Storage 


Lecturer – Full Time 

120 120 120 Laboratory – 

Math Education Space 

Lecturer – Part Time 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

120 

60 

60 



1,600 

1,600 

160 

320 

320 

480 

160 

120 

120 

120 

240 

400 

400 

160 

160 

120 

240 

1,095 

400 

400 

400 

160 

160 

120 

240 

120


Unit 7: Microbiology Total Area: 19,763 ASF 

Department Chair’s Office 120 Fundamental 

Microbiology Laboratory 

1,280 


Research ‐ Virology 


120 120 Pathogenic Bacteriology/ 

Medical Mycology Lab 

1,280 


Research – Pathogenic 


120 

Lecturer – Full Time 120 120 120 120 

Bacterial Physiology/ 

Genetics/Microbial Ecology 

1,280 


Research – Genetics 

120 



283 

Gen Ed/Food Microbiology/ 

Nutrition Laboratory 

1,280 


Research – Immunology 

Graduate Assistants/ 120 120 120 120 

Immunology/Virology 

Laboratory 

1,280 

Faculty/Student Research – 

Bacterial Physiology 

Students 

120 120 120 120 

120 

Gen Microbiology Prep/ 

Autoclave 

1,600 


Microbial Ecology 

Office Storage 120 Tissue Culture 320 Faculty/Student Research – 

Microbiology 

Lab Support Staff 120 120 120 Centrifuge Room 

480 


Fermentation Lab Food Microbiology 

Cold Room 160 General Lab/ 


Equipment/Instrumentation 

Room and Storage 

480 



800 

960 

960 

960 

640 

640 

640 

480 

480 

360


Unit 8: Physics Total Area: 20,622 ASF 

Department Chair’s Office 120 Introductory Physics 

Laboratory 

1,920 


Research (x‐large) 


120 120 120 Electronics/Astronomy 

Laboratory 

1,280 

Future Ranked Faculty 120 


Lecturer – Part Time 

120 

Studio Lab 

1,280 

Research (Theorists) 




237 Introductory Prep & Storage 320 Research 

(Experimentalists) 

640 

Electronics Prep & Storage 

320 

Workroom 120 

Planetarium 

Office Storage 

120 

Studio Prep & Storage 

640 

(two‐story space) 

Storage 

Lab Support Staff 120 Holography Laboratory 

320 

Student Workers 

(Lab Prep) 

105 105 105 Optics Laboratory 

960 

Prefunction/Welcome Area 

Display Cases 

Advanced/Experimental 

Physics Laboratory 

1,280 

Telescopes 

Observation Platform 

Optics Prep & Storage 

320 

Advanced Prep & Storage 320 Waiting Area 

Computational Computer Lab Storage 

General Lab/ 


Student Organization Space 



480 

640 

1,280 

1,280 

960 

640 

1,050 

120 

750 

120 

120 

500 

360 

300 

120 

40 

120 

120 

120


Unit 9: Radiation Center Total Area: 5,400 ASF 

Director/Safety Officer 120 Shared Isotope Prep Nuclide Storage 

Sealed Source Faculty/Student Research 400 Neutron Howitzer 

1,280 

Laboratory (Chemistry) 

Open Source Faculty/Student Research 

1,280 

Laboratory (Physics) 

Laboratory Support – 

Stock Room 

160 Special Instruments 

Unit 10: River Studies Center Total Area: 3,520 ASF 


Research Wet Lab 

1,440 

Microscope – 11 

Fish Culture – 42D 

Class 100 Clean 

Research Lab 

320 

Faculty Student Research 

Unit 11: College of Science and Health – Dean’s Office Total Area: 2,024 ASF 

Dean’s Office 

Associate Dean’s Office 

185 

145 



469 

Storage 

Grad Assistant/Advisor 

Workroom 

120 

Assistant to Dean’s Office 135 

Administrative Specialist 

Dean’s Assistant 

135 

Conference Room 

360 

Assistant to Dean 

Unit 12: Building Support Total Area: 7,720 NASF 

Arrival Space Primary Loading Dock Custodial Closets 

Arrival Space Secondary 

Temporary Storage 

640 

IT Storage/Workroom 

900 900 

Building Recycling 

200 

Collection Area Uni‐Sex Restrooms 

Equipment Storage 

500 

Recycling Area 

25 25 25 25 

Supply Storage 

25 25 25 25 

Custodial Maintenance Room 

1,440 

1,500 

400 

135 

200 

IT & Electrical Closets 



100 

100 

400 

1,280 

100 

267 

320 

160 

160 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 100 100 100 100 

100 100 100 

100 

100 

70 

70 

100 

100 

70 

70 

100 

100 

70 

70 

160 

53 

120 

120 

120 

100 

100 

200 

70 

70


2.8 Sample Room Layouts This layout is conceptual and is intended to show required furnishings, 

TYPICAL 150 SEAT CLASSROOM equipment, and general room proportions. The actual configuration may change. 

CLASSROOM FEATURES 

1. TEACHING PODIUM 

2. WRITING SURFACE 

3. PROJECTION SCREEN 

4. OVERHEAD PROJECTOR 

5. AVOID SIGHT LINES POSITIONED WITHIN THIS AREA 

6. FIXED TABLE 

7. MOVABLE CHAIR 

8. ACOUSTICAL WALL TREATMENT 




9. LABORATORY WORKSTATION 

TYPICAL 120 SEAT CLASSROOM This layout is conceptual and is intended to show required furnishings, 

equipment, and general room proportions. The actual configuration may change. 







6. FIXED TABLE 


8. ACOUSTICAL WALL TREATMENT 

9. LABORATORY WORKSTATION 












6. DIRECT/IN‐DIRECT LIGHT FIXTURE 

7. ROLLER SHADE 

8. WALL PROTECTION (CHAIR RAIL) 

9. MOVABLE DESK 


11. LEVEL FLOOR 

12. ASPECT RATIO 1.1:1 

University of Wisconsin – La Crosse Cowley Hall Science Building July 2011 

















12. ASPECT RATIO 1:1.1 


















12. ASPECT RATIO 1:1 


















12. ASPECT RATIO 1:1 




TYPICAL TEACHING LABORATORY This layout is conceptual and is intended to show required furnishings, 


Refer to Room Data Sheets for concept layouts for the various laboratory spaces. 

FURNISHINGS 

Diagram represents (5) General Chemistry teaching labs. 

See Appendix A: Room Data Sheets for the opportunity to reduce 

the number of CFH’s from (6) to one by replacing the 

rest with down draft units at the student stations. 

1. Chemical Fume Hood 13. Equipment Space 25. Autoclave 

2. Biological Safety Cabinet 14. Laboratory Sink 26. Moveable Laboratory Table 

3. Radioisotope Hood 15. Cupsink 27. Wire Shelving 

4. Vented Workstation 16. Processing Sink 28. White Markerboard 

5. Snorkel Exhaust 17. Cylinder Rack 29. Black Chalkboard 

6. Laboratory Bench, Standing Height 18. Gas Cabinet 30. Tackboard 

7. Laboratory Bench, Sitting Height 19. Safety Shower/Eyewash 31. Desk 

8. Wall Cabinet 20. Overhead Service Carrier 32. Balance Table 

9. Adjustable Shelves 21. Pipe Drop Enclosure 33. Writing Table 

10. Reagent Shelves 22. Moveable Demonstration Bench 34. A/V Screen 

11. Tall Storage Cabinet 23. Glassware Washer 35. Multi‐media Projector (Ceiling Mounted) 

12. Vented Flammable Storage Cabinet 24. Glassware Dryer 36. File Cabinet 

37. Coat/Book Bag Storage Unit 




TYPICAL 480 SF CONFERENCE ROOM This layout is conceptual and is intended to show required furnishings, 





TYPICAL 240 SF CONFERENCE ROOM This layout is conceptual and is intended to show required furnishings, 





TYPICAL 185 SF OFFICE This layout is conceptual and is intended to show required furnishings, 















TYPICAL 120 SF STORAGE ROOM This layout is conceptual and is intended to show required furnishings, 





TYPICAL 120 SF WORK ROOM This layout is conceptual and is intended to show required furnishings, 




3.1 Site/Existing Conditions 

3.1.1 Location, Proximity & Campus Neighborhood Context 

Division 3: Physical Planning Issues 

The project will use the existing Cowley Hall site for the new expansion/renovation project. The site is essentially at the center 

of campus and is seated in a prominent location at the northeast corner of the main academic core of the University of 

Wisconsin‐La Crosse campus. Cowley Hall shares the academic core with Wimberly Hall to the north, Murphy Library directly 

across the Mall to the west, the newly constructed Academic Building to the southeast, Wing Technology Center at the south 

end of the Mall and Wittich Hall immediately south of the project. The north‐south axis of this academic core is intended to be 

developed into a future Centeral Campus Mall from Wimberly to Wing. 

North of the site across Badger Street (a pedestrian & bicycle only zone), an existing parking lot will be the future site of a new 

Student Union Center (pre‐design of which will be underway by mid 2011). Across East Avenue is the newly completed 

Veteran’s Memorial Stadium and entry plaza. In addition to the prominent mall/academic core location, the site also fronts on 

East Avenue which is Campus’ primary vehicular thoroughfare. Primary campus access is at the signalized intersection of East 

Ave. and La Crosse St. 2 blocks north of the site and the intersection of Pine St. and Campbell Road southeast of the site. As the 

site relates to student housing, it is centrally located though slightly closer to the northeast housing area. 

The 2005 Campus Master Plan outlines many important factors that need to be considered during the development of the 

building and site. The Master Plan established three main principles: enhance the campus image and identity, create a Central 

Campus Mall within an enhanced academic core, and create a more walkable campus environment. 

In that respect the proposed site development will play an integral role in fulfilling the master plan. The location, massing and 

final design will need to enhance the campus image and identity as well as having a lasting effect on the academic core. The 

building will also play an interactive role for visitors as they enter and explore campus. Visitors will approach campus via the 

signalized intersection at East and La Crosse, be directed west onto Farwell St. and enter a new parking structure (currently in 

design development). Now on foot, visitors will interact with a proposed Visitor’s Center on the corner of Farwell and East and 

the new Student Union Center. As they explore the rest of campus, visitors will likely cross the Badger St. pedestrian corridor 

and head for the Central Campus Mall, passing by or through the new Cowley Science building. 

Site Location Map 

Project Site 




In addition to the guiding principles there are notable physical and geographical campus changes in the Master Plan. East Ave. 

may eventually extend south and connect to Campbell Road directly. At such time the road geometry may be straightened. 

Badger St. is currently an abandoned road profile complete with curb and gutter, terrace and sidewalks on both sides. The 

Master Plan identifies this as a future Enhanced Pedestrian Corridor, likely to consist of less pavement and more landscape 

which will give the corridor a pedestrian character and scale. A future Central Campus Mall is planned for the north‐south axis 

east of the site from Wimberly to Wing. As mentioned, the site immediately north will soon be the new Student Union Center. 

This development will impact a large portion of campus circulation as it exists today. A new parking structure and police station 

are being planned for the parking lots located just north of Wimberly hall. This development will also affect circulation to and 

around campus. 

The Master Plan intentions and prominent campus location give this site a very urban character suggesting that the new 

development provide for life and activity on all sides of the building. Given the site location on campus, proximity to the 

academic core and street frontages, no one side wants to be the back door. Future design development will need to be mindful 

of campus developments and these influences 

Existing Site Plan 



3.1.2 Site Analysis 


The existing site is based on the typical City of La Crosse street grid. As with most areas of Campus, the streets have either been 

abandoned or are closed. The whole of the academic core is based on the street grid layout and as such most of the site 

utilities occur primarily in the corresponding grid layout (storm, sanitary, water, gas). Additional Campus utilities 

predominantly follow the same grid but some utilities do vary in location i.e chilled water, primary and signal. 

The site itself is relatively free of utilities other than a storm sewer network serving the existing parking lot. The south edge of 

the project has a primary and signal package encroaching into the project site. Final building placement, foundations and 

layout will need to assess the feasibility of maintaining these services as is or propose to relocate. Soil borings have not been 

conducted but recent 

projects at the Stadium 

and Academic Building 

reveal extremely sandy 

subsoils below a thin 

layer of topsoil. This soil 

structure creates ideal 

opportunities for 

infiltration. 

Unfortunately a portion 

of the site resides in a 

City Well Head Protection 

Zone and as such places 

infiltration restrictions 

within that area alone. 

Areas of the site outside 

of this zone should be 

utilized for infiltration if 

possible. 

The site is generally open 

and free of shade and is 

predominantly square to 

the cardinal directions. 

As such the site is subject 

to the winter winds from 

the northwest and 

summer winds from the 

southwest. Solar 

orientation is typical with 

the south face of the 

existing building in direct 

sun and the north portion 

subject to shadows. 

Proposed vegetation 

solutions and site snow 

removal considerations 

should be designed in 

that respect. Vegetation 

on site includes mature 

trees, foundation 

landscaping and 

miscellaneous landscape 

beds and sod but nothing 

of great significance. The 

site is proximal to the 

Campus iconic clock 

tower, undoubtedly a 

landmark and the extent 

of site work around the 

Site Analysis 




clock to be included in the final site restoration should be considered early in the design development. Current scope for the 

Cowley project includes site restoration as it relates to the building design options, but does not include wholesale changes in 

the Central Campus Mall or clock tower areas. Care should be taken to protect and maintain conditions as feasible in the final 

project scope. 

Badger Street is currently treated as a pedestrian corridor despite the existing street profile. Service vehicles and security are 

the only motorized vehicles currently allowed. As this project progresses, opportunities to redesign a portion of Badger Street 

in conjunction with the new Student Union Center should be explored. Together these projects could develop the Campus 

Master Plan suggested improvements for at least a portion of this corridor. 

East Avenue is main vehicular thoroughfare through campus and will remain as such as identified in the Campus Master Plan. 

East Ave also carries a significant amount of pedestrian traffic on its sidewalks though this will likely change with the Student 

Union Center project relocation. The Stadium however will continue to generate significant traffic and flow even if only limited 

to events. 

3.1.3 Topography 

The overall site slopes gently from northeast to southwest at an average of 0.8%. The northeast corner being the high point 

with an elevation around 671.5. Grade along Badger Street slopes west resting at 670.0 where Badger St. meets the future 

central mall. Grade in the mall slopes approximately 1.0% to the south with an elevation of 666.44 at the clock tower in the 

center of the mall. The south edge of the site slopes moderately at 0.7% east to west. Approximate grade at the intersection of 

East Ave. and the east‐west sidewalk is 670.3. Generally the site appears flat but clearly an elevation change exists across the 

site and is more prominent when attempting to level a large footprint. Grade may be a factor when attempting to site the 

building addition and/or renovation. Existing floor elevation of Cowley is 669.59 which is approximately 1’ lower than the 

corner of Badger St. and East Ave. 

The existing parking on the north half of the site drains internally and is served by a small stormwater network. Most of the 

parking area discharges to the storm main in the Central Mall while the southeast corner of the parking lot is served by a 

catchbasin and connects to the storm main in East Ave. 

Topography around the west and south areas of the building allows for surface drainage away from the building and site and is 

collected via catchbasins in the center of the mall and the corridor south of the building. 



3.2 Civil Utilities and Plan 

Site Utility Plan 




3.2.1 Water 


The current Cowley Hall domestic water connection is located on the south side of the building, which connects to a 20‐inch 

water main that runs east‐west through the old Pine Street abandoned right of way. A 6‐inch main loops around the Cowley 

site on the north, east and west. A fire flow test performed in June 2007 by the City on the 6‐inch line near the corner of East 

Ave and Badger Street resulted in a flowrate of 1,706 gpm at a residual pressure of 55 psi (static pressure of 78 psi). 

All water for domestic, fire protection, and laboratory needs will be drawn from the public supply. The Pre‐Design Team has 

assumed that no gray water will be collected or used for the building plumbing or irrigation. A private well is located on site 

that currently supplies clean well water for certain water‐research laboratories. It is anticipated that this well will be 

abandoned because of its location and relocated in a manner that doesn’t impact the ability to infiltrate storm water on site 

and is also outside of the City of La Crosse’s Well Protection Zone. Final determination of the need for well water will be 

determined during the design phase. 

The Cowley Renovation and Addition project will be done in phases, so the existing building will need to remain occupied and 

functioning while the new addition is being constructed. It is anticipated that the new addition will require an 8‐inch domestic 

and fire protection water service in addition to the existing service (size unknown). 

A water connection to the East Ave water main for the new building is recommended. However, the most capacity is likely to 

be available via the current water connection to the 20‐inch main on the south. 

If it is determined that the existing 6‐inch water loop is not adequate to provide the fire flow capacities for the new addition, it 

may be feasible to use the existing building connection to feed the existing and new building additions. 

3.2.2 Storm 

Drainage & Connections 

The existing building has a storm connection for roof drainage near the center of the building on the south side. This storm 

pipe connects to a 36‐inch storm sewer in the old Pine Street that flows west towards the Clock Tower. 

There are several existing storm sewer systems near the project site. A 12‐inch storm pipe runs towards the south along the 

mall west of the project site and connects to the 36‐inch at the Clock Tower. On East Avenue to the east of Cowley Hall, a 42‐ 

inch pipe flows north towards the river. A cross connection between the 42‐inch and the 36‐inch pipes exists at the 

intersection of East Ave and Pine Street. The cross connection functions by allowing stormwater to flow in either direction 

(north or west) to alleviate flooding caused by one system backing up during large storm events. 

The parking lot north of Cowley Hall, which is the site of the future addition, is currently drained via several catch basins to the 

west pedestrian mall. An additional catch basin in the southeast corner of the Cowley project site drains to East Ave. Therefore 

the project site is located at the divide of two major sewersheds in the vicinity of campus. 

In discussions with the City of La Crosse Public Works Department, the 42‐inch pipe in East Ave has the greatest capacity of any 

system near the site. 

The area around the Clock Tower currently experiences flooding, according to the UW La Crosse Stormwater Management Plan 

(2008). This is apparently due to a combination of a lack of positive drainage and lack of capacity of the downstream system. 

With this in mind, the Design Team recommends that the roof drainage from the future addition be directed to the 42‐inch pipe 

in East Ave. 

Infiltration, Peak Flow Reduction & Sediment Removal 

Infiltration potential on the eastern half of the site is prohibited due to the fact that it is within 400 feet of a municipal water 

well. In addition, a new well for water‐research laboratories could have an impact on potential infiltration area and process on 

the remaining site. Soils in the area are generally sandy and have very high infiltration capacity. 

Opportunities for treatment of total suspended solids (TSS) and peak flow reduction are somewhat limited on this site during 

the “interim” condition (after Phase 1 is built but before Phase 2 is done when the west wing will be demolished). The most 

effective best management practices (BMPs) would be a combination of grass swales and biofiltration areas for infiltration (rain 

gardens). The site lends itself better to having rain gardens on the west side of the building, where there is more space. 

However, this is in the footprint of the existing west wing, so BMPs would need to be constructed as part of Phase 2 

construction. Unfortunately, the capacity of the existing storm sewer is greater on the east side of the site, where infiltration is 

prohibited and there is a lack of space for rain gardens. Therefore, the site drainage will need to be split between east and west 



to direct some water towards the rain gardens but not so much as to overwhelm the system. 


The City reviews all projects on campus for stormwater management goals. The campus (like the City) has a goal of reducing 

TSS in their runoff by 40 percent over a condition where there are no BMPS. In addition, the City is planning to implement a 

Stormwater Utility beginning in 2011 that will assess fees against property owners (including the university) based on the 

amount of impervious area on a property. The Utility will allow credit reductions for property owners who employ BMPs to 

reduce stormwater peak flows as well as capture TSS. The more TSS captured and the better peak flow reduction, the less the 

property owner will pay in fees. 

The Division of State Facilities (DSF) has Sustainability Guidelines similar to the LEED rating system. Two credits (SS C6.1 and SS 

C6.2) relate to stormwater management. For this project, these guidelines are summarized as follows: 

SS C6.1 – Stormwater Quantity: reduce the rate and volume of stormwater discharge by 25 percent for the 1.5‐year, 

24 hr storm event. 

SS C6.2 – Stormwater Quality: capture 80 percent of TSS and 40 percent of total phosphorus (TP) from the runoff over 

no controls over an annualized period. 

LEED has similar criteria for each credit. Both of these credits are achievable with the use of rain gardens and bioswales on this 

site, but meeting these will require a portion of the building roof water to be directed to the rain gardens to be infiltrated. 

In summary, with the use of two rain gardens on the west side of the site and grass swales elsewhere around the building, it is 

possible to achieve the stormwater management goals as defined by DSF, DNR, the City of La Crosse, and LEED. 

3.2.3 Sanitary 

The existing sanitary service line from Cowley Hall is on the south side, which discharges to a 10‐inch sanitary sewer that runs 

west in the abandoned Pine Street right of way towards the Clock Tower. A 24‐inch sewer, located just west of Cowley Hall, 

runs south along the pedestrian mall. This is the best location for receiving sanitary flows from the new Cowley Hall addition, 

and a manhole already exists near the northwest wing of Cowley Hall. The new addition will require a 6‐inch sanitary sewer 

connection in addition to the existing service connection on the south. 

According to the City there should be sufficient capacity in the 24‐inch sewer as the only facilities that are serviced by it are 

university properties to the north. 

3.3 Transportation/Circulation 

3.3.1 Bus & Vehicular Access 

Two bus routes serve campus with one route passing directly by the site on East Ave. The bus system is moderately used 

though more so during the colder months. No bus shelter exists on East Ave. and the existing site does not generate high 

ridership. However, the new site development along with the future Student Union Center will increase pedestrian traffic flow 

to this region of campus and the site. Appropriate accommodations should be considered during the design development of 

the Cowley project and in conjunction with the new Student Union Center. 

Vehicular traffic comes in two forms: service vehicles and general civilian traffic. Current service for Cowley is at the east end of 

the building with primary access via the existing parking lot. Future service will need to accommodate room for 4 dumpsters (2 

trash, 1 recycle, 1 cardboard) with room to maneuver and parking for at least 3 service vehicles as well as 3‐4 accessible stalls. 

In addition parking and loading (small straight body trucks) for lab equipment should be accommodated, likely 2‐3 stalls or a 

general designated loading area. The current parking lot will be removed and no new onsite parking is planned. Campus is 

currently embarking on a new parking structure project as discussed in the project location section of this report. This parking 

structure will offset the loss of parking resulting from the Cowley and new Student Union Center projects. An adjacent visitor 

lot is located across East Ave. at the Stadium but most users of the new building are anticipated to be approaching by bicycle, 

moped or by foot. 



3.3.2 Bicycle & 

Moped 


The Campus Master 

Plan identifies the 

academic core of 

campus as a bike and 

moped free zone. 

Bicycles are allowed 

through the academic 

core but should be 

walked through and 

not ridden. Major 

bicycle routes are 

intended to be via 

Badger, Pine (east of 

the project site) and 

East Ave. To encourage 

and strengthen the 

academic core 

pedestrian nature 

provisions for bicycle 

and moped parking 

should be designed on 

Transportation/Circulation 

building edges and 

sides that do not directly front the Central Campus Mall area. These areas should be concentrated where highest traffic counts 

are anticipated. These areas are likely to include the northeast and northwest project site corners off Badger St., the building 

frontages on Badger and East, and the southeast building corner. The intent is to encourage bicycle and moped riders to use 

vehicular based routes for conveyance and then collect them in logical locations and transition to pedestrian transportation. 

3.3.3 Pedestrian Access 

The UWL Campus remains largely a pedestrian oriented campus in parallel with a principle of the Master Plan to create a more 

walkable campus environment. The infill on this site in conjunction with the new Student Union Center will greatly increase the 

pedestrian nature of in this region of campus. In addition, the concentration of civilian parking created by the proposed parking 

structure away from the academic core and project site will strengthen the pedestrian orientation of Campus. The connections 

created by these new projects will further strengthen the pedestrian activity on Badger St. and should encourage the 

development of the pedestrian corridor. All walks should be designed to the minimums as defined in the Campus Master Plan 

but should be evaluated based on anticipated traffic volume, especially in light of upcoming Campus changes stated. 



Transportation/Circulation 




3.4 Existing Building Assessment 

3.4.1 Overview 


Existing Cowley Hall is a 180,000 square foot, four‐story building, 

with a full basement and fifth floor mechanical penthouse. The 

building was originally built in 1963 with additions to the 

northwest and east in 1968. The existing structure is an L‐shaped 

building elongated in an east‐west direction with north and south 

orientations. The north and south façade’s are primarily glazed 

curtainwall systems with vertical concrete columns, while the 

additions to the east and west are brick veneer over a concrete 

masonry back‐up system. The west end of the building aligns the 

east edge of the northern half of the future campus mall. See 3.1 

for an overview of the site and the affects of the future campus 

mall. A parking lot of 180 spaces is located to the north of the 

building while a utility corridor is located along the north, south, 

east, and west edges of the site. These corridors contain steam and chilled water services as well as power, signal, and city 

water and sewer. 

Numerous classroom, laboratory, and mechanical renovations have occurred over the past 47 years, including the following: 

Original Building: 1963 

Building Addition: 1968 

Remodeling: 1976 

Roof Replacement: 1987 

Elevator Upgrade: 1996 

Roof Replacement: 2002 

Vestibule Construction: 2004 

Fire Alarm System: 2005 

The Existing Building Assessment conducted by this consulting team provides a summary of the existing conditions of Cowley 

Hall in order to determine if the existing structure can or should be reused. The Existing Building Assessment is divided into 

Structural, Interior, Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing, and Exterior Envelope. This assessment represents the Pre‐Design 

Study teams professional opinion based upon information currently available. This assessment is based upon the tasks outlined 

in the scope of work requested by the State of Wisconsin, Department of Administration, Division of State Facilities. Further 

testing, assessment, or demolition, may uncover conditions that would make it necessary to modify our conclusions and 

recommendations. 



3.4.2 Existing Floor Plans 

Level 0 

Level 1 




Level 2 

Level 3 




Level 4 

Level 5 




3.4.3 Structure 


The structural systems within the existing Cowley Hall are made up of concrete columns, beams, floors, and roofs. The 

structural bay spacing within the existing building range from 18’ x 31’‐6” at the northwest office wing, 18’ x 21’ at the west 

office wing, 30’ x 31’ at the central portion, and 24’ x 34’ and 24’ x 38’ at the east addition. The 1963 building floor system is a 

two way cast‐in‐place concrete waffle slab. The domes are 30” x 30” x 14” high with 6” ribs. The slab is 3” thick which results in 

a 17” deep floor system. The 1968 addition building floor system is a one way concrete joist and beam system. The concrete 

joists are 6” wide at 3’‐0” on center with a 16” pan height and 4” slab resulting in a structure depth of 20”. The existing clear 

height from floor to the underside of the floor structure throughout the building is 10’‐6”. 

The foundation system is spread footings bearing on soil improved by vibrocompaction resulting in an allowable bearing 

capacity of 7,000 pounds per square foot.. 

A visual assessment from the interior of the existing structure was conducted and it appears to be in good condition. Concrete 

floor slabs, columns, and beams have no signs of deterioration, with the exception of the columns noted in Section 3.4.4.4. 

Structural Design Load Information 

Item/Desicription Original 1963 Building Design Criteria IBC Table 1607.1 Design Criteria 

Classroom Labs 50 psf 50 psf 

Lobby, Corridor 80 psf 

100 psf ‐ First Floor 

80 psf – Corridors above First Floor 

Stairs 80 psf 100 psf 

Partitions 20 psf 15 psf min. 

Roof Load 80 psf 40 psf ground snow load 

Allowable Soil Bearing 7,000 ksf ‐‐‐‐‐ 



3.4.4 Exterior Envelope 

3.4.4.1 General Description 


The exterior envelope at the original 1963 core of the existing Cowley Hall consists of a minimally insulated wall with a glazed 

curtainwall system within a concrete frame. The vertical ribs are exposed concrete columns cast in an architectural precast 

form. The east and west additions are primarily brick veneer over concrete masonry. 

East Addition Central Core West Addition 

3.4.4.2 Entrances 

There are three primary entrance areas to Cowley Hall. The three entrances on the north side of the building serve the parking 

lot while the entrances to the south and west serve high traffic areas from adjacent academic buildings. 

The entrances at the southwest link were renovated in 2004 and incorporated new vestibules with sloped roofs. These 

entrances appear to be in good condition. 



3.4.4.3 Windows & Doors 

The existing windows are original to the building and are constructed of aluminum 

non‐thermally broken frames with ¼” glazing. In order to enhance energy 

performance, it is recommended to replace the existing windows with thermally 

broken aluminum frames and 1” thick, high‐performance glazing. 

The existing building’s window to wall ratio was compared to DSF Daylighting 

Standards. The following chart shows the comparison: 

ORIENTATION GLAZING WALL % 

DSF 

ACCEPTABLE 

DSF 

PREFERRED 

North 6,352 SF 21,792 SF 29% 70% 50% 

South 5,328 SF 20,592 SF 26% 30% 26% 

East 1,600 SF 13,536 SF 12% 30% 22% 

West 1,664 SF 13,392 SF 12% 30% 22% 

The existing curtainwall system at the original 1963 portion of the building has failed 

during storm events and allowed water to infiltrate the building. 

3.4.4.4 Masonry 


Although the brick veneer is over 40 years old, it appears to be in good condition. No visual cracking or deterioration of the 

brick veneer is present. 

While weep vents are spaced 32” apart, there appears to be no metal flashing present at the base of the wall or at the shelf 

angles. Original drawings indicate plastic flashing being used at the base of the wall, but there is no drip extension present. 

There appears to be cracking in the exterior face of the concrete column precast formliners on the north and south elevations. 

Further investigation is needed in order to determine if this is a structural failure in progress or if it is a failure of the outer 

concrete veneer. 

In the event of a major renovation, all caulking should be cleaned and reinstalled. Tuckpointing and washing of the existing 

brick veneer should also be considered part of a renovation project. 



3.4.4.5 Roofing 


The roof was replaced in 2002. According to the construction documents for that project, the roof system consists of a 45 mil 

EPDM membrane with gravel ballast over 5 ½” of insulation board. 

Photo of observation platform 

From the interior, previous leaking of the skylights over the fourth floor greenhouse area is visible. Because the Campus Master 

Plan calls for removal of the western portion of existing Cowley Hall, this entry and skylight area would be removed as part of a 

renovation project. 




Photo above shows mechanical louvers located at the roof level. In order to prevent snow infiltration, this louver should be 

raised a minimum of 3’‐0” above the roof. 

3.4.4.6 Thermal Performance 

According to the original building construction drawings, insulation does not appear to be present in the masonry construction 

on the west end of the building. The metal curtainwall system on the north and south sides consists of 1” thick insulated 

spandrel panels and ¼” thick glazing provide minimal insulation. The drawings also indicate a ½” fiberboard and damproofing 

being used at the foundation walls. 

The existing building’s envelope performance was analyzed using the Department of Energy’s COMcheck software and the 

outcome of the analysis shows that the existing Cowley Hall will not meet the 2006 International Building Code, the current 

code in place at the time of this study. 

3.4.5 Interior 

3.4.5.1 Interior Finishes 

The interior finishes of existing Cowley Hall include concrete masonry partitions, 

asbestos floor tile, exposed concrete structural slabs, glazed ceramic concrete 

masonry in the corridors, hollow metal door frames, wood doors, and acoustical 

ceiling tile. Faculty offices and corridors typically have acoustical ceilings while 

teaching labs have exposed structural systems. The asbestos containing floor 

tiles in the west office wing are in poor condition. The floor and ceiling tile in 

the east wing corridors are also in poor condition. 




3.4.5.2 Restrooms 

The restrooms within Cowley Hall appear to be original to the building and show no signs of alternations. The 28” doors along 

with limited floor area, result in layouts that are inaccessible for those with physical challenges. Clearances at the pull and push 

sides of the restroom doors are inadequate to meet current standards. Most of the restrooms are also not equipped with 

accessible stalls. 

3.4.5.3 Stairs 

Constructed with steel stringers and risers, 

the concrete stair runs appear to be in good 

condition physically. While the tile treads are 

durable, they offer no slip resistance or visual 

demarcation of the nosing. Handrails are 28” 

above stair nosings and have no extensions at 

the top or bottom of the stair runs. 

3.4.5.4 Elevators 

A passenger elevator is currently located in 

the west end of the original building and a 

freight elevator is located in the east addition. 

The passenger elevator will be removed with 

the west office wing demolition. 

3.4.6 Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Systems 

The mechanical systems infrastructure is unworthy of reuse in the existing Cowley Hall. All systems are well beyond their useful 

life expectancies and are not appropriate to meet the needs of a modern university building. The floor to floor height of twelve 

feet results in a dimension of about ten feet from the floor to the underside of the structure. Today’s modern classroom 

buildings have minimum nine foot ceilings, with many programmed for ten feet. Even with eight foot ceilings the resulting 

ceiling space is inadequate for today’s HVAC, plumbing, electrical and data systems to fit into. Long term, the result of forcing 

these infrastructure systems into such a tight space will create energy inefficiencies, make maintenance more difficult, and 

make future system modifications difficult of even impossible. 

3.4.6.1 Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Infrastructure Impact of the West Office Wing 

Mechanical – Chilled water and steam service is fed from the main building so regardless whether the building is reused or new, 

temporary services will have to be provided to keep that building in operation. 

Plumbing – The west office building is served with dedicated sanitary and storm water mains, however domestic water and hot 

water is fed from the existing Cowley Hall. Temporary services will need to be provided. 

Electrical – Two substations are provided for the building. The smaller (500Kva) substation was installed for air conditioning. 

We understand the substation is no longer being used for the air conditions system. The remaining substation (750Kva) 

provides power for the remaining building. Either substation may remain for temporary construction power. We are 

recommending that new unit substation be installed in a new location to serve the remodeled building. 

Information Technology ‐ Drawings of internal telecom wiring were not provided. But because the site plan indicates the 

campus demarcation point within the main building, it must be assumed that the west wing is serviced from the main 

demarcation point. If the main building were to be demolished, temporary campus services would need to be provided to the 

west wing, probably from existing signal MH 40. 



3.4.7 Building Reuse Considerations 


Structural 

Structurally, the existing Cowley Hall appears to be in very stable condition. The original building loading criteria will 

accommodate today’s minimum building code requirements. However, the structural load and performance requirements will 

not allow the reinstatement of teaching laboratory spaces without significant structural upgrades. The departmental offices are 

better suited for the bay spacing and structural capacity provided. The current program option of department offices and 

classrooms in the existing structure is acceptable per minimum building code requirements. 

The existing concrete waffle slab thickness in the 1963 building is 3” and will not meet the 1 hour floor assembly requirement 

for this type of structure. As a result the existing floor slabs will need to be treated with fireproofing material. 

The floor to floor height of 12’‐0” with a clear height of 10’‐6” will not provide efficient routing of mechanical, plumbing, and 

electrical systems. With a typical interstitial space requirement of even 3’‐0” ceiling heights would be limited to 7’‐6”. An 

extreme mechanical system design will be needed to minimize the size of horizontal ducts in order to reduce the interstitial 

space above the ceiling, which results in additional vertical duct chases which will compromise usable square footage within the 

building. Vertical duct chases in the existing waffle slab will be limited to certain areas unless additional reinforcing and 

supports are provided. 

Interiors 

Although the interior finishes are very durable, they are outdated. Asbestos containing floor tile will need to be removed as 

part of a major renovation project. It is likely that a renovation project would require the removal of most, if not all the interior 

partitions in order to accommodate the program requirements of the project. Restrooms will need to be completely 

demolished and reconstructed and should incorporate reduced water usage fixtures and be completely ADA accessible. The 

existing stairs are in very good condition but need to be updated to today’s building code requirements. Handrails and 

guardrails need to be code compliant and should incorporate durable materials in order to handle high usage. Slip‐resistant 

treads should be provided at all stairs. 

Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing 

The mechanical systems infrastructure is unworthy of reuse in the existing Cowley Hall. All systems are well beyond their useful 

life expectancies and are not appropriate to meet the needs of a modern university building. Further, the existing building 

structure has a floor to floor height of just 12 feet, and the program for most spaces list minimum ceiling height of 9’‐0” or 10’‐ 

0”. This results in available ceiling space of only 6” to 18” for mechanical, electrical and plumbing services. A typical university 

building built today would require a three to four foot interstitial space to contain the HVAC ductwork, piping, and terminal 

units, along with plumbing piping services, electrical conduits and lighting, and other systems such as data cable trays. 

In order to accommodate these services in a building such as this, many compromises must be made, many of which would not 

be in accordance with DSF standards. Most ceilings would have to be at eight feet vs. the preferred minimum height of nine to 

ten feet per the space program. Mechanically, ductwork would have an excessive number of fittings resulting in higher 

pressure drop and resulting fan energy consumption. Piping systems would need to be run over classrooms and terminal units 

would all be located above classroom ceilings. Service access to equipment and devices would be difficult and not in ideal 

locations. The need to minimize ductwork sizes will require either the addition of more vertical shafts or a more extreme 

approach of adding multiple vertical shafts to the exterior of the building. The use of a chilled beam concept will still require 

the above design efforts in order to work. These issues have been reflected in the cost estimate and contributed to the reason 

the cost is higher than new construction. 

Exterior Envelope 

The central core of existing Cowley Hall is most likely to remain in the event of a major renovation/addition type of project and 

repurposed into departmental offices. The curtainwall systems on the north and south sides will need to be replaced at a 

minimum with a thermally broken framing system and high performance glazing. An alternative approach would be to remove 

the curtainwall system and replace it with a masonry cavity wall system. 

Although the east addition’s exterior is a cavity wall system with insulation, it is minimal by today’s standards. In order to 

increase the thermal performance of the exterior wall, insulation would likely need to be added to the interior side of the 

building. 

The following wall section diagrams show possible strategies for enhancing the performance of the existing Cowley Hall exterior 

envelope. Upon review of the existing drawings, portions of the building are more insulated than others and as result are 

treated differently. Further analysis will need to be conducted based on the energy code in place at the time of design 

submittal. 



1963 BUILDING WALL SECTION DIAGRAM 

Key Plan 


Existing Wall Section Proposed Wall Section – Option A 

Description: 

Remove existing curtainwall system and replace with 

concrete masonry back‐up, air barrier, insulation, and a 

high performing curtainwall system while maintaining the 

architecture of the glazed wall with metal spandrel panels. 




Key Plan 


Existing Wall Section Proposed Wall Section – Option B 

Description: 

Remove existing curtainwall system and replace with 

concrete masonry back‐up and DSF rainscreen wall 

construction with an air barrier, insulation, and brick 

veneer. 




Key Plan 

Existing Wall Section 


Description: 

Since this portion of the building is to be removed as 

described in the Campus Master Plan, the Pre‐Design 

Team did not provide a strategy to enhance the exterior 

wall construction. 




Key Plan 


Existing Wall Section Proposed Wall Section – Option B 

Description: 

The existing drawings of this addition indicate insulation is 

present within the exterior wall. With a thermal break and 

drainage plain, additional insulation would be provided at 

the interior side of the wall to increase envelop 

performance. 



4.1 Environmental Impact 

Division 4: Special Planning Issues 

In accordance with the Wisconsin Environmental Policy Act (WEPA), this project will require an Environmental Impact 

Statement (EIS). This requirement ensures that all fiscal impacts raised during the WEPA process will be addressed in the 

project budget estimate. The entire WEPA process must be completed prior to bid solicitation. 

Signed into law in 1972, WEPA spells out the state's environmental policy and requires state agencies to consider the 

environmental effects of their actions to the extent possible under their other statutory authorities. It also establishes the 

principle that broad citizen participation should be part of environmental decision‐making. WEPA imposes procedural and 

analytical responsibilities on the agencies but does not provide authority to protect the environment. 

DSF will select, hire, and monitor the work of the EIS consultant. 

4.2 Zoning Requirements 

The site is zoned Public/Semi‐Public and will not need to be rezoned. 

4.3 Accessibility Requirements 

An important goal for the Cowley Hall Science Building is to create an accessible environment for all users. The building will 

comply with applicable state and federal codes, DSF Accessibility Guidelines, and other applicable standards for accessibility. 

The design team is encouraged to incorporate a holistic approach to seamlessly integrate architectural solutions that address 

accessibility with dignity to the widest range of users. There are seven governing principles that enable this process; 

1. Equitable: Make design appealing and provide the same means of use for all users. 

2. Flexibility: Accommodate a wide range of individual preferences. 

3. Simplicity: Use of design is easy to understand. 

4. Perceptible Information: Communicate necessary information to the user. 

5. Tolerance for Error: Provide safe features throughout. 

6. Effortless Use: Allow users to maintain neutral body positions and perform tasks with reasonable force. 

7. Size/Space for Approach and Use: Provide space for approach, reach, and use regardless of users abilities. 

Universal Design comes from incorporating these guideline principles into underlying design thinking. There are no specific 

goals to reach; there is instead a framework for creating resourceful solutions. 

4.3.1 Laboratory Accessibility Guidelines 

Accessible work stations and fume hoods should be provided in the laboratories based on code requirements. 

Location of accessible work stations as close as possible to eyewash and safety showers. 

Some general criteria and guidelines for accessible work stations in laboratories are as follows: 

Work surfaces 30" ‐ 34" above floor with wheelchair clearance below. Adjustable work surfaces can provide a range of possible 

height adjustments. 

Laboratory service controls, equipment, and equipment controls within easy reach for persons with limited mobility. Controls 

should have single‐action levers or blade handles for easy operation. 

Aisle widths and clearances adequate for maneuvers of wheelchair bound individuals. Aisles 5'‐0" wide are recommended with 

turnaround areas. 



4.4 Sustainable Facilities and Energy Conservation 


The intent is to create a high environmental performance project that has low operating costs, healthful indoor environments, 

and low environmental impact. These environmental goals will be integrated into the design strategies for form, function, 

schedule, and budget. 

The design will incorporate sustainable design principles that are sensible and valid, especially those with an emphasis on 

energy efficiency and long term durability. 

4.4.1 Division of State Facilities 

The Division of State Facilities (DSF) is committed to sustainable design to promote the environmental and economic benefits of 

energy conservation in the planning, design, construction, and operation of state facilities. DSF has implemented policies to 

reduce energy consumption in state facilities without adversely affecting program operations. 

Recognizing that the greatest cost of owning state facilities over their lifetime is the cost of energy to heat, cool, light, and 

operate them, DSF expects the design of every project to: 

• Achieve the highest energy efficiency and lowest energy consumption that life‐cycle costing will justify; 

• Incorporate the most energy‐efficient materials, products, equipment, and systems consistent with program and 

budget; 

• Incorporate renewable energy technologies at the earliest possible stages of design whenever they are technically 

and economically feasible; 

• Consider the impact on the utility infrastructure of the existing facility. 

• Select environmentally responsible materials and products with reduced maintenance required 

4.4.2 Integrated Design Process 

DSF expects the A/E to follow an “integrated design approach” on every project. This means that architectural, mechanical, and 

electrical systems are designed as parts of a whole building/energy system. The architect will consider HVAC and electrical loads 

in making fundamental decisions about the basic building concept and architectural form: e.g. orientation, massing, treatment 

of façade, fenestration, interior surfaces and lighting. All architectural decisions are evaluated for how they affect the heating, 

cooling, and electrical lighting loads of the building. This process requires greater involvement of mechanical and electrical 

engineers at the earliest stages of design, building energy modeling during conceptual and working design phases and it 

requires strong energy conservation advocacy and commitment from the prime A/E. 

4.4.3 Building Energy Modeling 

Building energy modeling is required for new structures, new additions and remodels greater than 20,000 GSF with the 

exception of utilitarian buildings and remodels which do not replace mechanical/electrical systems and reconfigure the building 

shell. In addition, building modeling is required for all new buildings to demonstrate that the annual building energy cost is 30% 

less than a code designed base building, based on the code in effect at the time of design. 

The code designed base building comparison must be based on the Total Building Performance method included in Commerce 

63/IECC 2009. Alternatively the base building and comparison may be based on ASHRAE Standard 90.1‐2007 Building 

Performance Rating Method. 

During schematic design, the A/E shall use integrated design to determine the most energy efficient building configurations and 

systems. The A/E shall develop multiple building design concept options and/or multiple building envelope options, mechanical 

system options, lighting system options, and plumbing system options. Building energy modeling will be performed to compare 

these options. 

The building energy modeling used to compare building/system options and used to demonstrate the 30% better than code 

requirement must utilize a computer based program for the analysis of energy consumption in buildings. 

The A/E shall report the modeled energy consumption and code comparison results in the Energy Performance Report portion 

of the Design Report. 




For all new buildings, structures, additions and major remodeling projects, the A/E shall use life cycle cost analysis to evaluate 

all relevant costs for each building alternative. 

4.4.4 Renewable Energy Sources: 

The Division of State Facilities expects all projects to make maximum practical and economic use of passive solar energy and 

daylighting. The design of all state facilities will, to the fullest extent possible, incorporate natural lighting, to replace the need 

for electric lighting during daytime hours. Use geothermal technologies for space and water heating systems where technically 

feasible and cost effective. 

Projects with a total budget exceeding $500,000 are expected to make maximum practical use of active solar heating and 

renewable electric generation from solar thermal or photovoltaic systems, wind power, geothermal technology, biomass, fuel 

cells using renewable fuel or tidal or wave action and small hydro, when technically and economically feasible. In the Design 

Report the A/E shall state what consideration was given to these renewable energy systems. 

4.4.5 Design Guidelines: 

• Energy Design Guideline 

• Sustainable Facilities Guideline 

• Daylighting Standards for State Facilities 

• Lighting Design Guidelines 

• LEED® Silver Certification 

4.4.6 Sustainable Facilities and Energy Conservation 

UW‐La Crosse is committed to becoming a campus that values sustainability. It is a goal of this project to provide a high 

performance building following the guidelines outlined by the U.S. Green Building Council in order to achieve LEED ® Silver 

Certification. The DSF Sustainable Facilities Standards should also be followed closely throughout the project. It is a goal of the 

University to emphasize energy efficiency, future maintainability and flexibility, and long term durability. The concept design 

included in the Pre‐Design Study emphasizes the use of natural daylight into all occupied spaces, reducing the need for artificial 

lighting, thus decreasing energy usage. Systems described in the Pre‐Design Study outline those mechanical functions (HVAC, 

lighting, stormwater management, etc.) that will assist in achieving the goals outlined above. The use of local, renewable, and 

recycled materials should be considered wherever possible. Sustainability can be divided into the following key subjects: 

Sustainable Sites, Water Efficiency, Energy and Atmosphere, Materials and Resources, Indoor Air Quality and Innovation and 

Design. 

The following narrative descriptions provide a summary of the credits available in the LEED rating system. 

Sustainable Sites (SS) 

SSW1 ‐ Construction Site Erosion & Sedimentation Control 

Intent: To reduce pollution from construction activities by controlling soil erosion, waterway sediment and airborne dust 

generation. 

SS1 ‐ Site Selection 

Intent: To avoid the development of inappropriate sites and reduce the environmental impact from the location of a 

building on a site. 

SS2 ‐ Development Density & Community Connectivity 

Intent: To channel development to urban areas with existing infrastructure, protect greenfields, and preserve habitat 

and natural resources. 

SS3 – Brownfield Redevelopment 

Intent: To rehabilitate damaged sites where development is complicated by environmental contamination and to reduce 

pressure on undeveloped land. 

SS4 ‐ Alternative Transportation 

SS4.1 ‐ Public Transportation Access Credit 

Intent: To reduce pollution and land development impacts from automobile use. 



SS4.2 ‐ Bicycle Storage & Changing Rooms Credit 

Intent: To reduced pollution and land development impacts from automobile use. 

SS4.3 – Low‐Emission & Fuel Efficient Vehicles 


SS4.4 ‐ Parking Capacity 



SS5 ‐ Site Development 

SS5.1 ‐ Protect or Restore Habitat 

Intent: To conserve existing natural areas and restore damaged areas to provide habitat and promote biodiversity. 

SS5.2 ‐ Reduced Site Disturbance: Development Footprint 

Intent: To promote biodiversity by providing a high ratio of open space to development footprint. 

SS6 ‐ Permanent Stormwater Management 

SS6.1 ‐ Discharge Rate and Volume per DNR 151 

Intent: To limit disruption of natural hydrology by reducing impervious cover, increasing on‐site infiltration, reducing or 

eliminating pollution from stormwater runoff and eliminating contaminants. 

SS6.2 ‐ Permanent Stormwater Design, Quality treatment per DNR 151 

Intent: To limit disruption of pollution of natural water flows by managing stormwater runoff. 

SS7 ‐ Heat Island Effect 

SS7.1 ‐ Non‐Roof 

Intent: To reduce heat islands to minimize impacts on microclimates and human and wildlife habitats. The heat island 

effect is the thermal gradient difference between developed and undeveloped areas. 

SS7.2 ‐ Roof 

Intent: To reduce heat islands to minimize impacts on microclimates and human and wildlife habitats. The heat island 

effect is the thermal gradient difference between developed and undeveloped areas. 

SS8 ‐ Light Pollution Reduction 

Intent: To minimize light trespass from the building and site, reduce sky‐glow to increase night sky access, improve 

nighttime visibility through glare reduction and reduce development impact from lighting on nocturnal 

environments. 

Water Efficiency (WE) 

WE1 ‐ Water Efficient Landscaping 

No Potable Use or No Irrigation 

Intent: To limit or eliminate the use of potable water or other natural surface or subsurface resources available on or 

near the project site for landscape irrigation. 

WE2 ‐ Innovative Wastewater Technologies 

Intent: To reduce wastewater generation and potable water demand while increasing the local aquifer recharge. 

WE3 ‐ Water Use Reduction, 30% ‐ 35% ‐ 40% Reduction 

Intent: To further increase water efficiency within buildings to reduce the burden on municipal water supply and 

wastewater systems. 

Energy & Atmosphere (EA) 

EAP1 ‐ Building Systems Commissioning 

Intent: To verify that the project’s energy‐related systems are installed, and calibrated to perform according to the 

owner’s project requirements, basis of design, and construction documents. Benefits of commissioning include 

reduced energy use, lower operating costs, fewer contractor callbacks, better building documentation, improved 

occupant productivity and verification that the systems perform in accordance with the owner’s project 

requirements. 




EAP2 ‐ Minimum Energy Performance 

Intent: To establish the minimum level of energy efficiency for the proposed building and systems to reduce 

environmental and economic impacts associated with excessive energy use. 

EAP3 ‐ CFC Reduction in HVAC&R Equipment 

Intent: To reduce sratospheric ozone depletion. 

EA1 ‐ Optimize Energy Performance: For Project > 2 million (1‐19 points) 

Intent: To achieve increasing levels of energy performance beyond the prerequisite standard to reduce environmental 

and economic impacts associated with excessive energy usage. 

EA2 ‐ Renewable Energy (1% to 13%) 

Intent: To encourage and recognize increasing levels of on‐site renewable energy self‐supply to reduce environmental 

and economic impacts associated with fossil fuel energy use. 

EA3 ‐ Enhanced Commissioning 

Intent: To begin the commissioning process early in the design process and execute additional activities after systems 

performance verification is completed. 

EA4 ‐ Enhanced Refrigerant Management 

Intent: To reduce ozone depletion and support early compliance with the Montreal Protocol while minimizing direct 

contributions to climate change. 

EA5 ‐ Measurement & Verification Credit 

Intent: To provide for the ongoing accountability of building energy consumption over time. 

EA6 ‐ Green Power 

Intent: To encourage the development and use of grid‐source, renewable energy technologies on a net zero pollution 

basis. 

Materials & Resources (MR) 

MRP1 – Storage & Collection of Recyclables 

Intent: To facilitate the reduction of waste generated by building occupants that is hauled to and disposed of in landfills. 

MR1 – Building Reuse 

MR1.1–Maintain 75% of Existing Walls, Floors & Roof 

Intent: To extend the lifecycle of existing building stock, conserve resources, retain cultural resources, reduce waste and 

reduce environmental impacts of new buildings as they relate to materials manufacturing and transport. 

MR1.2 ‐ Maintain 50% of Interior Walls, Ceilings & Doors 

Intent: To extend the lifecycle of existing building stock, conserve resources, retain cultural resources, reduce waste and 

reduce environmental impacts of new buildings as they relate to materials manufacturing and transport. 

MR2 ‐ Construction Waste Management 

MR2 ‐ Divert 50% or 75% from Disposal 

Intent: To divert construction and demolition debris from disposal in landfills and incineration facilities. Redirect 

recyclable recovered resources back to the manufacturing process and reusable materials to appropriate sites. 

MR3 – Materials Reuse, 5% 

Intent: To reuse building materials and products to reduce demand for virgin materials and reduce waste, thereby 

lessening impacts associated with the extraction and processing of virgin resources. 

MR4 ‐ Recycled Content, 5% ‐ 10% (post‐consumer + ½ pre‐consumer) 

Intent: To increase demand for building products that incorporate recycled content materials, thereby reducing impacts 

resulting from extraction and processing of virgin materials. 

MR5 ‐ Regional Materials, 10% ‐ 20% Extracted, Processed & Manufactured Regionally 

Intent: To increase demand for building materials and products that are extracted and manufactured within the region, 

thereby supporting the use of indigenous resources and reducing the environmental impacts from 

transportation. 




MR6 ‐ Rapidly Renewable Materials 

Intent: To reduce the use and depletion of finite raw materials and long‐cycle materials by replacing them with rapidly 

renewable materials. 

MR7 ‐ Certified Wood 

Intent: To encourage environmentally responsible forest management. 

Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ) 

IEQP1 ‐ Minimum IAQ Performance 

Intent: To establish minimum indoor air quality (IAQ) performance to enhance indoor air quality in buildings, thus 

contributing to the comfort and well‐being of the occupants. 

IEQP2 ‐ Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control 

Intent: To prevent or minimize exposure of building occupants, indoor surfaces and ventilation air distribution systems 

to environmental tobacco smoke (ETS). 

IEQ1 ‐ Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring 

Intent: To provide capacity for ventilation system monitoring to help promote occupant comfort and well‐being. 

IEQ2 ‐ Increased Ventilation 

Intent: To provide additional outdoor air ventilation to improve indoor air quality (IAQ) and promote occupant comfort. 

IEQ3 ‐ Construction IAQ Management Plan 

IEQ3.1 ‐ During Construction 

Intent: To reduce indoor air quality (IAQ) problems resulting from construction or renovation and promote the comfort 

and well‐being of construction workers and building occupants. 

IEQ3.2 ‐ Before Occupancy 

Intent: To reduce indoor air quality (IAQ) problems resulting from construction or renovation and promote the comfort 

and well‐being of construction workers and building occupants. 

IEQ4 ‐ Low‐Emitting Materials 

IEQ4.1 ‐ Adhesives & Sealants 

Intent: To reduce the quality of indoor air contaminants that are odorous, irritating and/or harmful to the comfort and 

well‐being of installers and occupants. 

IEQ4.2 ‐ Paints & Coatings 



IEQ4.3 ‐ Flooring Systems 



IEQ4.4 ‐ Composite Wood & Agrifiber Products 



IEQ5 ‐ Indoor Chemical & Pollutant Source Control 

Intent: To minimize the exposure of building occupants to potentially hazardous particulates and chemical pollutants. 

IEQ6 – Controllability of Systems 

IEQ6.1 –Lighting 

Intent: To provide a high level of lighting system control by individual occupants or groups in multi‐occupant spaces 

(e.g., classrooms and conference areas) and promote their productivity, comfort, and well‐being. 

IEQ6.2 –Thermal Control 

Intent: To provide a high level of thermal comfort system control by individual occupants or groups in multi‐occupant 

spaces (e.g., classrooms and conference areas) and promote their productivity, comfort, and well‐being 




IEQ7 – Thermal Comfort 

IEQ7.1 – Thermal Comfort, Design 

Intent: To provide a comfortable thermal environment that promotes occupant productivity and well‐being. 

IEQ7.2 – Thermal Comfort, Verification 

Intent: To provide for the assessment of building occupant and thermal comfort over time. 

IEQ8 – Daylight and Views 

IEQ8.1 – Daylight 75% of Spaces 

Intent: To provide building occupants with a connection between indoor spaces and the outdoors through the 

introduction of daylight and views into the regularly occupied areas of the building. 

IEQ8.2 –Views for 90% of Spaces 

Intent: To provide building occupants with a connection between indoor spaces and the outdoors through the 

introduction of daylight and views into the regularly occupied areas of the building. 



4.5 Commissioning 


Commissioning practices are to be implemented into all procedures and documentation used in the planning, design, 

construction, closeout, and operations of this building. Provide for verification through the commissioning process that 

building systems are designed, installed, and perform according to DSF’s project requirements, basis of design, and construction 

documents. 

Implement the fundamental best practice commissioning procedures as outlined in the DSF AE and Consultant Policy and 

Procedure Manual. Provide a final commissioning report, signed by the commissioning provider, confirming that the 

fundamental commissioning requirements have been successfully executed. Specific commissioning submittal and 

documentation requirements are to be identified in the commissioning provider’s contract and in the project bid documents. 

Engage a commissioning authority and adopt a commissioning plan. Task the commissioning provider to produce a final 

commissioning report once all outstanding commissioning activities are completed and all identified issues are resolved 

successfully. This project will require a third‐party independent commissioning agent. 

4.6 Hazardous Substances 

The presence and location of hazardous materials is inventoried in the State’s database titled Wisconsin Asbestos and Lead 

Management System (WALMS). In general, asbestos‐containing materials that will require abatement prior to demolition 

within existing Cowley Hall will include floor tile and mastic, thermal system insulation (piping and tanks), and transite labtops. 

The Division of State Facilities will contract directly with an asbestos abatement designer to produce abatement drawings and 

technical sections to be included in the bid documents. A/E will coordinate design with the asbestos abatement designer and 

provide the asbestos abatement designer CAD floor plans for use in developing abatement drawings. 



4.7 Equipment 

4.7.1 Movable and Fixed Equipment 


• Office furnishings shall be provided by the University and funded through the GPR budget. 

• Classroom furnishings shall be provided by the University and funded through the GPR budget. 

• Communications equipment shall be provided by the University and funded through the GPR budget. 

• One wall‐mounted clock/transmitter (wireless master‐clock system) facing the podium shall be provided for each 

classroom and teaching laboratory. 

• Teaching podiums shall be provided in each classroom and teaching laboratory. 

• Marker boards shall be provided in all classrooms and teaching laboratories. Marker boards should include a tack 

strip at the top edge. Refer to Division of State Facilities Accessibility Guidelines for height requirements. 

• A pencil sharpener shall be provided in each classroom and teaching laboratory. 

• Refuse containers shall be provided in all offices, classrooms, workrooms, corridors, lobbies, resource areas, etc. 

• The lobby shall be provided with a signage directory and an area for donor recognition plaques. 

4.7.2 Audio/Visual Equipment 

The following equipment shall be considered for each classroom with final determination being made during design: 

• Recessed ceiling mounted electric screen(s) 

• Ceiling mounted projector(s) 

• HD Document camera 

• Interactive Pen Display (Annotation tablet) 

• Wall mounted pan/tilt/zoom camera 

• HDMI/DVI/Display Port switchers 

• Touchpanel control system 

• Wall mounted program speakers 

• Ceiling mounted voice speakers 

• Assistive listening system (ALS) 

• Wireless presenter microphone 

• Blu‐ray DVD 

• Workstation computer 

• Audio DSP 

The following equipment shall be considered for each conference room with final determination being made during design: 

• Wall mounted flat panel or recessed ceiling mounted screen and ceiling mounted projector 

• Ceiling mounted speakers 

• Basic wall mounted control panel 

• Wall connection plate for Laptops and auxiliary sources 

The following equipment shall be considered for digital signage with final determination being made during design: 

• (12) Flat panel displays located throughout building. 

• Central equipment rack that houses players and servers. 

• Up to 3 discrete channels of signage. 

The following equipment shall be considered for each enclosed group study with final determination being made during design: 

• Wall mounted flat panel display with speakers 

• Wall plate connection plate for laptops and other sources 

• Basic wall mounted control panel 



This page intentionally left blank 




5.1 Overview 

Division 5: Pre‐Design Concept 

The DSF project manager, UW System representatives, UW–La Crosse Cowley Hall Planning Committee, and the design team 

engaged in a collaborative “design‐present‐critique‐refine‐decide” process to reach consensus on “a” viable design direction for 

the proposed Cowley Hall Science Facility. The charge was to set the appropriate direction for the design to further evolve in 

the future design development sequence. 

The scope of services outlined by DSF in the A/E contract for the Pre‐Design Study include the following: 

• Functional analysis of building program components, including alternative functional concepts, and recommendation of 

the option that bests meets the needs of this project. This analysis should include floor plan diagrams of functional 

components and massing diagrams. 

• Analysis of phasing options if phasing is necessary because of site and/or budget constraints. 

• Analysis of utilities necessary to serve this project. 

• Analysis of sustainability options necessary to obtain LEED‐NC TM Silver certification. 

5.2 Approach 

The development of the design response for the Cowley Hall Science Building was impacted by four key components: 

• NEED ‐ The Building Program describes the spatial regiment for a 200,945 ASF/327,522 GSF facility to 

address the instructional and research needs for the physical and life sciences at UW‐La Crosse. 

• OPERATION ‐ The existing 180,000 GSF facility must stay in use while the new building is 

being constructed. There is no surge space on campus to temporarily house the 

technical and spatial requirements of a science teaching and research institution. 

• SITE ‐ The targeted site is a parking lot north of the present building and is bound on 

all sides by campus Master Plan directives. 

• COST ‐ The cost to provide a new 200,945 ASF/327,522 GSF state‐of‐the‐art science facility as a single 

project in one biennium budget is unrealistic. The project will need to be phased to distribute its 

costs over successive bienniums. 

These components need to be analyzed together to reach a viable conceptual plan for the development of this project. The 

study team accepted the premise of the need for a phased implementation approach for the successful delivery of this project. 

This decision automatically triggered the need for a way to connect the first phase to the existing building for some period of 

time until the entire project is fully implemented. The next issue to resolve was to assess the overall program requirements to 

determine the priority functional needs for Phase 1. The unanimous choice was to focus on the teaching, open, and research 

laboratory areas. 

5.3 Phased Building Program 

The most pressing need for a high quality science curriculum is the laboratory environment. The decision to focus on the 

teaching, open, and research laboratory areas in Phase 1 equates to 107,880 ASF, or approximately 179,800 GSF. Phase 2 would 

provide the balance of the program needs, including the classrooms, faculty offices, and other ancillary departmental spaces. 

The Phase 2 work equates to 93,065 ASF, or approximately 147,722 GSF. 




The following table summarizes the breakdown of the Building Program and assigns each space to a phase. 

UNIT 

NO. 

UNIT 

1 Classrooms 



ASF / 

SPACE 

NO. OF 

SPACES 

TOTAL 

ASF 

PHASE I 

ASF 

PHASE II 

ASF 

1A 24 Seat Classroom 600 2 1,200 0 1,200 

1B 32 Seat Classroom 800 3 2,400 0 2,400 

1C 40 Seat Classroom 1,000 1 1,000 0 1,000 

1D 48 Seat Classroom 1,200 3 3,600 0 3,600 

1E 120 Seat Classroom 2,880 2 5,760 0 5,760 

1F 150 Seat Classroom 3,600 2 7,200 0 7,200 

1G Classroom Support – Lecture Prep Storage 320 2 640 0 640 

2 Miscellaneous Instructional/Support Spaces 


21,800 0 21,800 

2A1 Lab Area 1,800 1 1,800 0 1,800 

2A2 Prep Area and Stor. (Share with Math Ed Labs) 320 1 320 0 320 

2B Building Laboratory Support 0 0 

2B1 Dark Room 160 1 160 160 0 

2B2 Dry Chemical Storage 800 1 800 800 0 

2B3 Acid Storage 160 1 160 160 0 

2C Student Collaborative Learning Spaces 3,364 1 3,364 0 3,364 

2D Testing Room(s) 120 4 480 0 480 

2E Office Suite Circulation 2,727 1 2,727 0 2,727 

2F Conference Room 600 4 2,400 0 2,400 

2G Shared Printing Areas 80 4 320 0 320 

2H Chemical Waste Holding 160 1 160 0 160 

2I Field Equipment Storage 1,280 1 1,280 0 1,280 

2J Shop 1,280 1 1,280 0 1,280 

2K Faculty Resource Center 640 2 1,280 0 1,280 

2L Vending & Seating Area 450 3 1,350 0 1,350 

2M Cyber Café 1,000 0 1,000 

Vending/Food Cart 100 1 0 0 0 

Seating 900 1 0 0 0 

18,881 1,120 17,761

UNIT 

NO. 

UNIT 

3 Biology 




ASF / 

SPACE 

NO. OF 

SPACES 

TOTAL 

ASF 

PHASE I 

ASF 

PHASE II 

ASF 


3B Ranked Faculty Office 120 22 2,640 0 2,640 




3F Support Staff/Reception Area/Files 458 0 458 

3G Secure Office Storage (4 storage cabinets) 120 1 120 0 120 

3H Workroom 120 2 240 0 240 

3I Teaching Assistants 120 8 960 0 960 

3J Graduate Students 120 17 2,040 2,040 

3K Lab Support Staff 120 3 360 0 360 

3L Introductory Biology Laboratory 1,280 3 3,840 3,840 0 

3M Anatomy/Physiology Laboratory (includes ESS) 1,280 3 3,840 3,840 0 

3N Aquatics Laboratory 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

3O Animal/Organizimal Laboratory 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

3P Botany Laboratory (adjacent to Greenhouse) 1,280 1 1,280 0 1,280 

3Q Cell Laboratory 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

3R Genetics Laboratory 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

3S Laboratory Support 0 0 0 

3S1 Anatomy/Physiology Prep. & Cadaver Storage 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

3S2 Introductory Biology/Aquatics Prep/Storage 320 2 640 640 0 

3S3 Animal/Organizimal & Botany Prep/Storage 640 1 640 640 0 

3S4 Cell Genetics Preparation/Autoclave 960 1 960 960 0 

3S5 Core Microscope Suite 960 1 960 960 0 

3S6 PCR Suite – shared with Microbiology 320 1 320 320 0 

3S7 Cold Room 320 1 320 320 0 

3T Biology Special Projects Laboratory 480 1 480 0 480 

3U Faculty/Student Research (large paired lab) 1,440 7 10,080 10,080 0 

3V Faculty/Student Research (paired lab) 640 3 1,920 1,920 0 

3W Environmental Sample Processing Room 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

3X Environmental Chamber Room 400 1 400 400 0 

3Y Vivarium 0 0 0 

3Y1 Animal Rooms 120 8 960 0 960 

3Y2 Procedures Room 480 2 960 0 960 

3Y3 Cage Wash 320 1 320 0 320 

3Y4 Storage 160 2 320 0 320 

3Y5 Dirty Room 160 1 160 0 160 

3Y6 Lab Manager 120 1 120 0 120 

3Z Herbarium 960 1 960 0 960 

3AA Greenhouse 0 0 0 

3AA1 Greenhouse 960 1 960 0 960 

3AA2 Headhouse 160 1 160 0 160 

3AA3 Aquatics Space 160 1 160 0 160 

3AA4 Isolation Space 320 2 640 0 640 

3AB Specimen Museum 0 0 0 

3AB1 Display Specimen 640 1 640 0 640 

3AB2 Specimen Non‐Display 320 2 640 0 640 

3AB3 Office Area 60 1 60 0 60 

3AB4 Rock Collection 160 1 160 0 160 

3AB5 Table and Chairs 750 1 750 0 750 

3AC General Lab/Departmental Storage 120 3 360 360 0 

50,188 31,960 18,228

UNIT 

NO. 

UNIT 

4 Chemistry 




ASF / 

SPACE 

NO. OF 

SPACES 

TOTAL 

ASF 

PHASE I 

ASF 

PHASE II 

ASF 




4D Lecturer – Full Time 120 9 1,080 0 1,080 








4G Workroom 120 1 120 0 120 

4H Secure Storage (1 storage; 3 file cabinets) 120 1 120 0 120 

4I Lab Support Staff 120 2 240 0 240 

4J Student Workers 210 1 210 0 210 

4K General Chemistry I Laboratory 1,280 3 3,840 3,840 0 

4L General Chemistry II Laboratory 1,280 2 2,560 2,560 0 

4M Biochemistry Laboratory 1,280 2 2,560 2,560 0 

4N Survey of Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

4O Organic Chemistry Majors Laboratory 1,280 2 2,560 2,560 0 

4P Analytical Chemistry Laboratory 1,280 2 2,560 1,280 1,280 

4Q Instrumental Chemistry Laboratory 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

4R Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

4S Laboratory Support 0 0 0 

4S1 General Chemistry Prep/Balance 640 1 640 640 0 

4S2 General/Survey of Organic Prep/Balance 640 1 640 640 0 

4S3 General Chemistry II Prep/Balance 640 1 640 640 0 

4S4 Biochemistry Prep/Equipment 640 1 640 640 0 

4S5 Organic Chemistry Majors Prep/Equipment 640 1 640 640 0 

4S6 Analytical Chemistry Prep/Balance 640 1 640 640 0 

4S7 Instrumental /Physical Chemistry Prep/Balance 640 1 640 640 0 

4S8 NMR (should be in basement) 480 1 480 480 0 

4S9 Stock Dispensing 960 1 960 960 0 

4S10 Flammable Storage 320 1 320 320 0 

4T Chemical Analysis Computer Lab 840 1 840 0 840 

4U Computerized Instrument. Lab (computational) 480 1 480 0 480 

4V Faculty/Student Research (standard) 0 0 0 

4V1 Faculty/Student Research – Biochemistry 400 4 1,600 1,600 0 

4V2 Faculty/Student Research – Synthesis 400 6 2,400 2,400 0 

4V3 Faculty/Student Research – Analytical 400 3 1,200 1,200 0 

4V4 Faculty/Student Research – Chemistry Education 400 1 400 400 0 

4V5 Faculty/Student Research – Phys./Instrumental 400 2 800 800 0 

4W Faculty/Student Research (computational) 200 1 200 0 200 

4X General Lab/Departmental Storage 120 3 360 360 0 

36,936 29,640 7,296

UNIT 

NO. 

UNIT 

5 Geography & Earth Science 




ASF / 

SPACE 

NO. OF 

SPACES 

TOTAL 

ASF 

PHASE I 

ASF 

PHASE II 

ASF 




5D Lab Support Staff 120 1 120 0 120 

5E Support Staff/Reception Area/Files 248 0 248 

5F Office Storage 120 1 120 0 120 

5G Workroom 120 1 120 0 120 

5H Earth Science Laboratory 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

5I Geomorphology & Weather Laboratory 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

5J Introductory GIS Laboratory 1,280 1 1,280 0 1,280 

5K Advanced GIS Laboratory 0 0 0 

5K1 Main Laboratory 1,600 1 1,600 0 1,600 

5K2 Server Room 160 1 160 0 160 

5L Laboratory Support 0 0 0 

5L1 Earth Science Prep Storage 320 1 320 320 0 

5L2 Geomorphology Prep Storage 320 1 320 320 0 

5L3 Geography Storage 480 1 480 480 0 

5L4 Cold Room 160 1 160 160 0 

5M Faculty/Student Research (standard) 400 5 2,000 2,000 0 

5N Faculty/Student Research (computational) 160 4 640 0 640 

5O General Lab/Departmental Storage 120 3 360 360 0 

6 Mathematics 

11,688 6,200 5,488 






6F Lab Support Staff 120 1 120 0 120 

6G Support Staff/Reception Area/Files 428 0 428 

6H Graduate Students 120 1 120 0 120 

6I Workroom 120 1 120 0 120 

6J Office Storage 120 1 120 0 120 

6K Laboratory – Math Education Space 1,600 2 3,200 0 3,200 

6L Math Research Team Rooms/Collaboratorium 240 3 720 0 720 

6M Undergraduate Research/Library 1,095 0 1,095 

6N General Lab/Departmental Storage 120 1 120 0 120 

10,123 0 10,123

UNIT 

NO. 

UNIT 

7 Microbiology 




ASF / 

SPACE 

NO. OF 

SPACES 

TOTAL 

ASF 

PHASE I 

ASF 

PHASE II 

ASF 






7F Graduate Assistants/Students 120 9 1,080 0 1,080 

7G Office Storage 120 1 120 0 120 


7I Fundamental Microbiology Laboratory 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

7J Pathogenic Bacteriology/Medical Mycology Lab 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

7K Bacterial Physiology/Genetics/Microbial Ecology 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

7L Gen Ed/Food Microbiology/Nutrition Laboratory 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

7M Immunology/Virology Laboratory 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

7N Laboratory Support 0 0 0 

7N1 Gen Microbiology Prep/Autoclave 1,600 1 1,600 1,600 0 

7N2 Tissue Culture 320 1 320 320 0 

7N3 Centrifuge Room 480 1 480 480 0 

7N4 Fermentation Lab 800 1 800 800 0 

7N5 Cold Room 160 1 160 160 0 

7N6 Equipment/Instrumentation Room and Storage 480 1 480 480 0 

7O Faculty/Student Research (large) 0 0 0 

7O1 Faculty/Student Research ‐ Virology 960 1 960 960 0 

7O2 Faculty/Student Research – Pathogenic 960 1 960 960 0 

7O3 Faculty/Student Research – Genetics 960 1 960 960 0 

7P Faculty/Student Research (medium) 0 0 0 

7P1 Faculty/Student Research – Immunology 640 1 640 640 0 

7P2 Faculty/Student Research – Bacterial Physiology 640 1 640 640 0 

7P3 Faculty/Student Research – Microbial Ecology 640 1 640 640 0 

7Q Faculty/Student Research (standard) 0 0 0 

7Q1 Faculty/Student Research – Microbiology 480 1 480 480 0 

7Q2 Faculty/Student Research – Food Microbiology 480 1 480 480 0 

7R General Lab/Departmental Storage 120 3 360 360 0 

19,763 16,360 3,403

UNIT 

NO. 

UNIT 

8 Physics 




ASF / 

SPACE 

NO. OF 

SPACES 

TOTAL 

ASF 

PHASE I 

ASF 

PHASE II 

ASF 




8D Lecturer – Part Time 120 1 120 0 120 


8F Workroom 120 1 120 0 120 

8G Office Storage 120 1 120 0 120 


8I Student Workers (Lab Prep) 35 3 105 0 105 

8J Introductory Physics Laboratory 1,920 1 1,920 1,920 0 

8K Electronics/Astronomy Laboratory 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

8L Studio Lab 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

8M Laboratory Support 0 0 0 

8M1 Introductory Prep & Storage 320 1 320 320 0 

8M2 Electronics Prep & Storage 320 1 320 320 0 

8M3 Studio Prep & Storage 640 1 640 640 0 

8N Holography Laboratory 320 1 320 320 0 

8O Optics Laboratory 960 1 960 960 0 

8P Advanced/Experimental Physics Laboratory 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

8Q Laboratory Support 0 0 0 

8Q1 Optics Prep & Storage 320 1 320 320 0 

8Q2 Advanced Prep & Storage 320 1 320 320 0 

8R Computational Computer Lab 480 1 480 0 480 

8S Faculty/Student Research (x‐large) 1,280 2 2,560 2,560 0 

8T Faculty/Student Research (Theorists) 960 1 960 0 960 

8U Faculty/Student Research (Experimentalists) 640 3 1,920 1,920 0 

8V Planetarium 0 0 0 

8V1 Planetarium (two‐story space) 1,050 1 1,050 0 1,050 

8V2 Storage 120 2 240 0 240 

8V3 Prefunction/Welcome Area 500 1 500 0 500 


8W Rooftop Observatory 0 0 0 

8W1 Telescopes 360 1 360 0 360 


8W3 Waiting Area 300 1 300 0 300 

8W4 Storage 120 1 120 0 120 

8X General Lab/Departmental Storage 120 2 240 240 0 

8Y Student Organization Space 120 2 240 0 240 

20,622 13,680 6,942

UNIT 

NO. 

UNIT 

9 Radiation Center 




ASF / 

SPACE 

NO. OF 

SPACES 

TOTAL 

ASF 

PHASE I 

ASF 

PHASE II 

ASF 

9A Director/Safety Officer 120 1 120 120 0 

9B Sealed Source Laboratory 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

9C Open Source Laboratory 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

9D Laboratory Support – Stock Room 160 1 160 160 0 

9E Shared Isotope Prep 400 1 400 400 0 

9F Faculty/Student Research (Chemistry) 400 1 400 400 0 

9G Faculty/Student Research (Physics) 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 0 

9H Laboratory Support 0 0 0 

9H1 Special Instruments 267 1 267 267 0 

9H2 Nuclide Storage 160 1 160 160 0 

9H3 Neutron Howitzer 53 1 53 53 0 

10 River Studies Center 

5,400 5,400 0 

10A Faculty/Student Research Wet Lab 1,440 1 1,440 1,440 0 

10B Class 100 Clean Research Lab 320 1 320 320 0 

10C Faculty Student Research 1,440 1 1,440 1,440 0 

10D Laboratory Support 0 0 0 

10D1 Microscope – 11 160 1 160 160 0 

10D2 Fish Culture – 42D 160 1 160 160 0 

11 College of Science and Health – Dean’s Office 

3,520 3,520 0 

11A Dean’s Office 185 1 185 0 185 

11B Associate Dean’s Office 160 1 145 0 145 

11C Assistant to Dean’s Office 140 1 135 0 135 

11D Dean’s Assistant 140 1 135 0 135 

11E Assistant to Dean 140 1 135 0 135 


11G Workroom 120 1 120 0 120 

11H Conference Room 360 1 360 0 360 

11I Storage 120 1 120 0 120 

11J Grad Assistant/Advisor 120 1 120 0 120 

11K Administrative Specialist 120 1 120 0 120 

2,024 0 2,024

UNIT 

NO. 

UNIT 

12 Building Support 




ASF / 

SPACE 

NO. OF 

SPACES 

TOTAL 

ASF 

PHASE I 

ASF 

PHASE II 

ASF 

12A Arrival Space Primary 1,500 1 1,500 1,175 325 

12B Arrival Space Secondary 900 2 1,800 1,480 320 

12C Equipment Storage 500 1 500 375 125 

12D Supply Storage 400 1 400 400 0 

12E Custodial Maintenance Room 200 1 200 200 0 

12F Loading Dock 320 1 320 320 0 

12G Temporary Storage 640 1 640 640 0 

12H Building Recycling Collection Area 200 1 200 200 0 

12I Recycling Area (two per floor) 25 8 200 100 100 

12J IT & Electrical Closets 100 4 400 300 100 

12K Sustainability Support Space 0 0 0 0 0 

12L Custodial Closets 100 8 800 400 400 

12M IT Storage/Workroom 200 1 200 200 0 

12N Uni‐Sex Restrooms 70 8 560 0 560 

7,720 5,790 1,930 

1 Classrooms 21,800 0 21,800 

2 Miscellaneous Instructional/Support Spaces 18,881 1,120 17,761 

3 Biology 50,188 31,960 18,228 

4 Chemistry 36,936 29,640 7,296 

5 Geography & Earth Science 11,688 6,200 5,488 

6 Mathematics 10,123 0 10,123 

7 Microbiology 19,763 16,360 3,403 

8 Physics 20,622 13,680 6,942 

9 Radiation Center 5,400 5,400 0 

10 River Studies Center 3,520 3,520 0 

11 College of Science and Health – Dean’s Office 2,054 0 2,054 

12 Building Support (Not included in Building ASF) 0 0 0 

TOTAL 

ASF 

200,975 107,880 93,095 

Net to Gross Adjustment 

Phase I – New Science Facility 

107,880 ASF 60% E.F. 179,800 GSF 

Phase II – New or Renovated Departmental/Academic Facility 

93,065 ASF 63% E.F. 147,722 GSF 

UW‐La Crosse has identified program elements that are preferred to be included in Phase 1. The Design Team will be asked to 

monitor the project budget and incorporate these spaces into the design if the budget allows. These include the following: 

4T Chemical Analysis Computer Lab – 840 sf 

4U Computerized Instrument Lab – 480 sf 

5J Introductory GIS Laboratory – 1,280 sf 

5K Advanced GIS Laboratory – 1,760 sf 

5N Faculty/Student Research – 640 sf 

8R Computational Computer Lab – 480 sf 

8T Faculty Student Research – 960 sf

5.4 Design Guidelines/Assumptions 

5.4.1 Campus Architectural Guidelines 

• Character: Buildings that possess similar characteristics perceived as a unified group 

• Scale: Location, height (5 story max.), massing 


• Form: No style, prefer design characteristics to reinforce an interpretive design direction 

• Shape: Rectangular with respect to orthogonal grid. 

Layer to establish pronounced base, middle, and top 

• Walls: Natural: reddish brown brick 

Openings: punched versus banded versus massed 

Pattern: surface articulation and pronounced natural layering 

Rhythm: discernable, repetitive pattern 

• Roof: Flat versus sloped 

Screen roof top projections 

• Entrances: Distinctive and welcoming 

Portal sets up interior “tone” 

Protected 

Signage 

Barrier free accessible 

5.4.2 Design Guidelines & Assumptions 

• Formal entrances on Mall (West) with additional entrances on the west side. 

• Position vertical circulation (stairs) at entry points. 

• 4 level design scheme. 

• Simplify wayfinding layout for interior halls. 

• All of the classrooms on levels 1, 2, and 3. 

• Private offices located at exterior walls for viewing and daylight. 

• Develop modular laboratory environments for functional efficiency, accessibility, and future flexibility. 

• Provide departmental presence on all floors. 

• Design the structure to only support flexible room redistribution in the future, not for building expansion by addition. 

• Incorporate DSF Sustainability Standards to minimize the use of non‐renewable fuels and target LEED ® Silver 

Certification. 

- Maximize natural (especially north and south) light into all habitable rooms and spaces with appropriate sun‐ 

control strategies. 

- Integrate comprehensive environmental strategies seamlessly into the facility for energy conservation. 

• Provide flexible state‐of‐the‐art classrooms with adaptable technology to support a variety of teaching and learning 

styles. 

• Exterior design follows UW‐L Campus Master Plan Architectural Guidelines. 



5.5 Pre‐Design Site Plan Concept 

The project has two phases and two options for Phase 2. 

Phase 1 

Phase 2 

New Addition 


Option ‐ New Addition 

Option ‐ Renovate existing 1963 center building and remove 1963 and 1968 office addition and 1968 east 

addition. Construct new addition to the east. 

The site concepts herein reflect the above options accordingly. 

To fully understand the Master Plan impact of the Cowley project, the design team felt it was important to include a slightly 

expanded perspective and include the current Central Campus Mall concept design. The intent is to understand how the site 

design for Cowley (Options 1 or 2) can be implemented in phases and ultimately be integrated into the future mall design. The 

Central Campus Mall is not presently within the scope of the Cowley Hall project. Options are explained as they relate to the 

Mall assuming full realization. 

5.5.1 Central Campus Mall 

Though not a current portion of the Cowley Hall project scope, the Central Campus Mall is 

an element that should influence the design direction of the Cowley site. As such, the pre‐ 

design team has attempted to look at the site planning, including building shape, location 

and massing, as it may relate to the future development of the Mall. 

The current design philosophy of the Mall stems from the Campus Master Plan and 

consists of multiple layers. The foundation of the Mall is establishing open space and 

creating an iconic place on Campus to which students and faculty can relate and 

memorialize. The existing clock tower is a solid beginning and Campus would like to 

expand the focus. The design development of the new Academic Building began Mall 

concept development. The roots of which created the first layer by establishing dual 

walkways on each side of the space thereby establishing the central open space. The initial 

thought is the central space will consist of lawn with trees flanking outside the parallel 

walks. The next layer is honoring and developing the desire lines to accommodate 

expected circulation. Extracting the local vernacular of river systems the design team 

recognized their characteristic meandering and sinuous nature, their little pools and 

eddies, and fluid movement and patterns as a natural overlay in developing the desire 

lines. Using this foundation the Mall plan evolves by establishing patterns, anticipating 

building connections, walkway transitions and formalizing gathering nodes. The result 

creates an organic layer unifying and strengthening the Campus network as it reaches 

beyond the Mall proper. 

Mall concepts shown in the planning for the new Academic Building and the Cowley Hall 

project are based on the above premise. Actual implementation of the Cowley project may 

need to honor existing conditions as did the Academic project, however it is important for 

the design development process to acknowledge future potential. 

5.5.2 Pre‐Design Concepts 

The northeast building corner is a prominent location, highly visible to visitors entering 

campus via East Ave. and catering to student traffic from the northeast housing area. The 

corner concept should create a welcoming entry plaza addressing a minimum 270 degree 

perspective encompassing East Ave., the residence halls and the proposed Student Union 

Center. Design influences could be pulled from the Stadium plaza to help tie the campus 

network together across East. Ave. The Badger St. corridor craves animation and life and 

the Cowley and Student Union Center projects will be the foundation to vitalizing this 

corridor. The site design for the Cowley project should be treated as an urban streetscape 

Central Campus Mall ‐ Concept 



providing active and 

passive spaces and 

create an 

interconnected 

atmosphere with the 

Student Union Center. 

The traffic generated 

by the new 

developments 

proximity to the 

academic core makes 

this a great place to 

incorporate bike 

parking for the project. 

The northwest building 

corner will be a 

prominent link 

between Student Union 

Center and Mall. This 

corner should 

accentuate 

permeability of this link 

and take advantage of 

the high traffic by 

creating a social plaza. 

This will be a highly 

visible corner and will 

be a great place to see 

and be seen so it is 

anticipated to be a very 

active corner and 

entrance to the new 

Cowley addition. 


PHASE 1 

PHASE 2 

The west building 

frontage should be 

designed to blend with 

existing conditions but 

also remain adaptable 

Option 1 Site Plan with Mall 

to a future Mall design. 

The plazas and nodes created to serve the building entries will need to be designed with that in consideration. The west site 

area should be considered for rain gardens and infiltration opportunities given the soil profile and distance from the City Well 

Head Protection Zone. The west courtyard is an opportunity to give the building users a sense of place and ownership, an area 

they can call their own similar to the south courtyard of the new Academic building. Buildings like Cowley develop core users 

based on the focused departments and specialty programs. These users generally spend more time in fewer locales as they 

work through their education. The courtyard should be designed to embrace this opportunity of ownership and create a space 

unique to the building and a destination for the building occupants. The space should offer opportunities for reflection but 

should also reach out to the Mall so as not to over‐seclude the space. Low site walls, pedestrian scale landscaping and small 

trees and rain gardens are some amenities to consider. In addition to or in lieu of rain gardens this is a prime area to explore 

alternate types of infiltration to aid in abating the stormwater generated by the expansive roof area. 

The southwest building corner should be designed to address the academic core while fitting into the Mall concept. Site grades 

may create challenges in connecting directly to the clock tower plaza and actual configuration will vary pending the final 

building solution for the Phase 2 work (new south wing or renovated existing). 



The south aspect of the 

building provides 

additional opportunities 

for incorporating rain 

gardens or water 

infiltration. These can be 

designed in an urban 

treatment with 

geometric design basis 

similar to the Academic 

Building south courtyard 

or more informal to 

replicate the character of 

the Academic Building’s 

north and west rain 

gardens. The south 

building façade will have 

areas of windows but 

will also likely have large 

expanses of solid wall 

due to interior lecture 

halls. Landscape 

materials and screening 

should be explored to 

diminish scale issues in 

proximity to the 

pedestrian walkway. 

The south walk may be 

realigned to provide 

more direct circulation. 

Bicycle parking should 

also be incorporated 

near the southeast 

intersection of the 

sidewalk and East Ave. to 

encourage the 

pedestrian only zone 

within the academic 

core. 


Option 2 Site Plan with Mall 

PHASE 1 

PHASE 2 

The southeast building 

entry has the most variation within the building options. The new south building option solution establishes a desired buffer 

from East Ave. and also introduces opportunities for screening the east service courtyard. The entry itself should address 

traffic from the north and south and less so from directly east. The east courtyard will need to be predominately designed to 

accommodate the service, delivery and ADA parking needs as stated in the Transportation/Circulation section of this document. 

The renovation option pushes the south bar very far to the east. This solution creates a less desirable imposing frontage along 

East Ave. and minimizes opportunities for better incorporating the service functions and screening. This option will need to 

creatively soften the building presence on East Ave. and create an inviting entry to the academic core. Regardless of the option 

East Ave. is the prominent vehicular route and visitor route therefore screening of the service functions will be critical to 

establishing a desired street presence. The treatment of the east site should be unified and feel like one continuous design. 



PHASE 1 

PHASE 1 

PHASE 2 

PHASE 1 

PHASE 2 


Phase 1 – New north building and connecting link to 

existing building. 

Option 1 – All new construction in Phase 2 

Option 2 – Renovate existing building with new 

addition at east in Phase 2 



5.6 Building Massing and Functional Layout Diagrams 


Numerous factors contributed to the development of a viable design option for this Pre‐Design Study. The detailed space 

allocations in the Building Program established the individual room building blocks and their critical adjacencies. The 

distribution of the rooms in each department by phase helped to focus the prioritization and location preference for the 

conceptual floor plans. The decision to implement the project by phases and connect to the existing Cowley Hall until Phase 2 is 

underway has a significant impact on the plan circulation and location of departments. The campus context and Master Plan 

guidelines influenced the siting and configuration of the floor plans and building massing. The condition of the existing Cowley 

Hall facility and condition of the existing Cowley Hall facility and its core structural, mechanical, and electrical systems guide our 

recommendations to renovate or demolish in Phase 2. The building code requirements for a new addition, connected to a 

1963‐67 era existing building contributes to our use of the new facility in each phase of the work. Finally, the cost of the 

proposed construction work will add the final layer of data for the formulation of a viable design option for consideration. 

The design options are presented by phase and depicted in annotated floor plans with a 3D massing diagram on the following 

pages. 

• Phase 1 is a new 4 story (above grade), laboratory addition to the north of Cowley Hall. The building includes the 

teaching, open, and research labs for Biology, Chemistry, Geography/Earth Sciences, Microbiology, Physics, and the 

Radiation Center. The building connects directly to the center of the existing Cowley Hall on the first floor (grade) and 

via a new elevator and stair tower on floors 2, 3, and 4. 

• Phase 2 has two options for consideration. A new addition that replaces the existing Cowley Hall building or a 

combination of a renovated 1963 center wing with a new addition to the east. The west office wing will remain in 

both options for interim office use until Phase 2 is ready for occupancy and will then be demolished. Both options will 

include the classrooms, collaborative learning spaces, departments, offices, conference rooms, and ancillary support 

spaces to complete the program needs. 




Phase 1 Concept Plan Development: 

• Maximize northern daylight by locating teaching labs to the south side of a 

single‐loaded corridor. Teaching labs will likely have an abundance of 

casework that would limit the amount of daylight into the space. 

• Shared common wall provides a consistent path for routing vertical piping. 

• Future Student Union and pedestrian mall to the north offer opportunities for 

a single‐loaded corridor to share this pedestrian traffic. 

• Teaching Lab Organization: 

o Physics Labs to be located on Level 1, Chemistry Labs to be located on 

Level 4, and the Radiation Center to be located in the basement. 

• Concept diagrams illustrate the adjacencies requested by each department. 

• Loading and storage areas located to the east to allow easy service access off of East Avenue. 

• Vertical circulation located at the west, east, and south ends of plan. The southern stair and elevator will be used to 

connect differential floor heights between Phase 1 and the existing Cowley Hall. 

First Floor Plan/Phase 1 



Second Floor Plan/Phase 1 




Third Floor Plan/Phase 1 




Fourth Floor Plan/Phase 1 




Basement Plan/Phase 1 




Fifth Floor Plan/Phase 1 




Southwest View/Phase 1 




Link Connection 


The Phase 1 link connection to the existing building addresses the vertical circulation challenges of connecting floor levels that 

don’t align. The only direct floor level connection is at Level 1 (ground floor) and then a new stair and elevator make the 

differing floor level accommodations at Levels 2, 3, and 4. 



Phase 2 (New) Concept Plan Development: 

• Faculty offices to be located at the exterior wall with support spaces, classrooms, and 

teaching labs located inboard in order to maximize exterior views and daylight for 

faculty and staff. 

• Classrooms located on Levels 1‐3. 

• Dean’s Office located on Level 1. 

• Shop and Field Equipment Storage located on Level 1 in order to provide direct access 

to the exterior. 


New Addition Option 


































Phase 2 (Renovation & Addition) Concept Plan Development: 

• Existing Planetarium to remain. 

• Faculty offices to be located at the exterior wall with support spaces, classrooms, 

and teaching labs located inboard in order to maximize exterior views and daylight 

for faculty and staff. 

• Classrooms located on Levels 1‐3. 

• Dean’s Office located on Level 1. 

• Shop and Field Equipment Storage located on Level 1 in order to provide direct 

access to the exterior. 


Renovation + Addition Option 





Renovation + New Addition Option 





























5.7 Laboratory Systems 

5.7.1 Laboratory Modular Planning 


Laboratories should be organized around modular planing principles so they are constructed with standardized units or 

dimensions for flexibility and a variety of uses. Modular planning is used as an organizational tool to allocate space within a 

building. The module establishes a grid by which walls and partitions are located. As modifications are required because of 

changes in laboratory use, instrumentation, or departmental organization, partitions can be relocated, doors moved, and 

laboratories expanded into larger laboratory units or contracted into smaller laboratory units without requiring reconstruction 

of structural or mechanical building elements. 

The planning modules may be combined to produce large, open laboratories or subdivided to produce small instrument or 

special‐use laboratories. 

The above description of the planning module also includes the organized and systematic deliveries of laboratory piped 

services, HVAC, fume hood exhaust ducts, power and signal cables. If these services are delivered to each laboratory unit in a 

consistent manner, then changes in laboratory use requiring addition or deletion of services will be easy to accomplish because 

of the constant nature of the infrastructure. 




The proposed laboratory planning module for this project was derived by analyzing the laboratory bench, equipment, and 

circulation space required for the laboratory functions. The module is based on the bench space (width and length) required for 

technical work stations, instruments, and procedures. The space required between benches is designed to allow people to work 

back‐to‐back at adjacent benches, to allow for accessibility for disabled and still allow for movement of people and laboratory 

carts in the aisle. 

A planning module approximately 10'‐ 6” wide by 30'‐0" deep is recommended for the laboratory spaces. This module will 

provide adequate bench space plus space for floor standing equipment and fume hoods, and can be divided for smaller support 

spaces such as equipment and instrument rooms. 

Island benches which are 5'‐0" wide and wall benches 2'‐6" deep are recommended to accommodate the anticipated 

instruments to be used in the project laboratories. 

A 5'‐0" minimum aisle between benches will minimize circulation conflicts and reduce potential safety hazards. It is critical in all 

laboratory spaces that carts be able to maneuver without conflict in all aisles. 

The proposed module width will accommodate the above requirements and will provide sufficient space in laboratories when 

movable computer stations or equipment racks are used near laboratory benches. 

5.7.2 Circulation 

Effective circulation is an important element in the design of the laboratories. Materials delivered to the facility will include 

chemicals, supplies and equipment. In addition to material delivery, the debris and waste generated by the laboratory’s 

functions must be safely removed on a periodic basis. 

Internal building circulation should provide safe pedestrian egress from each individual laboratory and laboratory support space 

through an uncomplicated path of egress to the building exterior at grade. The circulation system should accommodate the 

preferred adjacencies identified for the relationships between: 

Laboratories and laboratory support spaces. 

Laboratories and offices. 

LABORATORY MODULE 

30’ inside 

Other features that should be considered in the design of the circulation system include: 

At least one door into each laboratory space should have a minimum 54" wide clear opening. This can be accomplished using 

openings with 3'‐0" active leaf and one 1'‐6" inactive leaf. 

Equipment lists should be carefully reviewed to verify that individual pieces of equipment can be transported and maneuvered 

between spaces. Future equipment should be anticipated. 

Interior circulation corridors should be a minimum of 6'‐0" in width. 

10’-6” 

Doorways accessing corridors should open into recessed alcoves serving the corridor. The doors should swing out from 

laboratories, in the direction of exit. 

Circulation and fume hood locations within laboratory spaces should be coordinated to preclude exiting in front of the fume 

hoods. 



5.7.3 Interaction 


Design to encourage interaction is fundamental to a successful science teaching facility. There are four basic aspects of 

interaction concern: 

• With each laboratory group 

• Intra‐departmental 

• Inter‐departmental 

• Between institutions. 

This requires that spaces be created within laboratories, between laboratories, on each floor, and in public areas of building. 

These areas for formal and, in particular, informal interaction will be linked to the circulation schemes. Concepts should be 

developed as part of the design process that would directly support these objectives. 

Formal Interaction Considerations 

AMENITIES 

• Conference rooms 

• Lecture theatre 

PLAN CONFIGURATIONS 

Smaller spaces should be located close to laboratories; larger spaces can be remote. 

Informal Interaction Considerations 

AMENITIES 

• Casual meeting/interaction spaces for short duration interaction. 

• Restaurant and coffee bar provide opportunity for moderate during informal interactions. 

• Outdoor gathering spaces should be highly visible and inviting. 

• Display/announcement boards serves as gathering places for informal contact. 

• Connections to other campus facilities will facilitate interaction with researchers and staff in nearby buildings. 

PLAN CONFIGURATIONS 

• Side‐by‐side connections of laboratories; cross corridor laboratory connections; and through laboratory support space 

connections. 

• Shared support spaces (equipment and instrument rooms) close to laboratories. 

• Link between outdoor gathering spaces and interior interaction spaces. 

• Inviting and visible horizontal and vertical circulation systems can also serve as interaction spaces. Circulation systems shall 

encourage sharing of support functions. 



5.7.4 Noise Control 


Noise control requires specific attention to design and construction details. The following features should be addressed in the 

design of the mechanical and electrical systems: 

Fan noise transmitted to spaces through the duct system or through the building structure. This noise is characterized by a low‐ 

frequency rumble and often includes annoying pure tones. 

Noise generated by the excitation of duct wall resonance produced by fan noise, by pressure fluctuations caused by fan 

instability, and by high turbulence caused by discontinuance in the duct system. 

Noise generated by air flowing past dampers, turning vanes, terminal device louvers, and comprising mid‐to‐high frequency 

energy. 

Water circulation system noise caused by high velocities or abrupt pressure changes and is generally transmitted through 

structural connections. 

Noise and vibration caused by out‐of‐balance forces generated by the operation of fans, pumps, compressors, etc. 

Magnetostrictive hum associated with the operation of fluorescent lighting ballasts, transformers, or electric motors. 

Elevator equipment noise from motor generators, hoist gear, and counterweight movement; or from hydraulic pump systems. 

Other design precautions include: 

Conduits should not directly link noise‐sensitive spaces, nor should they mechanically bridge vibrationally‐isolated building 

elements using a rigid connection. 

Flexible conduit must be used for connections to isolated floor slabs, walls, and vibrationally isolated mechanical/electrical 

devices. 

Duct silencers will be considered when duct distance is not sufficient to provide adequate acoustical separation. 

Generally, laboratory spaces should satisfy the following preliminary requirements: 

Space Noise Isolation Noise Criterion 

Laboratories n/a NC 45 

Laboratory Support Room n/a NC 45 

Imaging Rooms STC 50 NC 40 

Holding Rooms STC 45 NC 40 

These values do not take into account adjacencies that may be incompatible; the design should be evaluated for 

incompatibilities, and additional mitigation provided, as required. 

Noise levels should be less than NC 50 at a distance of 36 inches from fume hoods. 



5.7.5 Animal Facilities 


The American Association for Accreditation of Laboratory Animal Care (AAALAC) is accepted by the National Institutes of Health 

as an assurance that the animal facilities are in compliance with Public Health Service Policy. To meet these guidelines, several 

organizational features should be incorporated in the design to ensure separation of species or isolation of individual projects 

when necessary, to allow the reception, quarantine and isolation of animals, and to provide animal housing. 

Animal Facility will be designed to meet the biological needs of all categories of animals, protection, adequate freedom of 

movement, rest and access to food and water, based on the ILAR guidelines. 

5.7.5.1 Animal Room Construction Features 

WALLS 

Walls should be free of cracks, utility penetrations, or imperfect junctions with doors, ceilings, and corners. Surface materials 

will be capable of withstanding scrubbing with detergents and disinfectants and of withstanding the impact of 180 degree 

water under high pressure. Provision should be made for protecting walls from damage by movable equipment. 

CEILINGS 

Ceilings will be smooth, waterproof, and free of imperfect junctions. Surface materials will be capable of withstanding 

scrubbing with detergents and disinfectants. Furred ceilings of plaster or fireproof plasterboard will be sealed and painted with 

a washable finish. 

FLOORS 

Floors will be smooth, waterproof, non‐absorbent, non‐slip, wear‐resistant, acid and solvent‐resistant, not susceptible to the 

adverse effects of detergents and disinfectants, and capable of supporting racks, equipment, and storage areas without 

becoming gouged, cracked or pitted. Depending on the functions carried on in specific areas, floor materials will be monolithic 

or have a minimum of joints. 

CORRIDORS 

Corridors will be at least 7 ft. (2.1 m.) wide to facilitate the movement of personnel and equipment. Floor‐wall junctions will be 

coved to facilitate cleaning. Provisions will be made for curbs, guardrail, or bumpers to protect the walls from damage. Exposed 

corners will be protected with durable corner guards. 

DOORS AND WINDOWS 

Doors will open into the animal rooms and should be at least 42 inches wide and at least 84 inches high to permit easy passage 

of racks and equipment. Doors will fit tightly within their frames and both will be completely sealed to provide a barrier to 

prevent the entrance and harboring of vermin. Self‐closing doors are required for containment in rooms where hazardous 

agents are used. Doors will be provided with spring loaded sweeps to seal when closed. Doors shall be hollow metal or stainless 

steel, sealed, moisture proof, rust proof, and damage resistant. 

The doors shall have recessed hardware and shall be self‐closing and self‐locking, designed to open from the inside without key. 

Viewing windows with slides will not exceed 6" in width or 18" in height. 

Exterior windows and skylights shall not be provided in animal rooms. 

CAGE WASH 

This area will be designed for clean/dirty operation. Equipment will include cage washer, rack hose down bay and other 

equipment such as acid wash sinks with canopy hood or low slotted exhaust, floor drains will be provided. 36" wide double‐ 

swinging doors are required. 

SHOWER AND LOCKER 

Shower and locker facilities will be provided. 



5.7.5.2 Ventilation 


The ventilation system must provide adequate environmental quality to ensure the health and well‐being of animals necessary 

to validate the results of experimental studies. 

The design tasks of HVAC system are: 

• Control of odors 

• Control of airborne contaminants 

• Prevention of cross contamination 

• Temperature/humidity control 

• Reliable operation 

The animal facility and human occupancy areas should be conditioned by separate air handling units and exhaust systems. 

Offices and spaces of sole human activity in the animal facilities should be zoned separately from the animal spaces. 

30% efficiency prefiltration and 90% final filtration of the supply air will provide a satisfactory quality of animal environment. A 

positive pressure of the animal facility with respect to the outside environment is recommended. 

Ventilation flow rates should result from one of the following criteria: 

• Cooling load from animals and equipment, 

• Minimum air changes per hour required for each space. 

A minimum ventilation of 15 air changes per hour is required in each animal room space for the purpose of odor control. 

Supply air should be 100% fresh air in all areas, with no recirculation, provided by a constant volume terminal reheat device. 

Animal rooms may require terminal booster humidification. 

Supply and exhaust air systems should be sized to minimize noise level. 

5.7.5.3 Controls 

All vivarium rooms will have individual temperature and humidity control. 

5.7.5.4 Piping and Plumbing 

The following piped systems will be required for the new facility: 

• Potable Hot and Cold Water (HW, CW) 

Potable water system should be looped through each floor of the building providing services as required by 

Programmatic Room Diagrams. All fittings shall be fitted with vacuum breakers. Piping should be copper. 140° F water 

is desirable for cagewashing equipment. 

• Reverse Osmosis Water (RO) 

RO water should be available in the animal facility. The RO water system will meet the requirements of Class III water 

as defined by the College of American Pathologists. The RO water center should provide purified water for an 

automated bottle‐filling station and for the animal watering system. No deionization should be used prior to or after 

RO treatment. The water source for RO center should be the pretreated facility potable water. 

The RO system should include stainless steel pump, RO cartridges, flow block and control package for a fully 

automatic operation and interface with external equipment. 

RO water will be held in a storage tank appropriately sized to meet the animals' drinking requirements as well as 

temporary interruptions of water supply. 

RO water piping will be designed as a recirculating system. Water will be pumped in a closed loop and single line 

branches for automatic watering system in each Animal Room and Holding Room. Piping should be CPVC. 



• Sanitary Waste 

Sanitary waste system should be cast iron. 


Floor drains may not be essential in all animal rooms, particularly those housing rodent species. Floors in such rooms 

can be maintained satisfactorily by wet vacuuming or by sweeping and mopping with appropriate disinfectants or 

cleaning compounds. 

If provided, floor drains should be at least 6 inches in diameter and will be primed. Floors will be sloped. The 

recommended minimal pitch of floors is 0.25 inches/yard. All drainpipes should have shorts runs to the main or be 

steeply pitched from the opening. When drains are not in use, they should capped and sealed to prevent backflow of 

sewer gases. Lockable drain covers are advisable to prevent the use of drains for disposal of materials that should be 

swept up and removed by other means. Drains should have removable strainers for disposal of solid waste. 

5.7.5.5 Power and Lighting 

Each animal room should be supplied by a separate power panel located in corridor. Power distribution within the new facility 

should be conduit and wire from a main distribution panel to the room panel. 

The electrical system should provide appropriate lighting, sufficient power outlets, and safety lighting. All outlets shall be 

standard type with waterproof covers to allow for cleaning. Light fixtures shall be sealed water tight units. 

STANDBY POWER 

Standby power should be provided for HVAC system so that operation can be continued, even at reduced capacity, in event of 

failure of the primary system. Standby power should be provided by a generator sized to maintain operation of Animal Room 

lighting, air supply, air exhaust, animal watering system and data gathering system. The capacity of the generator fuel supply 

should be discussed with Animal Facility Director. 

EMERGENCY POWER 

Lighting and alarms associated with the life safety requirements will be provided with emergency power by a local generator. 

5.7.5.6 Noise and Vibration 

Excessive levels of noise and vibration could affect both human and animal activities. 

Animal Cubicle Rooms and Holding Rooms should be located away from building sources of noise or vibration such as elevators 

or mechanical rooms. Cage washing and refuse disposal should be carried out in rooms separated from those for animal 

housing. 

Magnetostrictive hum associated with the operation of fluorescent lighting ballasts, transformers or electric motors should be 

minimized. 

5.7.5.7 Environmental Monitoring and Control System 

An environmental monitoring system should be implemented providing the following minimal services: 

• Temperature, humidity, lighting and air flow monitoring. 

• Lighting control. 

• Electric door locks control. 

• Alarm notification to a central computer, telephone sets, system printer and visual an audible remote locations. 

• Telephone communications linked to the building phone system. 




Preferably, the environmental monitoring system is independent of the Building Management System (BMS). A BMS is designed 

to monitor and control the HVAC for the entire building and typically is not a true source of data or regulatory compliance. A 

vivarium environmental monitoring system (EMS) is designed to collect data and provide alarm notification for specific 

environmental inputs. A vivarium system requires monitoring for each room. The data must be easily and readily accessed by 

animal care personnel, and have the ability to produce standard reports to satisfy regulatory requirements, and for the use of 

the investigators in the facility. The BMS and EMS systems shall use the same sensors with the BMS system monitoring the 

results. 

The features of a monitoring system are illustrated in the diagram below. 

TEMPERATURE 

HUMIDITY 

LIGHTING 

AIR FLOW 

LARGE HOLDING ROOM 

TEMPERATURE 

HUMIDITY HUMIDITY 

LIGHTING LIGHTING 

AIR FLOW AIR FLOW 

PROCEDURE ROOM 

TEMPERATURE/ HUMIDITY 

AIR FLOW 

REFRIGERATORS 

RESEARCH LAB 

ENVIRONMENTAL MONTORING SYSTEM 

SMART BOX 

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING 

LIGHTING CONTROL AND 

MONITORING 

ACCESS CONTROL 

ALARM NOTIFICATION 

DATA STORAGE/REPORTING 

AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT 

CENTRAL COMPUTER 

TEMPERATURE 

HUMIDITY 

LIGHTING 

AIR FLOW 

SMALL HOLDINGROOM 

TEMPERATURE 

HUMIDITY 

LIGHTING 

CONTROLLED TEMP. ROOM 

EQUIPMENT 

CYCLING 

CAGE WASH ROOM 

TYPICAL LOCAL PROCESSOR 



5.7.5.8 Designated Spaces: Animal Holding Rooms 

VENTILATION 


Holding rooms should be designed to provide either positive or negative pressure relative to the corridor. The air flow rate will not 

change regardless of the balance inside the holding room. The minimum supply air required for each room should be ensured 

regardless the balance. 

A higher quality microclimate separating selected small animals from the animal room or cubicle and the research personnel 

from animals, will be achieved in two ways: 

• Microisolator systems consisting of closed cages individually supplied with HEPA filtered air. Cages are provided with 

filter top frame and can optionally be connected to an exhaust unit. 

• Ventilated animal racks in which HEPA filtered air is distributed over cages. Exhaust air is released inside the room or 

into the room exhaust system. 

Ventilation flow rates for the total air flow must remove sensible and latent heat from the animals as well as heat generated by 

electrical equipment. The species of animals, their weight and animal room population must be considered. 

Recommended dry bulb temperature in animal holding rooms is 65° F to 79° F at a relative humidity of 40% to 60% based on the 

AHU 100% make up air unit. 

Temperature difference between supply and return air temperature in cubicles should be maintained below 7° F. 

A minimum ventilation rate of 15 changes per hour is required for the purpose of odor control. 

Supplied air to the room should be 100% fresh air. 

Supply air should by provided by a constant volume supply air duct and terminal reheat device with terminal booster humidification 

serving each holding room. 

Air distribution should not cause drafts on research animals. Ceiling mounted, low velocity, low throw, stainless steel diffusers 

should be used. 

The exhaust air grills must be resistant to water and placed at minimum eight inches above the floor to minimize the possibility of 

contact with water used to clean the floor. Stainless steel grills with thumbscrew fasteners should be provided with minimum 30% 

efficiency, easily removeable disposable filters mounted behind the grill. Joints around diffusers and grills should be sealed and 

gasketed. 

Exposed duct work should be avoided. Supply and exhaust air systems should be sized to minimize noise level. 

Temperature should be controlled by a room thermostat placed inside the animal holding room and connected to the reheat coil 

control valve to maintain dry bulb conditions. 

A room humidistat should provide a minimum relative humidity of the space. The humidistat and thermostat should have the same 

location. Discuss in the DD phase, the need for individual room humidifiers. 

PIPING AND PLUMBING 

The following laboratory piped systems will be required for the new facility: 

• Potable Hot and Cold Water (HW, CW). Each animal room should be provided with a scrub sink supplied with hot and cold 

water. The sink should be stainless steel, sealed to the wall with no exposed pipes or case work underneath. 

Each animal room will contain a hose bib with hot and cold water. All fittings shall be fitted with vacuum breakers 

• Reverse Osmosis Water (RO). A single line branch will be connected from RO distribution system for each Animal Room for 

automatic watering system. 



POWER AND LIGHTING 


Two 120‐Volt duplex receptacles per each cage rack should be mounted in each room on the side wall at least 60 inches off the floor. 

One standby receptacle should be provided for each cage rack in the cubicles. 

All outlets shall be standard type with waterproof covers to allow for cleaning. 

Light will be uniformly distributed in each room. Ceiling light fixtures of fluorescent, diffuse type, should be recessed mounted, triple 

gasketed and sealed water tight. 

Lighting will provide a two‐stage light intensity. The lower light intensity of 30 foot candles three feet off the floor is adequate 

for routine animal housing. The higher intensity of 60 foot candles three feet off the floor would be utilized while observing the 

animals or servicing the room. Light timing capabilities shall be provided by the environmental control system, allowing 

programming of various light cycles. A 30 minutes override switch shall be provided. 

5.7.5.9 Designated Spaces: Procedure Room 

PROCEDURE ROOM 

Procedure Room should operate under negative pressure with respect to the corridor. 

Recommended dry bulb temperature is 72 +/‐ 3F at a relative humidity of 45 +/‐ 15% based on AHU 100% outside make up air 

system. 

Minimum supply air flow rate should provide 15 changes per hour. 

Supply air should be 100% outside air, provided by a constant volume supply air duct and terminal reheat device with terminal 

booster humidification. 

Supply air shall be provided by ceiling Total Air Diffusers (TAD) or surgical air diffuser. Air will be exhausted through stainless steel 

grilles, with 30% efficiency filters, placed maximum eight inches above the finished floor. 

Supply and exhaust air systems should be sized to minimize noise level and should not be exposed. 

Potable Hot and Cold water, Purified water, Laboratory gas, Laboratory vacuum and Laboratory air will be supplied. 

DI water will be supplied to the Procedure Room. A DI unit fed with RO water will be installed in the proximity of the Procedure 

Room. 

120‐volt duplex water proof receptacles should be mounted in each room on the side wall 54 inches above the floor. 

Fluorescent type ceiling light fixtures should be recessed with sealed frame, providing 100 foot‐candle in each room. 

A 3200 foot‐candle cool, color corrected surgical light will be installed in Procedure Room. 



5.7.5.10 Designated Spaces: Cagewash Room 


The Cagewash Room should operate under negative pressure with respect to the corridor. Dirty area shall be under negative 

pressure with respect to clean area. 

A canopy skirt will be installed around the enclosure to minimize the heat and humidity transfer toward the work area. 

The equipment vents will be tied into the general exhaust system. Stainless steel up to the point where it is diluted and aluminum to 

the tie in at the general exhaust system. 

Recommended design temperature for cagewash clean and dirty areas is 78 F. 

Supply air should be provided by constant volume terminal devices. The temperature should be controlled by a room thermostat 

placed inside the clean area. 

Ceiling supply diffusers should be stainless steel, sealed and gasketed around joints, properly located to move air through the 

processing area toward the heat producing equipment. 

The following services should be provided: 

• Cold water at 35...50 psig. 

• Hot water at 180 0 F and minimum 35 psig. 

• 50…80 psig steam and condensate return. 

• Purified water at min 30 psig. 

• Min 80 psig compressed air. 

• Exhaust air connection. 

• 208V, 40 Amp, or 460V, 18 Amp,3 phase, 60 Hz and 120V, 60 Hz, 1 phase electrical services. 

Sanitary waste should be cast iron. A trench drain may be considered in dirty area. The equipment should incorporate an acid 

neutralization system. 

Lighting in both clean and dirty spaces will be fluorescent type provided by ceiling mounted vapor sealed fixtures at a light intensity 

of 70 foot‐candle in the working areas. 

5.7.5.11 Designated Spaces: Food and Bedding Storage 

The Food and Bedding Storage area should be separately supplied with fresh, non recirculated air at a minimum rate of four changes 

per hour. 

The rooms should be negative pressurized with respect to the corridor. Recommended temperature is 68 0 F to 75 o F 

Stainless steel supply air inlets and exhaust air outlets located in the ceiling should be sealed and gasketed around joints. Ductwork 

should not be exposed. 

Fluorescent lighting intensity will be 70 foot‐candle on the floor. 



5.7.6 Biosafety 

5.7.6.1 Biosafety Levels 

Biosafety Barriers 


Primary and secondary biological barriers should be used to reduce or eliminate exposure of laboratory environment and the 

outside environment to potentially hazardous agents. Primary Barriers protect the personnel and the laboratory environment 

from exposure to infectious agents. Only laboratory equipment is discussed in this biosafety level analysis. Secondary Barriers 

represent facility design criteria providing protection for persons working inside and outside of the laboratory within the facility 

and for persons and animals in the outside environment from infectious agents which may be accidentally released from the 

laboratory. The combinations of primary and secondary barriers will be described for Biosafety Levels Two, Three and Four. 

In all instances, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Publication number (CDC) 93‐8395 "Biosafety in 

Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories", 4 th edition, May 1999, shall prevail in specifying and defining safety equipment, 

primary barriers, and architectural or laboratory facility secondary barriers. 

Biosafety Level 2 

Biosafety Level Two is suitable for work involving agents of moderate potential hazard. 

Primary Barriers 

Biological safety cabinets, Class II, are required for procedures with a potential for creating infectious aerosols or splashes and 

those where high concentration or large volumes of infectious agents are used. 

Secondary Barriers 

Laboratory sink for handwashing. 

Autoclave or other decontamination methods should be available. 

Bench tops impervious to water and resistant to acids, alkalis, organic solvents and moderate heat. 

Sturdy laboratory furniture, with easily cleaned surfaces. 

An eyewash facility should be readily available. 

The HVAC criteria includes: 

100% outside air system. 

6 to 12 changes per hour with 4 AC/H unoccupied. 

Directional air flow into the laboratory rooms. 



Biological Safety Cabinets 


The biological safety cabinets should be tested and certified at 12‐month intervals. A comparison table of existing types of 

biological safety cabinets is presented. 

TABLE 4.3 

BIOLOGICAL SAFETY CABINETS FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS 

Type Min Face 

Velocity 

FPM 

Class 1 * 

Open Front 

Airflow 

Pattern 

75 In at front; out rear and 

top through HEPA filter 

Class II 

75 70% recirculated through 

Type A 

HEPA; exhaust through 

HEPA 

Type B1 

100 30% recirculated through 

HEPA; exhaust via HEPA 

and hard‐ducted 

Type B2 100 No recirculation; total 

exhaust 

via HEPA and hard‐ 

ducted 

Type B3 

100 Same as IIA, but plan 

under negative pressure 

to room and exhaust air 

is ducted (hard or 

thimble) 

Class III N/A Supply air inlets and 

exhaust through 2 HEPA 

filters 

* Glove panels may be added and will increase the face velocity to 150 FPM. 

5.7.7 Clean Rooms 

REQUIREMENTS 

Radionuclides/ 

Toxic 

Chemicals 

Biosafety 

Level 

NO 2,3 

Product 

Protection 



NO 

2,3 

YES 

2,3 

(Low levels/ 

Volatility) 

YES 2,3 

YES 2,3 

YES 3,4 

Clean spaces are classified according to Federal Standard 209E. Air cleanliness is defined by the number of airborne particles 0.5 

µm and larger per cubic foot of air. FS209E also defines the concentration limits of larger and smaller particles in air such as: 

Class 10: – Maximum 350 particles of 0.1µm and no more than 75 particle of 0.2 µm and 10 particles of 0.5 µm per 

cubic foot. 

Class 100: – Maximum 750 particles of 0.2µm and no more than100 particles of 0.5 µm per cubic foot. 

Class 1000 – Maximum 1,000 particles of 0.5 µm and no more than 7 particles of 5 µm per cubic foot. 

Class 10000: – Maximum 10,000 particles of 0.5 µm and no more than 70 particles of 5 µm per cubic foot. 

Class 100000 – Maximum 10,000 particles of 0.5 µm and no more than 700 particles of 5 µm per cubic foot. 

Large volumes of air are circulated within the clean spaces to dilute the air to required limits. Complexity and cost increase for 

more stringent conditions required by higher quality classes. The operating cost also reflects high energy consumption 

necessary to treat and move large volumes of air. 

NO 

YES 

YES 

YES 

YES 

YES

TABLE 1 Airflow requirements for clean room 

Class 

Air Flow Direction 

Air Flow per SF of Floor 

100,000 Mixed 5‐8 5‐40 

10,000 Mixed 9‐15 60‐90 

1,000 Mixed 20‐40 150‐240 

100 Unidirectional/Mixed 40‐80 240‐480 

10 Unidirectional 50‐90 300‐540 

1 Unidirectional 60‐90 360‐540 

Other factors influencing the cost are: 

– Cleaning procedures. 

– Filter replacement. 

– Restrictions in personnel operation and activity. Access restrictions. 

– Special suites, gowning and hats. 


Air Changes Per Hour 

Generally air provided to clean spaces will be recirculated, with a surplus of make‐up air in order to keep the clean space under 

positive pressure, and to compensate the exhaust air. Where chemical fume hoods are used in the space, exhausting will be 

required. 

High quality air (low class number) is not necessarily the best environment to work within. The optimum way of reducing cost 

and providing a high quality environment for the product is a cleaner space in a clean environment such as: 

Class 100 workstations, within Class 10,000 clean rooms. In this combination of clean zones, the external sources of 

contamination are reduced by room HEPA filtration, and the internal sources, generated by processes and operations, are 

taking care of by additional HEPA filtration at workstations. 

TEMPERATURE 

Air ambient temperature of 72°F ± 2°F is common in clean rooms. Higher or lower values can also be specified depending on 

type of activity and personnel wearing. Process related considerations may require as low as ± 0.1°F tolerances of air 

temperature. Temperature fluctuations such as ±0.2°F over half hour must be specified to define the desired control 

parameters. 

AIR HUMIDITY 

Personnel considerations require a relative humidity of 50 +/‐ 10% . Process requirements may impose other level. Humidity 

lower than 35% can cause electrostatic effects and relative humidity above 50% can augment oxidation and corrosion. Relative 

humidity is more difficult to regulate than temperature. Reducing the relative humidity as low as 40% is possible with standard 

cooling method. Dehumidification below this level require desiccating equipment which is expensive. Fluctuation ranges below 

±2% are difficult to achieve and maintain and are very expensive. 



ROOM PRESSURIZATION 


Clean rooms should maintain a positive pressure relative to surrounding areas. A difference of pressure between a clean room 

and ambient air of 0.05 in of water (in w.c.) is generally sufficient to eliminate the particulate migration. Cleanest area have the 

highest positive pressure. Gowning rooms and ante‐rooms are usually one class above the class of served spaces. Air locks 

should be used to maintain the integrity of controlled spaces during entry and exit of the room. 

NOISE 

Noise control methods include the acoustically lined enclosures used to quiet the noisy equipment. Silencers may be used in air 

distribution systems within the materials and space constraints. Duct liners should be avoided. 

VIBRATION 

Excessive vibration can be caused by activities inside or outside the building. Vibration affecting the products or processes must 

be minimized or eliminated. Vibration control criteria described under VIBRATION/STRUCTURAL CONSIDERATIONS section 

should apply. 

LIGHTING 

A level of 100 foot‐candles at work surfaces can satisfy close assembly work and should be considered as a higher limit of 

lighting. Adjustable lighting is recommended. 

Light fixtures should be compatible with the cleanliness requirements of the clean room. 

LOCATION 

The clean room location within the facility has a product quality and cost impact. Clean rooms should be isolated yet accessible 

to product flow. Clean rooms should be treated as distinctive areas requiring special personnel protocol. The process flow in 

and out of the clean space, should be analyzed and defined before the layout. Flexibility should be considered. 



5.7.8 Purified Water Systems 


A Central Purified Water System will be designed to satisfy the present and future laboratory requirements. Initial cost, 

operating cost, environmental consideration, minimization of chemical use, reliability, and constructability will be considered. 

The level of water purity, defined by regulatory agencies as “Type”, will be selected based on laboratory users requirements. 

The minimum water specifications for reagent types of water are shown in Table 1. 

Table 1 

REAGENT WATER SPECIFICATIONS 

CAP Type NCCLS Type ASTM Type 

College of American Nat. Committee for 

American Society of 

Pathologists 

Cllinical Lab. Standards 

Testing and Materials 

I II III I II III I II III IV 

Specific 

Resistance 10 2 0.1 10 1 0.1 16.6 1 1 0.2 

(megohms.cm) 

Silicate (mg/l) 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.05 0.1 0.1 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 

pH ‐ ‐ 5 to 8 ‐ ‐ 5 to 8 ‐ ‐ 6.2 to 7.5 5 to 8 

Bacterial Growth 

(cfu/ml) 10 10,000 ‐ 10 1,000 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 

Heavy Metals 0.01 0.01 0.01 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 

(mg/l) 

Carbon Dioxide 3 3 3 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 

(mg/l) 

Ammonia 

(mg/l) 0.1 0.1 0.1 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 

Sodium (mg/l) 0.1 0.1 0.1 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 

Particulate Matter 0.2* ‐ ‐ 0.2* ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 

(micron) 

cfu/ml ‐ colony forming units per milliliter. 

* 0.2 micron = Less than 500 particles of this size, or smaller, per liter. 

Type I water 

The most comprehensive requirements for Type I water are specified by CAP. NCCLS specifications match CAP values, but ASTM 

imposes the highest specific resistance. When both specifications need to be met water will be Type I CAP/ASTM. 

Type I water is used in critical laboratory applications such as: 

Inorganic Analysis 

ICP ‐ Inductively Coupled Plasma Spectrometry 

IC ‐ Ion Chromatography 

AA ‐ Atomic Absorption Spectro‐Photometry 

EP ‐ Electrophoretic Procedures 



Organic Analysis 

IC ‐ Liquid Chromatography 

HPLC ‐ High performance Liquid Chromatography‐ 

Higher restrictions as “organic free” may be imposed. 

GC ‐ Gas Chromatography 

MS ‐ Mass Spectroscopy 

Biological Applications 

Fermentation Systems 

In Vitro/In Vivo Fertilization 

General Microbiology 

Recombinant DNA 

Tissue Culture 

Immunological Applications 

Type II water 


Purified water which meets the requirements of most routine clinical laboratory methods in chemistry, immunology, 

hematology, etc. It is the type of water used in reagent preparation and glassware rinsing. When lower bacterial growth is 

required the water will be specified as Type II NCCLS. 

Type III water 

General laboratory grade water. Most qualitative procedures, glassware washing, preliminary rinsing. Final rinsing water should 

match intended glasswasher use. 

5.7.8.1 Water Purification Methods 

The basic methods used for water purification are: 

Reverse osmosis, producing RO water. 

Distillation, producing distilled water. 

Deionization, producing deionized water. 

A combination of these methods and additional purification processes is necessary to meet levels required by Type I water. 

Removal effectiveness of water contaminants by each available water purification technology is shown in Table 2. 



Table 2 

EFFEC TIVENESS 

OF WATER 

PURIFIC ATIO N 

METHODS 

Reverse Osmosis 

Distillation 


Disso lve d Io nize d So lid s G E/G E P P P P P 

Disso lve d Io nize d G a se s P P E P P P P P 

Dissolved Organics G G P P P G E G 

Pa rtic ula tes E E P E E E P P 

Ba c teria E E P E P E P G 

Pyrogens E E P P P E P P 

Deionization 



Screen Filtration 

Depth Filtration 

E= Exc e llent G = G ood P= Poor 

Ultrafiltration 

Adsorption 

UV Oxidation


Cost and operational criteria shown in Table 3 should also be considered in selection of purified water system. 

Table 3 

Process Advantages Disadvantages 

Reverse Osmosis minimal maintenance required moderately high 

expendable costs 

limited membrane 

regeneration 

Deionization regenerable 

relatively inexpensive to 

operate 

Microporous 

Screen & 

Depth Filtration 

Ultrafiltration highest quality 

water at lowest 

energy 

regenerable 

Adsorption long life 

capacity 

UV Sterilization can produce 

near total 

elimination of 

trace organics 

in pure water 

5.7.8.2 System Design 

deionization beds 

generate resin 

particles and 

culture bacteria 

minimal maintenance not regenerable 

potentially high 

expendable costs 

carbon fines 

downstream of filter 

removal of chlorine 

may lead to 

bacterial growth 

limited sterilization 

capability by 

radiation intensity, 

contact time and 

flowrate 

Reverse osmosis, RO, water will be provided to the building and stored in a storage tank with highly retentive hydrophobic vent 

filter or inert gas or nitrogen blanket. The tank content will be recirculated in the building distribution loop through DI water 

unit. 

DEIONIZED WATER UNIT will remove the remaining ionic impurities downstream of RO unit. Continuous electrical regeneration 

of the DI resin is recommended to eliminate the needs for chemical regeneration, producing continuous deionization on CDI. 

High purity water of minimum 15 megaohm‐cm should be provided out of CDI unit by this arrangement. 

Additional equipment can be included such as: 

BIOCIDE INJECTION upstream of softeners, by a metering device for periodical microbial control in the RO tank. 

SODIUM METABISULFITE (Na 2S 2O 5) injection via a metering device for chlorine removal prior to 1.0 micron filtration. An 

activated carbon filter can be used for this purpose at a higher operating cost. 

ULTRAVIOLET FILTRATION located downstream of CDI unit will further eliminate the trace organics by a 254 nanometer UV 

radiation. 

A final 0.2 micron FINAL FILTRATION can provide final microbial control. 

A CHILLED WATER HEAT EXCHANGER can be installed on the distribution piping system to provide temperature control at 62°‐ 

72°F with the view of limiting microbial growth. 




SANITIZING EQUIPMENT is mandatory in purified water systems in order to control microbiological contamination. 

Ozone batch sanitization will be used. 

A logic controller will be used to control, monitor and record major parameters. As a minimum, water quality and water flow 

rates should be connected to an alarm system. 

5.7.8.3 Piping Distribution System 

The building distribution system should be designed as a continuous loop without dead legs. The system will be run to each 

point of use. Connections to the faucets should be limited to maximum 6 pipe diameters, but recirculation faucets are 

preferred. 

Velocities through distribution system should be 5 to 7 feet per second. 

Selection of piping materials for purified water systems is critical, involving water quality and cost criteria. 

PVDF ‐ Polivinylidene Fluoride, with thermal welded connections, is recommended for piping, valves and fittings of highest 

water purity (Type I). 

PP ‐ Unpigmented Polypropylene, fused socket weld piping, valves and fittings are recommended as a basic material for purified 

water systems. Pigmented Polypropylene may be subjected to ultraviolet degradation promoted by pigments and also leaching 

of pigments into the water. 



5.8 Architectural Systems 

5.8.1 Access/Circulation 


The entry routes to the Cowley Hall Science Facility and the interior circulation system will be barrier‐free accessible, 

functionally organized to promote efficient wayfinding, and distinctively designed. The primary building entrance(s) will be 

strategically positioned to relate to the primary student routes. The site provides opportunities for multiple building entrances 

from different sides of the building. The entrance(s) will be protected from the elements and have vestibules. The main 

entrance could be positioned along the west side of the building at three different locations. An entrance at the northwest 

corner will address pedestrian traffic to and from Wimberly Hall to the northwest, Murphy Library to the west, and the future 

Student Center to the north. A centrally located entrance along the west side of the building would have a direct access to the 

west facing courtyard and campus mall. An entrance located at the southwest will be used by pedestrians between Cowley Hall 

and Centennial Hall. 

The main entrance will open into a public lobby space that serves as a general reception, route‐finding, donor recognition, and 

waiting area. Every resourceful way to economically distinguish this space (i.e., natural light, openness, materials, colors, etc.) 

will need to be considered. The horizontal and vertical circulation routing should originate from the lobby and distribute 

people to the programmed rooms of the building in a convenient, safe, and memorable way. Integration of effective 

wayfinding devices, such as natural light, clever signage, and simple routing, are highly desirable. Careful consideration should 

be given to high‐use, large capacity rooms to minimize circulation disturbance to nearby quiet rooms. 

5.8.2 Image 

The Cowley Hall Science Facility is located in a highly visible location on campus. In addition, due to its prominent location on 

campus, the building will need to be treated as one that will be seen and experienced from multiple sides. Consequently, the 

design of the exterior of the building will be a critical task. 

The Cowley Hall Science Facility should respect the context of the overall campus physical organization and should also respect 

the context created by nearby Wittich Hall and Centennial Hall. The new building, while reflecting current design thinking, will 

need to quietly blend in with the existing context, in deference to existing iconic buildings and open spaces. Efforts should be 

made to adhere to the Architectural Guidelines that are in place within the Campus Master Plan. 

The building must promote the prominence of a cutting‐edge science facility, yet still fit into the distinctive UW‐La Crosse 

campus environment. Each of these characteristics will contribute individually and collectively to the overall image as follows: 

5.8.3 Site 

The Cowley Hall Science Building is currently located at the geographic and academic center of campus. It will provide a firm 

anchor for the main academic core of the campus and will shape the northeast corner of the future Campus Mall. The building 

site is surrounded by existing academic buildings with Murphy Library to the west, Morris Hall to the south, Centennial Hall to 

the southeast, and Wimberly Hall to the northeast. A future Student Union will be located directly to the north. In addition, 

the Hoeschler Clock Tower, which is the main outdoor gathering place for the campus community, is located at the southwest 

corner of the site. 

The project site is centrally located and because it will be utilized by a large number of students, faculty and staff, special 

attention will need to be given to the development of the site and its amenities including; circulation of pedestrians, bicycles 

and service vehicles, as well as landscaping, exterior signage and the creation of gathering areas. 

5.8.4 Character 

The challenge of new architecture in a campus setting is to contribute to the visual unity of the campus while expressing its own 

design character. This facility should invoke the inquisitive spirit and resourcefulness of its inhabitants, without being trendy or 

obvious. The building should exude an inviting, memorable, and collegiate air that captivates a visitor and enriches the users. 

5.8.5 Scale 

The building’s location, height, and massing work individually and in conjunction with one another to influence the viewer’s 

experience of its scale. The positioning of the building on the site to create favorable outdoor spaces, welcoming entrances, 

and easy wayfinding is of utmost importance. The height of the facility relative to adjacent buildings is a critical factor in 

maintaining a homogenous character to the campus and maximizing views of, and from, the building. The mass of the facility is 




an important ingredient to help visually define the building function externally and its relationship to adjacent structures. 

Explore ways to penetrate the massing, to make it more transparent in certain areas to help increase the feeling of involvement 

for the external viewer. The two opposing forces of closedness (opacity) and openness (transparency) can be harnessed 

effectively to promote a sense of direction, orientation, and assist both physically and mentally in creating a memorable 

environment. 

5.8.6 Materials 

Considering that the earliest buildings on the UW‐La Crosse campus have been in use for nearly a century, the durability of 

materials is clearly a major material influence. Brick has been the primary building material utilized throughout the campus and 

should be the core material ingredient. Contributing subordinate material selections, i.e., stone, glass, metal, should be in 

keeping with the established campus palate of colors, textures, and finishes. Introduction of new materials requires sensitive 

design scrutiny and detailing, yet can be used effectively to distinguish the facility. 

5.8.7 Interior Spaces 

The facility will include the following space types: 

• Offices and Office Support 

• General Access Classrooms 

• Teaching Laboratories 

• Computer Laboratories 

• Collaborative Learning Spaces 

• Animal Facility 

• Conference Rooms 

• Building Support 

5.8.8 Interior Partitions 

• Walls should typically be constructed of gypsum wall board on metal studs with a painted surface. The gypsum wall 

board should be dent and abrasion resistant at areas of heavy use (corridors and classrooms). Wood chair rail trim to 

be provided in rooms with movable chairs. 

• Sound attenuation should be used wherever sound isolation is required. Refer to Section 5.8.16 for Acoustical Design 

Considerations for minimum Sound Transmission Class (STC) ratings. 

• Classroom and office walls should extend from top of slab to underside of structure and will be acoustically sealed at 

the top and bottom. Provide two layers of 5/8” drywall on each side of classroom and corridor walls with insulation 

in the cavity. Drywall seams will be staggered and each layer taped and mudded individually. 

• Painted unit masonry may be used in spaces that require additional durability. 

5.8.9 Doors 

• Interior doors should be 1‐3/4” thick solid core natural wood finish doors in painted steel frames, at least 3’‐0” wide 

by 7’‐0” high, or wider if required for egress by code or higher if required for equipment movement. 

• Vision panels and/or sidelites to corridors should typically be provided where feasible. Refer to Division of State 

Facilities Accessibility Guidelines for height requirements above finished floor. 

• At code‐required fire‐rated locations, doors and frames should be fire‐rated assemblies. 

• Door hardware should be code compliant, heavy‐duty type, lever style, with mortise locksets. Locksets must be 

compatible with existing campus locks. All doors should be lockable with a “Classroom” function, i.e., egress is always 

possible without a key. 

• Entrance doors and frames should be anodized, thermally broken aluminum with insulated glass and should be 3’‐6” 

wide minimum or wider if required for egress by code. All entrances should incorporate automatic operators with 

push button access. 

• Reference Appendix A: Room Data Sheets for lab spaces. 



5.8.10 Windows 


• Windows should be maximized at exterior walls where appropriate while also minimizing direct sunlight and glare on 

work surfaces. 

• Windows at exterior walls should be provided with clutch‐driven roller shades. 

• Interior windows should be incorporated where appropriate for “borrowed” natural light. 

• Exterior windows should be anodized, thermally broken aluminum frames with high performance insulated glass. 

• Windows should be provided in as many occupied spaces as possible. 

• Natural Light Prioritization: 

1. Full‐Time Faculty Offices 

2. Classrooms 

3. Teaching Labs 

4. Resource Areas 

5. Reception Areas 

6. Collaborative Learning Spaces 

7. Conference rooms 

8. Workrooms 

9. Storage 

5.8.11 Ceilings 

• Suspended grid tile ceilings should be provided where required for acoustics and cleanliness. Rooms without such 

requirements will have no ceilings and can remain open to the structure above. 

• Classrooms should have 10’‐8” minimum ceiling heights; other areas many have lower ceiling heights. (min. 7’‐6” by 

code) 

• Pendant mounted light fixtures may be suspended below the 10’‐0” ceiling. Careful consideration and study should 

be done by the A/E team to determine the appropriate ceiling height as it relates to window height and daylight 

penetration into the space. A/E must also consider projection screen height and usable marker board space as it 

relates to mechanical space above the ceiling. 

• Acoustic tiles should be used in most suspended grid ceilings. Wood and metal panel ceilings may also be used, but in 

limited quantities to control future maintenance needs. 

• Laboratory spaces should have acoustical tile. Refer to Appendix A: Room Data Sheets for finish description of each 

laboratory space. 

5.8.12 Flooring 

• Lobbies, corridors, and stairs should have the highest quality floor finishes based on cost, maintenance, and 

durability. Acceptable materials include terrazzo, terrazzo tile, and porcelain tile. 

• Classrooms should have anti‐static, high traffic, commercial grade carpet tile. 

• Ceramic/Porcelain tile and base will be provided in restrooms. 

• Sealed concrete should be provided in mechanical spaces with waterproofing membrane finish at penthouse floor. 

• Conference rooms and office suites should have anti‐static, high traffic, commercial grade carpet tile. 

• Laboratory spaces should have epoxy, welded seam sheet vinyl, or chemical resistant VCT. Refer to Appendix A: 

Room Data Sheets for finish description of each laboratory space. 

5.8.13 Finishes 

• Walls should typically be painted. UW‐La Crosse prefers materials that are easy to maintain and that are mold 

resistant. UW‐La Crosse also prefers paint instead of wall covering. 

• Protective chair rails should be installed for wall protection in any classroom with a flat floor as well as any conference 

room with movable furniture. 

5.8.14 Technology Levels 

• Technology levels for individual classrooms are identified in their respective Room Data Sheets. 

• Refer to Division 4, Section 4.7 for listing of provided equipment. 



5.8.15 Casework 


• Casework should be finished with plastic laminate. 

• Floor mounted casework should be provided at room perimeters of classrooms where required. 

• Movable storage cabinets shall be provided in departmental workrooms and storage areas. 

• Grommets should be provided for wire management whenever possible. 

• Laboratory casework shall be wood cabinets, metal hoods, and epoxy resin benchtops. 

5.8.16 Acoustical Design Considerations 

• The following guidelines are based on ANSI/ASA S12.60‐2002 American National Standard Acoustical Performance 

Criteria, Design Requirements, and Guidelines for Schools. 

o Walls between classrooms and corridors should have a minimum STC rating of 45. 

o Walls between classrooms should have a minimum STC rating of 50. 

o Walls between classrooms and public use rooms should have a minimum STC rating of 53. 

o Walls between classrooms and mechanical equipment rooms should have a minimum STC rating of 60. 

o Diffusers should have a Noise Criteria (NC) rating of NC 18 or less. 

o Airflow velocities in duct mains shall be 1500 ft/min max and branch ducts shall not exceed 800 ft/min. 

o VAV boxes and fan‐powered boxes should be located outside of classrooms if possible. 

• The design team must evaluate the acoustics in each size of classroom and provide acoustically absorbent finishes 

wherever required. 

• Ceiling tiles with a .65 or greater Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) should be used. 

5.8.17 Restrooms 

• Restrooms should have tile floors and walls. 

• Restroom partitions should be solid polymer. 

• Restroom accessories provided by UW‐La Crosse include: toilet paper, paper towel, feminine hygiene, and soap 

dispensers and trash receptacles. 

• Restroom lavatories should be constructed of plastic laminate casework with a solid surface countertop and stainless 

steel under‐mounted sinks. 

• Ceramic/porcelain tile should be installed on toilet room walls. Walls behind and adjacent to plumbing fixtures 

should have a tile wainscot a minimum height equal to the height of the toilet partitions. 

5.8.18 Signage 

• Provide interior room signage, directories, and wayfinding graphics throughout the building. 

• Digital signage should be considered in main corridors and lobby spaces. 

• Provide exterior building signage at the west and east entrances. 



5.9 Structural Systems 


Based on the structural performance characteristics required for the laboratories, a structural concrete frame system is 

recommended. Proposed system is a one way concrete joist and beam system supported by concrete columns. Lateral bracing 

will be by concrete shear walls. A column grid of 21 feet by 33 feet would accommodate the proposed module and be 

economical spans for this system. The floor vibration characteristics can be designed to limit the vibratory accelerations due to 

walking and is capable of meeting the VC‐A criterion recommended in the laboratory systems which is a maximum vibratory 

velocity of 2,000 micro‐inch per second. 

Based on previous soil borings and geotechnical reports for adjacent buildings, a foundation system of conventional spread 

footings can be used to support the building. 

5.9.1 Laboratory Vibration/Structural Considerations 

The nature of science teaching and research activity being conducted, requires structural dynamics consideration. 

Footfall‐induced vibrations on above‐grade floors, should be reduced by: 

- Confining heavily traveled areas to regions near column lines, 

- Placing sensitive equipment near columns, 

- Placing the equipment away from heavily traveled areas, 

- Minimizing the length of spans. 

Increasing the stiffness of the floor slab alleviates vibration. Providing a combination of mass and/or depth for above grade 

slabs increases the stiffness. Cast‐in‐place concrete has natural characteristics and mass advantages for vibration reduction; a 

concrete frame structural system is anticipated in this building. 

For vibration considerations, laboratory areas should be designed for 125 psf live load. Computer server rooms should be 

designed for 180 psf of equipment load above other live load factors. 

Air handling equipment and ductwork shall be designed to minimize vibration. Supply and exhaust air fans, compressors, 

pumps, and other noise and vibration producing equipment should be located in mechanical rooms with protective wall 

construction. Equipment should be isolated from supporting structure with resilient mounts. Vibration isolators should be 

selected based on floor stiffness, span extension, equipment power and operating speed. 

Instruments that are extremely sensitive to vibration (scanning electron microscope or transmission electron microscope, NMR 

etc) should ideally be located on slab‐on‐grade construction to minimize transient structure‐borne vibration. Provisions of an 

isolated slab should be analyzed. 

Pneumatic and piezoelectric isolations should be used, as required, on specified highly sensitive equipment. 

Vibration criteria for areas intended to accommodate sensitive equipment are based on rms Velocity Level as measured in one‐ 

third octave bands of frequency over the range of 8‐100 Hz. Generic Vibration Criterion (VC) curves have been developed for 

different types of equipment The results are shown in Table 1. 

Criterion curves VC‐A through VC‐E are applicable to research facilities. International standards Organization (ISO) criteria for 

human exposure to vibration are also shown. 

It is recommended that the structural floor system be designed to meet the VC‐A criterion. The design should follow the AISC 

Guidelines of Design for Sensitive Equipment. 

Seismic stabilization of the structure should be addressed. Natural frequency of floor and building structure should be 

determined in function of the Seismic Zone of construction site. A minimum building natural frequency of 8Hz is recommended 

for optimum operation of vibration isolating equipment unless seismic, or other criteria may impose a lower frequency. 



TABLE 1 

DESIGN CRITERIA FOR SENSITIVE INSTRUMENTATION AND EQUIPMENT 

NOT OTHERWISE VIBRATION‐ISOLATED 

Criterion Curve 

Workshop 

(ISO) 

Office 

(ISO) 

Residential Day 

(ISO) 

Op.Theatre 

(ISO) 

Vrms Velocity Level 

(µin/s) (dB) 

Ref:1µin/s 

Detail Size 

(µm) 

32,000 90 N/A 

16,000 84 N/A 

8,000 78 75 

4,000 72 25 

VC‐A 2,000 66 8 

VC‐B 1,000 60 3 

VC‐C 500 54 1 

VC‐D 250 48 0.3 

VC‐E 125 42 0.1 


Description of Use 

Distinctly felt vibration. Appropriate to workshops and non‐ 

sensitive areas. 

Felt vibration. Appropriate to offices and non‐sensitive areas. 

Barely felt vibration. Sleep areas in most instances. Probably 

adequate for computer equipment, probe test equipment and 

low‐power microscopes (to 20X). 

Vibration not felt. Suitable for sensitive sleeping areas. Suitable in 

most instances for microscopes to l00X and for other equipment 

of low sensitivity. 

Adequate in most instances for optical microscopes to 400X, 

microbalances, optical balances, proximity and projection 

aligners, etc. 

Optical microscopes to I000X, inspection and lithography 

equipment (including steppers) to 3 micron‐meter line widths. 

A good standard for most inspection equipment and lithography 

to 1 micron micron‐meter detail size. 

Suitable in most instances for the most demanding equipment 

including electron microscopes (TEMs, SEMs, AFMs) and E‐Beam 

systems, operation to the limits of their capacity. 

A difficult criterion to achieve in most instances. Assumed to be 

adequate for the most demanding of sensitive systems including 

long path, laser‐based, small target systems and other systems. 

Detail Size column expresses the minimum width of fabrication details or size of research particles that could be handled at a 

specific criterion value. 



5.10 Fire Protection Systems 

5.10.1 Applicable Codes, Guidelines, and Standards 

Design and construction codes and standards are listed below. 


The codes and standards listed are minimum requirements. Nothing is to prevent the architect, engineer, or consultant from 

exceeding the applicable requirements. In the case of laboratory related research buildings, the recommendations of the 

guidelines below and the standards and requirements suggested by the design team will often address issues not sufficiently 

covered in local building codes. 

In all cases the most recent editions of referenced standards apply. 

NFPA 13, Installation of Sprinkler Systems 

NFPA 14, Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems 

NFPA 24, Installation of Private Fire Service Mains 

NFPA 45, Standard on Fire Protection in Laboratories Using Chemicals 

NFPA 70, National Electric Code 

NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm code 

NFPA 101, Life Safety Code 

State of Wisconsin, DOA, Division of State Facilities Master Specifications 

University of Wisconsin‐LaCrosse Design Standards 

5.10.2 Water Service 

The facility shall be provided with a combined fire protection & domestic water service (6” diameter minimum) installed by the 

plumbing contractor in Phase 1. The fire protection contractor shall connect to a tee provided by the plumbing contractor. 

Current water supply flow test results will be obtained from the campus or the local water utility for design purposes. 

An ASSE 1015 Double Check Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assembly shall be provided by the fire protection contractor to 

isolate the fire protection systems from the potable water system. 

Water for Phase 2 fire suppression will be furnished from Phase 1. 

5.10.3 Fire Suppression Systems 

Fire suppression systems consist of: 

Water pressure was measured near the site in 2007 and reported to be 78 psi which should be sufficient to support an 

automatic sprinkler system. The building is not considered a high‐rise therefore a fire pump installation to support an 

automatic standpipe system is not required. 

Wet pipe automatic sprinkler system. 

• All areas of the building will be protected, including electrical rooms (switchgear, transformers, generators, electrical and 

telecommunications closets, etc.), elevator hoistways and machine rooms, loading docks, stair towers, exterior canopies, 

and mechanical rooms. 

• All systems will be hydraulically calculated with a computer calculation program using the Hazen‐Williams method. 




o Areas designated as Light Hazard Occupancy will be designed for a minimum sprinkler flow of 0.10 gpm 

per sq. ft. over the hydraulically most remote 1500 sq. ft. 

o Areas designated as Ordinary Hazard, Group 1 will be designed for a minimum sprinkler flow of 0.15 

gpm per sq ft. over the hydraulically most remote 1500 sq. ft. 

o Areas designated as Ordinary Hazard, Group 2 will be designed for a minimum sprinkler flow of 0.20 

gpm per sq ft. over the hydraulically most remote 1500 sq. ft. 

• Minimum water supply requirements for a hydraulically designed sprinkler system shall be determined by adding the 

appropriate hose stream demand per NFPA 13 to the total sprinkler water demand. 

• Each floor will be a separate sprinkler zone with floor control valve, supervisory switch, and water flow indicator switch. 

• Materials: The piping for the wet pipe sprinkler system will be black steel. Piping 2" and smaller in size will be Schedule 40 

with threaded joints. Piping larger than 2" will be Schedule 10 with welded or roll groove couplings or Schedule 40 with 

welded, threaded, or cut groove couplings. Unscheduled specialty steel and CPVC plastic piping is not allowed. 

• Flexible sprinkler connectors are allowed. 

• Butterfly valves with geared operator, visual position indicator, and supervisory switch 

• Flow Switches: Vane type water flow indicator switch with adjustable retard. 

• Quick response fusible link or glass bulb sprinklers, UL listed/FM approved. Provide ordinary temperature rated sprinklers 

except at skylights, adjacent to unit heaters, and adjacent to un‐insulated heating piping. 

• The type of sprinkler used in a particular area will be selected by the Engineer of Record and the Architect. Generally, 

concealed sprinklers will be installed in areas of high visibility and quality of finishes. Semi‐recessed sprinklers with 

chrome heads will be installed in areas with suspended ceilings. Pendent or upright sprinklers will be installed in areas 

without ceilings. 

• Center‐of‐tile sprinkler head placement will be specified in all public and occupied spaces. Back‐of‐house spaces do not 

require center‐of‐tile placements. Sidewall sprinklers will be used only when other types cannot be used. 

Class 1 manual wet standpipe system 

• Class 1 manual wet standpipe system. The standpipe system is required since the highest floor level of the buildings is 

more than 30’ above the lowest level of fire department access. 

• Standpipes will be located in each stair tower with 2½” fire department valves/hose connections serving each floor level 

and on roof. Additional 2½” hose connections may be required by the Fire Department if the most remote portion of a 

floor is located in excess of 200’ of travel distance from a stair tower containing a hose connection. 

• Materials: Piping for will be black steel, Schedule 10 with welded or roll groove couplings or Schedule 40 with welded, 

threaded, or cut groove couplings 

Phase 1: One wall mounted four‐way fire department inlet connection (FDC) in location subject fire department approval. 

Phase 2: One wall mounted four‐way fire department inlet connection (FDC) in location subject fire department approval. 



5.11 Plumbing Systems 




The codes and standards listed are minimum requirements. Nothing is to prevent the architect, engineer, or consultants from 





COMM 81 – 87, Wisconsin Plumbing Code 



NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code 

NFPA 99, Health Care Facilities 

5.11.2 Domestic Water 

A combined domestic and fire protection water service, 6” diameter minimum, will be provided in Phase 1. Flow tests will be 

requested during design to verify adequate flow and available water pressure. Water supply for Phase II will be furnished from 

Phase 1. 

A blind flange will be furnished at the building entrance for the fire protection contractor to connect the combined automatic 

sprinkler/manual standpipe system. 

A water meter with full size bypass for the domestic water system 

Domestic hot and cold water will be provided to all plumbing fixtures and any other devices and equipment that require a 

domestic water supply, including water purification equipment furnished by laboratory consultant. 

Maximum pressure of 80 psi 

Minimum available pressure at the most remote fixture or piece of equipment of 35 psi 

Water distribution piping will be sized for a maximum velocity of 8 fps 

5.11.3 Sanitary Drain Waste and Vent 

A sanitary drain waste and vent system will be provided for all plumbing fixtures, floor drains, indirect waste receptors, and 

equipment that require drainage. 

Plumbing fixtures and devices will be drained by gravity through conventional drain, waste and vent stacks, sanitary building 

drains and building sewers to the municipal or university owned sanitary sewer. 

5.11.4 Storm Water and Clearwater Drainage 

• New roof drainage and clear water waste systems including a under floor storm building drain to 5’ beyond 

foundation wall for connection to the storm building sewer. 

• Connect roof drains to building storm drainage system. 

• To protect structural elements from excessive water on the roof, there will be either roof scuppers or a secondary 

(overflow) roof drainage system. When overflow roof drains are used connect independent overflow roof drainage 

piping to nickel bronze downspout nozzles and discharge through exterior wall to daylight. 




• Clearwater waste from air handling units, ice machines, etc will be conveyed by gravity through a separate drain and 

vent piping system and will connect to the building storm drain. 

• A Geotechnical report will be needed for recommendations regarding the need for a sub‐soil drainage system. A sub‐ 

soil drainage system with perforated piping around the building exterior perimeter should be assumed. 

5.11.5 Acid Waste Drainage 

A chemical waste and vent system will be provided for all plumbing fixtures, floor drains, indirect waste receptors, and 

equipment that that receive chemical wastes having a pH level of less than 5.5 or more than 10. 

All chemical vent systems shall be separate from all other vent systems and terminate through the roof independently. 

Above ground chemical waste and vent pipe and fittings shall be polypropylene, ASTM F1412, flame retardant while high silicon 

iron Duriron/Novacast or Bonstand shall be used below grade. Pipe and fitting shall be joined using electrical fusion welding. 

Pipe and fittings shall be joined using mechanical joint couplings. 

All chemical wastes shall pass through a neutralizing or dilution basin before discharging to the sanitary building drain or sewer. 

See Section 5.11.11 for additional information. 

5.11.6 Natural Gas 

A piped distribution system will furnish natural gas to all laboratories. 

Building Distribution Piping (above grade and to 8” below slab): Black steel pipe, ASTM 53 (Schedule 40), type E or S. 

See Section 5.11.11 for additional information. 

5.11.7 Plumbing Fixtures 

The plumbing fixtures will be furnished in accordance with LEED 2009 to promote water efficiency and reduce the burden upon 

municipal water supply and wastewater systems. 

Water Closets: Wall hung vitreous china HET with manually operated flush valve, 1.28 gpf 

Urinals: Wall hung vitreous china HEU with sensor operated flush valve, 0.125 gpf maximum. 

Lavatories: Self‐rimming or wall hung vitreous china fixtures will be provided in all toilet rooms. Faucets shall be sensor 

operated. Flow will be restricted to 0.5 gpm maximum. 

Wall hung bi‐level electric water coolers with inlet water filter. 

Sinks: Self‐rimming 18 gauge stainless steel sinks. Sink faucets shall have gooseneck spouts. Sinks used solely for hand washing 

purposes shall have sensor operated faucets. Sinks used for multiple purposes shall have faucets with 4” wrist blade handles. 

All faucets will be restricted to 1.6 gpm maximum. 

Wall boxes with a valved water inlet will be provided at all locations where an ice maker or coffee maker is required. 

Mop basins: 36” x 24” x 10” mop service basins, faucet with hose connection vacuum breaker and lever handles, and stainless 

steel wall guard panels. 

Self‐draining frost resistant wall hydrants with ¾” hose connections will be provided along the building perimeter with one per 

each wall face and at maximum of 150’ intervals. 

Emergency Fixtures: Emergency eyewash and showers with thermostatic mixing valves to deliver 80°F water will be provided 

per building program. 

5.11.8 Laboratory and Animal Facilities Fixtures and Equipment 




All specialized laboratory and animal facility fixtures and equipment will be furnished and set in place by the laboratory 

consultant. All rough‐in piping and final connections to the fixtures and equipment will be by the Division 22 contractor. 

All hose bibbs, floor drains, cross connection control devices, and similar plumbing specialties will furnished by the Division 22 

contractor. 

5.11.9 Plumbing Equipment and Specialties 

Twin or triplex alternating water softener to condition water going to the water heaters, RO‐DI equipment, mixing valves, and 

any sensor operated faucets 

Campus steam will be used for domestic water heating and laboratory/animal water heating. Water heaters shall have double 

walled heat exchanger. 

Circulating pumps will provide hot water temperature maintenance within the domestic hot water piping system(s) 

Reduced pressure principle backflow preventers will be furnished in the make‐up water lines to all mechanical equipment not 

furnished with an integral air gap on the water inlet to the equipment and to isolate the industrial water distribution systems 

from the potable water systems 

Air Compressor: Duplex air compressor, with desiccant air dryer, to provide instrument grade compressed air to the 

laboratories 

Vacuum Pump: Duplex vacuum pumps with receiver to provide vacuum for the laboratories. 

Sump pump installations at bottom of all elevator hoistways consisting of an 18” diameter x 22” basin with a 30 gpm sump 

pump. Discharge is to the building storm drainage system. 

Storm/clearwater waste sump pump installation to serve floors and area wells that cannot drain by gravity to the storm 

building drain. 

Duplex sewage ejector to serve floors that cannot drain by gravity to the sanitary building drain. 

5.11.10 Laboratory Piped Services 

Laboratory piped services will be distributed throughout the facility, as required. 

The criteria for each service listed below should be considered for these systems: 

Industrial Cold Water and Hot Water (IHW, ICW) 

An industrial water system will be distributed through each floor of the building. A central backflow prevention device will be 

provided. Industrial grade water will be provided at laboratory sinks, cupsinks and hoods. All fixtures utilizing industrial water 

shall have a sign stating “NON‐POTABLE WATER”. Discuss need for and industrial water system in the DD phase as many lab 

users prefer the potable water system with vacuum breakers. 

Potable Cold Water and Hot Water (CW, HW) 

A potable water system will be distributed through each floor of the building. A central backflow prevention device will be 

provided on cold water supply, to protect site mains from backflow from the building. Potable water will be supplied at drench 

hoses and safety shower/emergency eyewash fixtures. Vacuum breakers shall be provided at each outlet to meet code 

requirements. In accordance with ANSI Z358.1‐1998, delivered flushing water to safety shower/emergency eyewash fixtures 

shall be tepid; a temperature of 80 o F is recommended. 



Purified Water (RO, DI) 


A Central Purified Water System will be designed to satisfy the present and future laboratory requirements. Initial cost, 

operating cost, environmental consideration, minimization of chemical use, reliability, and constructability will be considered. 

Type II CAP or ASTM water resulting from reverse osmosis (RO) and deionization (DI) will meet the requirements of most 

routine laboratory methods in chemistry as well as in reagent preparation and glassware rinsing. When lower bacterial growth 

is required the water will be specified as Type II NCCLS. More stringent water purity requirements Type I CAP or ASTM will be 

provided by local units fed from the central system. The purified water specifications are further detailed in a separate section. 

Compressed Air (CA) and Laboratory Compressed Air (LA) 

Oil‐free instrument grade compressed air (CA) of 100 psig, dried to 2.1 grams of water per pound of dry air (37 o F pressure dew‐ 

point), will be supplied to the main riser. Valved and capped take‐offs at each floor will be provided for future 100 psig needs. 

A pressure reducing valve will regulate the pressure in each floor distribution loop, providing 15 psig at laboratory services. 

Laboratories will be provided with a centralized vacuum system. The system should include duplex vacuum pumps, storage 

tank(s), controls, and distribution piping providing minimum 21 inch Hg negative pressure at the vacuum service. 

Laboratory Vacuum (LA) 

Laboratories will be provided with a centralized vacuum system. The system should include duplex vacuum pumps, storage 

tank(s), controls, and distribution piping providing minimum 21 inch Hg negative pressure at the vacuum service. 

Laboratory Vacuum Pump Discharge 

The local vacuum pumps should discharge into laboratory exhaust system. The oil ring vacuum pumps should be provided with 

an oil collector at the lowest end of the vertical pipe. When the discharge from multiple pumps is manifolded, a check valve 

should be provided on each individual discharge. Local vacuum pumps required by specific equipment shall be supplied by the 

equipment user. 

Laboratory Gas (LG) 

Natural gas will be supplied at low pressure, usually 7 in. of water. 

Laboratory Gases (CO2), (N 2), (O 2), (H 2), (He), (Ar) 

Specialty gases will be provided by local gas cylinder stations located in designated closets adjacent to laboratories. A generic 

interchangeable piping distribution system will be considered for non‐toxic, non‐flammable gases. 

Steam and Condensate (MPS), (CD) 

All laboratories with steam consumption equipment will be provided with medium pressure steam and condensate return lines. 

Steam pressure will be minimum 80 psig at the point of use. Condensate return will be at atmospheric pressure. 

Equipment Cooling Water (CEWS, CEWR) 

A limited building system of recirculating cooling water is recommended for laboratory equipment or instruments cooling. 

Cooling water of approximately 65°F will be prepared in a plate and frame heat exchanger using chilled water or glycol‐water 

solution as a cooling agent. Cooling of Cold Room condensers should be evaluated in the preliminary design phase as to being 

cooling water or air cooled. DSF prefers water cooling. 

Recirculated Cooling Tower Water (CTWS, CTWR) 

Cooling tower water will be used for the needs of water cooled refrigerating units on cold and warm rooms. 

Laboratory Waste System (LW) 

The laboratories will be provided with an acid‐resistant drainage system connected to the sanitary sewer outside the building 

perimeter after dilution levels are achieved. The sinks, cupsinks and piping materials to the floor drops should be of acid 




resistant materials. Below grade acid‐resistant pipes will accommodate minor quantities of acids and solvents in case of an 

accidental spill. Floor drains will be equipped with automatic trap primers. 

The following materials are recommended for piped services: 

IHW, ICW, HW, CW, CEWS, CEWR: Copper tube, Type L, with wrought copper fittings and brazed or soldered joints. 

LA, A100: Cleaned and capped type L copper‐brazed, nitrogen purge, or ABS Air‐line polymeric blend piping with solvent 

welding joints. 

LV: Copper tube, type L, with solder joints, or PVC with solvent cement joints or ABS Air‐line polymeric blend piping with solvent 

welding joints. 

Laboratory Vacuum Pump Discharge: Black steel, Copper, PVC or other materials compatible with composition of exhausted 

chemicals. 

RO/DI water: Unpigmented polypropylene (PP) pipe, valves and fittings with electrofusion joints. 

High purity water: Unpigmented polypropylene (PP) piping with electrofusion joints. Polyvinylidene fluorine (PVDF) with solvent 

welded or threaded joints will also be considered. 

Laboratory gases: Type L copper pipe, ACR grade, purged and brazed will be the standard material for CO2, N 2, He, Ar. Stainless 

steel will be used for H 2 and ultra high purity gases piping. 

LG: Black steel with welded and threaded wrought iron fittings as required. 

Steam, condensate: Black steel. 

LW, LWV: Laboratory acid waste and vent: Mechanical joint polypropylene above grade. High silicon iron Duriron/Novacast or 

Bonstand below grade 

Storm and sanitary waste: Heavy duty cast iron. No hub. 

All piping components subject to sweating, heat loss or freezing will be insulated with appropriate thickness of insulation and 

fire‐retardant jacket. 

Each laboratory should have easy access to all services and should be isolated to allow any laboratory to be shut down for 

repair or emergencies without affecting other laboratories. 

A complete set of laboratory piped services should be stubbed out for each laboratory even though all services may not be 

initially required in all laboratories. This will increase flexibility and minimize remodel and retrofit costs as laboratory uses 

change. Each laboratory unit will have separate shut‐off valves located in a consistent, accessible manner for emergency 

shutoff. 



5.12 Mechanical Systems 









Wisconsin Enrolled Commercial Building Code 

Laboratory Design Guidelines 

ACGIH Industrial Ventilation ‐ A Manual of Recommended Practice (the latest edition) 

ANSI/AIHA Z9.5 2003 ‐ Laboratory Ventilation Standard 

OSHA 29 CFR Part 1910 ‐ Occupational Exposures to Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories 

Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 

ASHRAE Standard 62‐2001 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality 

Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals ‐ 1996 (National Research Council) 

DSF ‐ HVAC Design Guidelines 



Issues not addressed by current Wisconsin Enrolled Commercial Building Code will be designed in accordance with the 

following: 

National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) guidelines and standards including the following: 

• NFPA 30 ‐ Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code. 

• NFPA 45 ‐ Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals 

• NFPA 90A ‐ Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 

• NFPA 101 ‐ Life Safety Code 

5.12.2 HVAC Systems Analysis 

Multiple system options will be required to be studied through computer modeling at the preliminary design phase. This 

includes heat recovery chillers and a central geothermal water to water heat pump system for providing chilled water and hot 

water. DFS design guidelines are to be followed for these studies. 

5.12.3 Chilled Water System 

Mechanical cooling will be provided from the campus chilled water system, utilizing the available capacity from the chillers 

located in the Chilled Water Plant and from a future plant yet to be determined. A Masterplan prepared by UW Systems 

indicates that a new chilled water plant must be in place at the time that Cowley Hall Phase 1 and the Student Union are 

complete in the year 2015. 




Estimated 12” Chilled water supply and return mains will need to be extended from the existing 18” mains at the southwest 

corner of Wimberly Hall, based on rough load calculations. This will need to be confirmed by the design engineer. These mains 

will also serve the future Student Union that will be located just north of Cowley Hall. Estimated 10” chilled water branches will 

enter Cowley Hall on the north side of the building. Phase two is anticipated to use the existing chilled water service currently 

serving Cowley Hall. 

A secondary chilled water pump will not likely be required due to the building’s close proximity to the chiller plant. 

The central air‐handling equipment will be furnished with chilled water coils. The chilled water piping will remain charged (full) 

throughout the year; however, coils will be drained and dried via connection to the high pressure side of air handling system. It 

is anticipated that the proposed phase one building will have an estimated 1000 ton cooling load and the proposed phase two 

building is anticipated to have a 685 ton cooling load. 

5.12.4 Steam and Hot Water Heating Systems 

High pressure steam from the campus boiler plant will be utilized for building heat and domestic water heating for this facility. 

A 6” steam service is anticipated for the phase one building and will enter the building in a mechanical room on the lower level 

from the north A new 6” main from existing manhole #3 will serve both Cowley Hall (Phase 1) and the future Student Union. 

The existing 4” high pressure steam service will be utilized to serve the phase two building. A pressure reducing station will 

provide low pressure steam for use in each building. Steam‐to‐hot water shell and tube heat exchangers will then heat both 

building heating water and domestic hot water. 

The hot water pumping systems for reach building phase will utilize variable volume pumping. Two circulating pumps (one of 

them standby) will send hot water to reheat coils, finned tube radiation and unit heaters. Hot water temperature will be reset 

based on outside air temperature. The hot water heating pumps will be on the emergency power system. 

Energy efficient options including renewable energy and heat recovery will be studied during the design phase and reviewed 

against DSF AE standards in place at the time to optimize efficiency and associated life‐cycle costs. 

5.12.5 Central Air Handling Systems 

Ventilation air through intake louvers shall be ducted to the air handling unit. Lower level air handling systems serving spaces 

such as the Vivarium will require intake louvers to be located 13 ft above grade per DSF standards. Ductwork shall be designed 

for proper mixing of outdoor air and return air so that stratification does not occur before air handling unit heating coils. The 

outdoor and relief air distribution systems will be sized to utilize a full economizer (free cooling) mode of operation when 

outdoor air conditions permit. Special attention must be given to intakes on 100% outdoor air systems to prevent the 

introduction of snow. 

Minimum outside air requirements will meet or exceed the requirements of the Wisconsin Administrative Code, and the 

ventilation rates of the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) Standard 62.1. 

Verification of the minimum outside air quantities will be done through use of airflow measuring stations located in the outside 

air intake ductwork. The following spaces will be heated but not necessarily ventilated or mechanically cooled: 

• Stairwells 

• Miscellaneous Storage areas (unless the usage dictates otherwise) 

• Entrance Vestibules 

• Mechanical Equipment Rooms 

Depending upon the size and configuration of the air handling units, traditional indoor modular or custom/semi‐custom 

variable volume air handling systems will be utilized . These air handling units will be installed in the penthouse mechanical 

rooms with potential dedicated air handling units located on the lower level. The units will contain a chilled water coil section, 

steam coil section, access sections, filter section, supply fan, return fan and others such as blender sections (as necessary) per 

DSF Standards. The HVAC equipment in the mechanical rooms shall be designed to provide full access for filter replacement, 

coil replacement, fan shaft removal and any other equipment maintenance and replacement procedures. 

Specific laboratory air handling system design criteria are contained in section 5.12.14 



5.12.6 Indoor Air Quality 


All air handling systems will incorporate the following Indoor Air Quality features: 

•Ventilation (outdoor air) quantities will follow the recommendations of ASHRAE 62. 

•Ductwork will be constructed of sheet metal and will not be lined, except where necessary for acoustical purposes. 

•Ductwork is specified to be covered during construction. 

•Air handling units will be specified with stainless steel drain pans that are pitched. 

•Air handling units will be dual wall construction. 

•Air handling systems will be provided with bag filters. 

•All VAV boxes will be designed with booster coils allowing minimum airflows without over cooling the space. 

5.12.7 Energy Recovery 

Energy recovery is to be evaluated via Life Cycle Cost Analysis to temper incoming outside air to the air handling units. Various 

energy recovery options are to be considered for labs and Vivarium, including run‐around‐coils and energy recovery wheels. 

The energy recovery systems shall be reviewed in accordance with DSF standards in place at the time of design. 

5.12.8 Air Distribution 

Concealed supply air ductwork system will be externally insulated; exposed duct will not be insulated. No lining will be used in 

the supply air stream. Concealed ductwork shall have flexible fiberglass insulation. Fiberglass insulation shall be pinned in place 

on sides and bottom when the ductwork exceeds 24” wide. All transfer ducts located in sensitive areas will be lined for 

acoustics. 

Specific laboratory air distribution design criteria are contained in section 5.12.14 

5.12.9 Building Exhaust Systems 

General building exhaust fans shall be located in the mechanical rooms per DSF standards and shall discharge through louvers 

in the wall of the mechanical rooms or through the roof of the mechanical rooms. Laboratory exhaust systems will consist of 

ductwork appropriate to the use and discharged at the roof with high velocity, up‐blast, roof mounted exhaust fans designed 

for such use. 

Specific laboratory exhaust system design criteria are contained in section 5.12.14 

5.12.10 Terminal Heating Devices 

Finned tube radiation will be provided in exterior spaces with large glass areas. All variable air volume (VAV) terminal units will 

be provided with reheat coils. VAV units will modulate from maximum to minimum airflow prior to opening the hot water 

valve to the reheat coils. A VAV unit will be furnished for each thermostatic zone. Each thermostatic zone will take into 

consideration exposure, occupancy schedule, and space use. Cabinet unit heaters will be installed in entry vestibules and at 

doors leading to the outdoors. Cabinet unit heaters will be hot water type with wall‐mounted thermostat and be recessed wall 

type whenever possible. Unit heaters will be provided in mechanical rooms. 

5.12.11 Temperature Controls 

Direct digital controls with electric actuation will be used to control the air handling units, booster coils, VAV boxes, wall fin and 

all other HVAC systems. All cabinet unit heaters and unit heaters are to have electronic control. All control valves and dampers 

are to have electric actuation. Air handling units will be provided with economizer controls. A minimum of 24 hours of 

temperature control training will be specified. Controls will be integrated with the campus wide Automation System. 

5.12.12 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 

The building will be tested, and balanced in accordance with AABC or NEBB Standards. 



5.12.14 Laboratory HVAC Systems 

Safety 


The laboratory HVAC system should promote the safe operation of the building and the health and comfort of the occupants. 

The laboratory environment may contain harmful chemical vapors, particulates and biological aerosols. These hazardous 

substances must be continuously removed from the breathing zone of the laboratory users. In addition, a safe environment 

should be maintained around the building. 

The HVAC design will be based on regulatory requirements and guidelines along with good engineering practices. Code 

requirements are a minimum standard. 

Primary Containment 

The primary containment in laboratory ventilation consists of chemical fume hoods and other ventilated enclosures which 

operate under negative pressurization with respect to the laboratory. They are designed for preventing personnel exposure to 

hazardous materials. 

Hoods should be located more than 10 feet from any door or doorway, with the exception of secondary exits, and should not 

be located on a main traffic aisle. 

With the view of energy and capital savings, the hood should be normally operated at 18" vertical sash opening. Sash stops 

shall be provided and the normal operating sash position shall be labeled. The sash will be fully open only during set‐up or take‐ 

down operations. Horizontal sashes or combination of vertical‐horizontal sashes can be used. 

Chemical fume hoods should maintain an average face velocity of 100 feet per minute ±10%. The constant volume hoods 

designed to operate at 18 inch vertical sash opening will develop lower face velocities when the sash is raised above this limit. 

Under no circumstances shall face velocities drop below 50 fpm +/‐ 3 @ full open sash. 

Each fume hood shall be equipped with a local monitoring device to allow convenient confirmation of adequate hood 

performance. All laboratory fume hoods must be equipped with visual and audible alarms warning of unsafe airflow. 

Any fume hood which designated by the Environmental Health and Safety Authority as especially hazardous shall have a 

dedicated duct, fan, and if required, treatment system. Fume hoods in this category may include radioisotope hoods in 

accordance with the following criteria: 

Radioisotope Hoods 

Radioisotope hoods should be constructed from seamless stainless steel with coved corners for easy cleaning. Hood air foils and 

baffles should be adjustable and removable for cleaning. Radioisotope hoods should operate at an average face velocity of 125 

fpm. Exhaust ducts and collars should be welded. 

Radioisotope hoods should have individual exhaust and should be provided with housing for bag‐in and bag‐out HEPA and/or 

Carbon filters. 

Biological Safety Cabinets 

The primary containment for the hazardous agents generated by microbiological procedures is provided in biological safety 

cabinets by negative pressurization and high efficiency HEPA filters. This subject will be detailed in section: “Biosafety". 

Secondary Containment 

Secondary containment is provided by the negative pressure of the laboratory space relative to corridors and surrounding non‐ 

laboratory spaces. To effectively maintain the negative pressure in the laboratory the use of operable windows or doors to the 

exterior should be avoided. Doors to laboratories should be equipped with closers, must remain closed as much as possible and 

should not be held open. If the direction of airflow is deemed critical, monitoring devices shall be used to signal or alarm the 

inadequate pressure relationship of adjacent spaces. 

The laboratory spaces will be continuously ventilated 24 hours per day. 




Supply air shall be effectively distributed into all portions of the laboratory space by ceiling diffusers or perforated ceiling 

panels, without creating drafts at exhaust hoods. The maximum supply air velocity in the vicinity of fume hoods and biological 

safety cabinets shall be 50 feet per minute at 6 feet above the floor. 

Air from laboratories and other spaces which might contain hazardous materials shall be exhausted outdoors and not 

recirculated. 

Air from offices and other clean areas may be recirculated or directed toward negative pressure laboratories. 

Other Exhaust Devices 

Canopy Hoods ‐ Hoods over work areas or equipment used to capture heat or steam. The recommended design flow rate is 75 

cfm per linear foot of open perimeter. 

Snorkels: Small capturing cones attached to an adjustable exhaust arm, suspended from the wall or ceiling, to capture heat or 

fumes from equipment or processes. Typical flow rates are 100‐200 cfm. 

Vented Cabinets: Vented Cabinets used to store hazardous, corrosive, toxic and other health hazard storage cabinets may be 

connected to an exhaust system, providing a negative pressurization inside the cabinets. Venting of flammable liquid storage 

cabinets should be reviewed with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 

Slot Exhaust: Slot exhaust openings are used to draw away locally generated fumes. 

Down draft units: Used for benchtop working station exhaust. 

Equipment Vent Connections: Exhaust ports will be provided for equipment requiring direct exhaust connection. Some 

equipment may have a separate exhaust system. 

Emergency and Standby Power Considerations 

Emergency and standby power considerations must be carefully analyzed in connection with laboratory systems. 

Emergency power supply should be implemented if a definite potential for catastrophe such as explosion, fire, violent ejection 

of chemicals or other life‐threatening situations is present. Fire detection and alarm systems, elevators, fire pumps, public 

safety, communication and monitoring systems and processes where current interruption would produce serious life safety or 

health hazard shall be on emergency power. 

Standby power should be provided to serve loads such as heating, ventilating and refrigerating systems, smoke removal, 

sewage disposal systems, lighting systems, data processing, communication systems, and processes that, when stopped, could 

create a hazard, discomfort, serious interruption, damage to product or process. 

Laboratory equipment involving tests and storage of research media under specific environmental conditions should be 

provided with standby power. 

Standby power should be provided to exhaust manifold fans serving laboratory areas. 

Specific standby power requirements will be identified in the Design Development phase. 

Redundancy 

Laboratory air handling systems are to be comprised of multiple units serving common supply risers such that there is a spare 

or redundant unit that functions as a standby unit in case a primary unit fails. 



Adaptability 


Laboratory ventilation systems should be designed to be adaptable to changes of research and teaching protocols and building 

operations. The systems must be easily modified so that ventilation can be provided to new sources of hazards as they appear 

in the laboratory. 

Modularity is one of the key concepts to an adaptable laboratory HVAC system. The HVAC laboratory system should be 

designed as an assembly of repetitive modules. Each laboratory planning unit should have supply air diffusers, exhaust grilles, 

terminal air flow control device, with capability for individual temperature control based on zoning. This equipment, ducts, and 

grilles will be repeatable throughout the building such that all of these components can easily be located. 

The laboratory ventilation system shall be flexible, allowing timely and cost effective changes over time without affecting the 

performance and operation of the building HVAC system. Careful consideration must be given to the future capacity of the 

HVAC systems. Both space and electrical capacity should be considered. Providing capabilities to support additional future fume 

hoods is part of the flexibility concept. 

Some laboratory spaces, exceeding the basic air quantity or air flow requirements, will need special HVAC considerations. 

Design Criteria Summer Winter 

INDOOR DESIGN 

CONDITION Temp RH Temp RH 

Laboratories and 

Laboratory Support 76°F 50% 68°F 30% 

Office and Office Support 76°F 50% 68°F 30% 

Conference, Lounge 76°F 50% 68°F 30% 

MDF (telecommunications) room 80°F 60°F 

IDF (telecommunications) room 80°F 60°F 

Server rooms 75°F 50% 68 F 30% 

Mechanical spaces 80°F ‐ 60°F ‐ 

Note: The operating/comfort conditions for each laboratory space are presented in Detailed Space Requirements sheets. They 

may be different than the above design conditions used for sizing the HVAC systems. 

FILTRATION 

Prefilters and final filters should be provided on all air conditioned spaces. Prefilter efficiency should be 35% and final filter 

efficiency shall be 85%. HEPA filters may be required for some spaces as listed on the Detailed Space Requirements sheets. 

VENTILATION RATES Minimum Minimum 

Outside Air Air Changes 

per Hour 

Laboratory, Laboratory Support 100%* 6‐10** 

*Refer to Detailed Space Requirements sheets. Air from some spaces may be recirculated. 

** Refer to Detailed Space Requirements sheets. 10 air changes minimum for hazardous spaces. 6 air changes for non‐ 

hazardous. Air changes per hour may be set back to 4 AC/H during unoccupied times. 

PRELIMINARY HEAT GAIN FROM LABORATORY EQUIPMENT 

Research Laboratory 25‐30 Btu/h ft 2 

Teaching Laboratory 20‐25 Btu/h ft 2 

Laboratory Support 50‐75 Btu/h ft 2 

MDF Room 340 Btu/h ft 2 

IDF Rooms 220 Btu/h ft 2 

Server Rooms 850 Btu/h ft 2 

Heat gain from laboratory equipment will be calculated during the design phases. 



Basic Systems and Controls 


The laboratory HVAC system should be controlled to ensure operational safety, regulatory compliance and satisfy process 

constraints as well as occupant comfort. A well‐controlled system will provide flexibility and minimize the operational cost of 

the building. 

A typical control system should provide the following minimal safety requirements in response to abnormal situations: 

• Annunciate the equipment failure to a monitoring center and turn on the existing standby equipment. 

• Maintain relative levels of pressurization in the laboratories. 

• Stop the air supply to the laboratory, resulting in an increased negative pressurization level in case of fire or smoke 

detection in the laboratory. The exhaust fans should continue to operate at a level that facilitates a safe evacuation of the 

building through doors between pressurized spaces. Reducing the level of exhaust to a desired pressurization could be 

obtained by ramping down the exhaust fans or by activation of bypass dampers on exhaust plenum. Capability of 

operating doors under fire alarm conditions must be tested and documented as part of the commissioning process. 

HVAC control systems will be direct digital control with electronic actuation. Laboratory airflow control can be accomplished by 

a variety of system types summarized below. 

Constant Volume ‐ Regulated 

Constant volume ‐ regulated system is the minimum first cost system suitable for the laboratory supply and exhaust air. The 

constant volume regulators, placed on the supply and exhaust ducts in each laboratory room, must be accurate to ± 10% of 

design flow and should be pressure independent. They must be specifically designed for laboratory use and have a minimum of 

five years of installed field operating history Commercial components are not acceptable. 

As a minimum, each fume hood within this system should have a central alarm connection. Interlocked, variable speed, supply 

and exhaust fans will provide stability in system operation and flexibility for future changes. 

The advantage of this system is its simplicity and relatively low cost. The use of constant volume regulators will simplify initial 

and subsequent air balances of the building. The disadvantages consist of high energy consumption and limited adaptability. 

Two Position Constant Volume 

The two‐position constant volume system provides two levels of operation of laboratory ventilation: one for normal occupancy 

and the other for unoccupied. Minimum ventilation rates for normal and unoccupied levels of operation are set in each 

laboratory room. Interlocked, variable speed fans and terminal level controls will adjust the air flow to occupied or setback 

conditions, for both supply and exhaust systems without affecting the fume hood operation. 

The system, as a minimum combination of first cost and operating cost, is simple and energy efficient. Energy savings is limited 

in laboratory buildings with high density of fume hoods, where the minimum airflow rates should continuously satisfy the 

requirements for safe fume hood operation. Since the mechanical systems should be sized for high peak loads the two‐position 

constant volume approach has no impact on the building capital equipment cost. 

Variable Air Volume (VAV) 

The variable air volume system controls the supply air and the exhaust flow rates in laboratory spaces to maintain the desired 

pressurization levels. Each fume hood is controlled to maintain a constant face velocity at any sash opening by varying the hood 

exhaust air flow. The VAV system provides temperature control according to the thermal conditions in the room and maintains 

the minimum room ventilation rate at any time. The system is self‐balancing and should be integrated into the facility 

management system. Flexibility and diversity in operation should be applied for sizing the airflow devices. 

A higher level of complexity and maintenance and higher capital cost of controls are the disadvantages of variable volume 

systems. Part of the initial cost of control system is offset by applying system diversity and downsizing the equipment 

components accordingly. 

A considerable amount of energy could be saved by implementing a policy of closing the sashes of fume hoods after operating 

hours. 



Ductwork and Fans 

Locate duct shafts to allow for efficient duct layouts to minimize duct lengths. 

SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK 


Supply air duct system shall be galvanized steel of minimum 4 inch water gauge pressure class for mains. Branch ducts shall be 

minimum 2 inch class. Sealing, reinforcing and supporting should be according to SMACNA standards. 

Supply duct lining is not recommended in laboratory spaces. 

EXHAUST AIR DUCTWORK 

Fume exhaust ducts should be constructed of materials compatible with chemicals to be carried in the air stream. The following 

materials are available for exhaust ductwork: Galvanized steel, PVC coated galvanized steel, 304 stainless steel, 316 stainless 

steel, and fiberglass reinforced plastic. Stainless steel type 304 or 316 shall be used in the chemistry areas. Galvanized exhaust 

ductwork will be used in the biology areas and non chemical areas. Longitudinal sections of exhaust ducts should be continuous 

seamless tube or continuously welded formed sheet. 

Sound absorbing interior lining or other sound absorbing devices should not be used in the exhaust ductwork. 

Velocity in fume exhaust duct should range 1,600‐2,000 feet per minute. 

All fume hood exhaust ductwork shall be under negative pressure. 

Exhaust air filtration may be required to reduce the concentrations of contaminants in exhaust discharge. Future activities may 

require HEPA filtration, charcoal filters, or chemical scrubbing. Sufficient space should be allocated for these type of devices 

which may be added as independent exhaust systems. Access ports upstream of fume hood should be provided for exhaust air 

sampling. 

Balancing and control dampers of the exhaust system shall fail open in event of failure. 

Fire dampers shall not be placed in fume exhaust ducts. 

MANIFOLDING EXHAUST SYSTEMS 

Exhaust ducts from chemical fume hoods and other special exhaust systems within the same laboratory unit may be combined 

into an exhaust manifold. A laboratory unit is defined in NFPA 45 and may extend to the area of an entire floor or building. 

Compatibility of sources, as defined in ANSI/AIHA Z9.5, should be considered in manifolding the fume hood exhaust. A manifold 

system has the advantage of diluting the effluents inside a combined exhaust system, improving the system flexibility and 

reducing the initial as well as operating and energy cost. 

Exhaust air from each laboratory unit, which may include fume hood and other exhaust systems, shall be separately ducted 

outside the building, to a mechanical space or shaft. 

To further increase fume exhaust dilution, the manifolded fume exhaust systems may be combined into a common laboratory 

exhaust system at this point. 

EXHAUST FANS 

Fume exhaust fans shall be constructed of materials compatible with chemicals present in the exhausted air. They will be 

located on the roof such that no positively pressurized ductwork exists in the building. 

Fume hood exhaust fans of manifolded exhaust systems should have a degree of redundancy such that the failure of a single 

fan does not render the operation of the ventilation system unsafe. 

Manifolded fume hood exhaust fans should be provided with standby power. 

Building Exhaust Stacks and Air Intake 




The fume exhaust stacks must be above the highest point of the building, including mechanical penthouses and roof parapets, 

to facilitate the removal of hazardous materials and ensure safe dilution levels. The height of the fume exhaust stacks will be 

carefully determined in conjunction with local codes and regulations or a wind tunnel analysis. The height of the stacks and 

their location on the roof are critical to safe building operation and the safe of neighboring sites. 

Fume exhaust stacks must be minimum ten feet above the adjacent roof line to avoid exposing the maintenance personnel to 

the direct upward blast of the fume exhaust. 

The discharge velocity from exhaust stacks should be maintained at a minimum of 3,000 feet per minute to counteract any 

reintrainment due to varying wind direction or area environmental features. Exhaust stacks should not be located within 

enclosures or architectural screens. Architectural masking structures may be used as long as the requirements of this section 

are met and the stack extends at least 8’ above the masking structure unless a wind tunnel analysis indicates otherwise. 

Recirculation of hazardous fumes from exhaust stacks on the roof to the outside air intakes of building ventilation systems 

should be prevented. It is recommended that building air intake be located on the lower one‐third of the building and high 

enough above the ground to avoid dust or vehicle exhaust. If located on the roof, air intakes should not be placed near the 

edges of a wall or roof. 

The location of the fume exhaust stacks and the building air intakes should not depend on the prevailing wind directions. More 

careful risk analysis is desirable to analyze possible cross‐contamination as well as the effect of outside wind conditions and 

surrounding buildings, hills, trees, and other features which cause turbulent flow around the laboratory building. The location 

and height of the exhaust discharge in relation to the building intakes, the prevailing winds, and the building boundary layer 

created by the air flow pattern over the building, may need to be studied to minimize any re‐entry of exhaust air into this and 

adjacent buildings. Based on the complexity of the project, the use of specialized techniques such as wind tunnel modeling or 

numerical simulations may be contracted by the owner. 

Building Management Systems 

The laboratory building should be provided with a micro‐processor based direct digital control building automation/energy 

management system. This system shall provide energy management controls in all spaces and monitoring of the laboratory 

controls. 

A personal computer should be provided as an operator interface. The PC will store record data, provide analysis and reporting 

functions, and act as a graphical user interface with the networked controllers. 

Unsafe levels of operation of the exhaust system should be indicated by fume hood monitors in the rooms affected and should 

be capable of coupling with a central alarm monitored by building maintenance personnel. Local codes may require certain 

emergency or fire detection, monitoring and alarming which may affect the design of the laboratory ventilation system. 

Monitoring of critical parameters of the ventilation system is important for safe operation and effective maintenance and 

management of the building. HVAC operational parameters of laboratories, cold and warm rooms, animal rooms and other 

critical spaces, should be recorded, reported, and alarmed. 

A high level of control and functionality should be provided by an integrated laboratory and building control system. The 

monitoring of the complete system should be performed by the centralized facility management system providing graphical 

displays and analysis tools, centralized alarm reporting, real time status and custom reports, automatic system‐wide emergency 

responses and maximized energy savings. The Building Automation System should utilize distributed processing for speed, 

stability, and system reliability. The distributed controllers will be networked to share information. 



5.13 Electrical Systems 









IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 

IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America 

NECA National Electrical Contractors Association 

NEMA National Electrical Manufactures Association 

UL Underwriters Laboratories 

NFPA 70 2011 National Electric Code 

NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm code 

NFPA 101 Life Safety Code 

NFPA 110 Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems 

NFPA 780 Standards for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems 

Wisconsin Enrolled Commercial Building Code 


Division of State Facilities (DSF) Electrical Systems Standards & Design Guidelines 

DSF Policy and Procedures Manuals for A/Es 

DSF Day Lighting Standards for State Facilities 


5.13.2 Basic Design Criteria 

1. Load Calculation Criteria: 

Functional Area Load Density (VA/Sq Ft) 

Lighting 1.0 

Office Receptacles 1.5 

HVAC 3.0 

Elevators 0.75 

Cooling Equipment Remote Site 

2. Secondary Design Voltages: 

Motors larger than ½ HP 480V, 3 phase, 3 wire + ground 

General Lighting 277V, 1 phase, 2 wire + ground 

Receptacles & motors less than 1/2 HP 120V, 1 phase, 2 wire + ground 

3. Equipment Sizing Criteria (Preliminary estimate): 

A. The total capacity of the service entrance switchboard shall be 1000Kva. 

B. Branch Circuit Load Calculations: 

Lighting Actual installed VA 

Receptacles 180VA per outlet 

Special Outlets Actual installed VA of equipment 

Motors 125% of motor VA 

C. Demand Factors: 

Lighting 125% of installed VA 

Receptacles 100% of first 10Kva installed plus 50% of balance 




Motors 125% of VA of largest motor plus 100% of VA of all other motors 

Fixed Equipment 100% of total VA installed 

D. Minimum Bus Sizes: 

480Y/277V Lighting Panels 100A 

480V Equipment Panels 225A 

280Y/120V General Receptacle Panels 225A 

480V Motor Control Panels 600A 

E. Diversity Factor: 

A diversity factor shall be used per the 2003 Wisconsin Electrical Code (Comm 16.2392), in establishing 

power service, feeders, and equipment capacities. 

F. Spare Capacity: 

25% spare capacity to accommodate function changes over the life of the building shall be included in the 

design of the power distribution system. Power distribution equipment shall be sized to reserve 20% space 

for physical expansion. 

H. Compliance with Wisconsin Governor’s Executive Order #145 shall be discussed with DSF as the design 

progresses. 

5.13.3 Electrical Service 

Phase I 

Electrical service shall be obtained from the existing spare switch and fuse units from the campus pad mounted primary switch 

unit SG‐41 or SG‐30. Service voltage should be 4,160 volts. 

Additional underground duct bank shall be required to be installed from the campus pad mounted primary switch unit SG‐41 or 

SG‐30 to the new addition. Spare duct bank shall be included in duct package. 

Primary service switch gear shall consist of a single primary 5Kv switch and fuse unit, 1000Kva, 4160 to 480/277 unit substation 

less flammable oil filled transformer, 1600A, 277/480v main breaker with GFI relay, 1600A bus and distribution breakers. Surge 

arrestors shall be provided on the primary side of the primary switch. Transformers and main switch shall be sized in 

accordance with State electrical code and DSF guidelines. A 75Kva, 480volt to 120/208volt step down transformer shall be 

connect to a 225A, 120/208volt, 3 phase, 4 wire branch circuit panel board. A separate 480v service shall be provided as 

required if fire pump is required for the project. Ground bus shall be installed round the perimeter of the electrical room. 

Phase II 

Electrical service shall be obtained from the existing switch and fuse units from the campus pad mounted primary switch unit 

SG‐28. Service voltage should be 4,160 volts. Existing unit substations shall be replaced with new unit substation. 

Primary service switch gear shall consist of a single primary 5Kv switch and fuse unit, 1000Kva, 4160 to 480/277 unit substation 

less flammable oil filled transformer, 1600A, 277/480v main breaker with GFI relay, 1600A bus and distribution breakers. Surge 

arrestors shall be provided on the primary side of the primary switch. Transformers and main switch shall be sized in 

accordance with State electrical code and DSF guidelines. A 75Kva, 480volt to 120/208volt step down transformer should 

connect to a 225A, 120/208volt, 3 phase, 4 wire branch circuit panel board. 

5.13.4 Normal Power Service and Distribution (Phase I & Phase II) 

One (1) 277/480volt, 3 phase, 4 wire branch circuit panel board shall be provided on each floor for lighting and receptacle 

loads. Each 277/480volt panel should be connected to the 277/480volt distribution switchgear located in the distribution 

electrical room. A 75Kva, 480volt to 120/208volt step down transformer should be provided for receptacle loads. A digital 

meter shall be installed in each lighting panel to meter lighting loads. 

Two (2) 120/208volt, 3 phase, 4 wire branch circuit panel board shall be provided on each floor for receptacle loads. Each 

120/208volt panel should be connected to the 277/480volt, 3 phase, 4 wire branch circuit panel board located in the electrical 

closet space on each floor via the 480‐120/208V step‐down transformer. 




The branch panel boards serving general loads throughout the programmed floor space shall be located in dedicated electrical 

closets/rooms, two per floor. 

New 120/208volt panel boards shall be double tub type with 84 circuit capacity. Panel boards shall have copper bus with a 

separate ground bus. All panel boards shall have the entire front trim hinged to the box with a standard door within the hinged 

trim cover for access to breakers. 

Lighting should operate at 277volts, motors where possible shall operate at 480v, 3 phase, and general receptacles and 

computer loads should operate at 120volts. 

5.13.5 Emergency /Standby Service and Distribution (Phase I) 

The emergency power source shall be obtained from a new diesel fueled, 150Kw, 277/480volt, 3 phase, 4 wire generator and 

distribution system located in the new addition. Generator capacity shall be increased based on the requirement for fire pump 

if required. 

An emergency distribution panel board with dedicated sections for each emergency branch shall be provided. Two automatic 

transfer switches and distribution panel boards shall be provided; one panel board for life safety and one panel board for 

optional loads. 

Life safety distribution shall be provided for all emergency egress lighting, fire alarm system, and communications power. 

The optional emergency distribution shall be provided for mechanical loads for building freeze protection such as boilers, 

heating pumps, sump pumps, sewage ejector if required and lab equipment as determined by design and usage. Generator and 

distribution shall be sized for phase I and phase II. 

Emergency distribution panel, transfer switches and distribution panels shall be located in a dedicated electrical room separate 

from the normal electrical distribution room. 

5.13.6 Grounding System 

A complete low‐impedance grounding electrode system shall be provided for the facility. The ground electrode system shall 

include the main water service line, structural steel, Ufer ground, and ground field. The equipment grounding system shall 

extend from the building service entrance equipment to the branch circuits. The system shall be bonded to the existing 

grounding system associated with the existing Cowley Hall. All grounding system connections shall be made using exothermic 

welds or irreversible compression connections. 

All feeders and branch circuits shall be provided with an equipment ground conductor. 

5.13.7 Lightning Protection System 

A complete lightning protection system meeting all requirements of UL shall be provided, complete with air terminals on the 

roof, bonding of all mechanical equipment and stacks, bonding of structure and all metal parts, grounding conductors, ground 

rods, connectors, straps, etc. 



5.13.8 Lighting System 


All lighting and controls shall comply with State of Wisconsin requirements and campus standards. Lighting fixtures shall 

consist primarily of 2x4 recessed lens volumetric type fixtures. Fixtures shall contain electronic ballasts with 25 watt or 32 watt, 

T8, SP5000 (5000K) lamps. Lighting layouts shall provide an average of 30fc maintained ambient light level. 

The use of high‐efficiency decorative and suspended linear indirect fixtures may be considered. Fixtures may be either fully 

indirect or a combination of direct/indirect. Suspended fixtures shall utilize multiple T8 lamps with multiple electronic ballasts 

to allow for inboard‐outboard dual level switching. 

Storage rooms and utility spaces such as janitor’s closets, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, etc. with lay in ceilings shall be 

provided with 2x4 recessed lensed fluorescent fixtures. Spaces without a ceiling shall be provided with industrial type fixtures. 

Recessed downlights using compact fluorescent lamps shall be provided where appropriate and required for accenting 

architectural features. 

Emergency egress lighting for interior and exterior spaces shall be provided from the emergency life safety distribution system. 

Life safety panel boards shall be located on minimum of every other floor. All exit fixtures should be LED source type. 

All lighting controls shall comply with the Wisconsin Energy Codes and be a combination of general switching, occupancy 

sensors, and light level sensors. The interior lighting shall be controlled locally. Exterior lighting shall be connected to the 

Campus Automation System to coordinate On/Off times with the other exterior campus lighting. 

All spaces shall utilize multi‐level switching schemes to allow the lighting to be reduced, based on needs within the spaces. 

Switches shall be provided to allow the occupants to manually turn off lamps as desired. 

Occupancy sensors shall be used for automatic off control of lighting circuits. 

Emergency egress lighting shall be equipped with transfer relays to allow egress lighting to be switched normally when normal 

power is available and be operated to on automatically when normal power fails. 

Occupancy sensors shall be ceiling or wall mounted depending of space layouts and requirements. Passive infrared (PIR), 

ultrasonic, or duel‐technology (both PIR & ultrasonic) shall be used as required to met the required space requirements. 

The use of photo‐sensors for “daylight” harvesting shall be considered based on architectural layouts. When adequate levels of 

daylight are available, the daylight zones shall be controlled to a preset level using automatic dimming controls. 

5.13.9 Electrical Wiring Devices 

Devices shall be flush mounted and specification grade with white finish. Cover plates should be smooth nylon with white 

finish. 



5.13.10 Fire Alarm System 


The fire alarm system shall be a multiplex addressable microprocessor controlled system. The central processing unit should 

monitor and record all events. All initiation devices shall be programmable and addressable. 

Audible and visual signaling devices shall be provided in all public areas including double occupancy offices. Additional signaling 

devices shall be provided in mechanical equipment rooms. Audio/visual signals shall be placed to cover all areas of the building 

for alarm signaling. Fire alarm pull stations and visual and audible devices shall be located to comply with public mode 

operations. 

Smoke detectors shall be provided in storage areas, elevator equipment rooms, stairwells, elevator shafts, elevator lobbies, and 

mechanical equipment rooms. An elevator recall system with all relays and controls shall be provided. 

Smoke detectors shall be provided in corridors at all smoke door locations. Smoke detectors shall also be placed inside HVAC 

ducts at smoke damper locations, upstream of each damper location. This requirement applies to all ducts supplying or 

returning in excess of 2,000 cfm and/or crossing smoke walls. Addressable control relays shall be provided for air handling 

equipment shut down. 

LCD style alarm annunciator shall be provided at the main entry and in the Emergency Department. 

Monitor relays shall be provided for fire protection valves and flow switches. 

System shall comply with campus standards for emergency notification systems including, but not limited to, a building wide 

public address system. 

5.13.11 Area of Rescue Assistance System 

A complete area of rescue assistance system shall be provided in all stair tower landings. System shall be a stand alone two‐ 

way communication system between individual call‐in stations and the master control station. 

Master control station shall be located adjacent to the fire alarm annunciator panel at the fire department entrance to the 

building. 

5.13.12 Clock System 

A complete second impulse type digital clock system synchronized and traceable to NIST atomic clock in Fort Collins, Colorado 

shall be provided. The system shall provide time correction signaling to all remote clocks via wireless communications. Clocks 

shall be 4 digit red LED display. 



5.13.13 Laboratory Electrical Systems 

5.13.13.1 Laboratory Design Criteria 

Load Calculation Criteria 

Design Voltages 

Secondary voltage 

Emergency/standby – 480Y/277V, 3 phase, 4 wire 

– 208Y/120V, 3 phase, 4 wire 

Secondary voltage, 

normal – 480Y/277V, 3 phase, 4 wire 

– 208Y/120V, 3 phase, 4 wire 

Preliminary Design Loads. Overall connected Volt‐Amper per Square Foot 

Office: 

Lighting – 1.5 

Receptacle – 2.0 

Laboratory, Support and Technical Areas: 


Receptacle ‐ Labs – 20‐35 

Receptacle ‐ 

Laboratory support – 60‐100 

Storage: 


Corridor: 


Receptacle – 0.50 

Mechanical Areas: 


Power – Actual Motor H.P. 

Equipment Sizing Criteria 

Branch Circuit Load Calculations 

Lighting – Actual installed wattage 

Receptacles – 180 VA per outlet 

Surface wireway – 180 VA per outlet 

Special outlets – Actual installed wattage of equipment served 

Motors – 125% of motor wattage 

Demand Factors 


Lighting – 100% of total wattage 

Receptacles – 100% of first 10 kVA plus 50% of all over 10 kVA 

Motors – 125% of wattage of largest motor plus 100% of wattage of all other motors 

Fixed equipment – 100% of total wattage 

Minimum Bus Sizes 

277V Lighting panels – 100A 

480V Lab Equipment Panels – 100A 

120V Lab Equipment Panels – 225A 

120V General Receptacle Panels – 225A 



480V Motor Control Center – 600A 

Feeder Size 


Feeders from service entrance to distribution panels to be sized the same as the distribution panel bus size. 

Distribution panels will be sized for 20% future capacity and space available. 

Feeders from distribution panels to secondary panels to be sized the same as the secondary panel bus size. 

Lighting Criteria 

Design Lighting Levels, Maintained Foot‐candles 

Office: – 40‐50 indirect 

– 60‐80 direct 

Laboratory, Support, Technical Area: 

Bench and table top – 75‐80 

Conference: – 50‐75 

Corridor: – 15‐20 

Storage: – 20‐30 

Mechanical: – 10‐20 

Standby Power Distribution 

The following are minimum standby (SP) power densities. High SP distribution may be required. 

Laboratories 1 duplex receptacle/module 

Laboratory support 2 duplex receptacles/module 

LIGHT LEVELS (design lighting levels, maintained footcandles) 

Offices 40 fc direct, 30 fc indirect/direct 

Laboratory, Laboratory Support 70 fc direct, 60 fc indirect/direct 

Animal Holding 30 fc 

Light levels listed here are generalized; refer to Detailed Space Requirements sheets for further information. Generally, indirect 

lighting will allow light levels to be set slightly lower. 

5.13.13.2 Normal Service and Distribution 

See 5.13.3 and 5.13.4. 

5.13.13.3 Emergency and Standby Service Distribution 

See 5.13.5. 

Uninterruptible Power System (UPS) 

The type of system to provide a clean and uninterruptible source of power to the facility, if any, will be determined during 

the DD phase. 

Grounding System 




All parts of the normal and emergency power distribution system will be provided with a wired equipment ground 

conductor. This system will extend from building service transformer to the branch circuit load or device. 

5.13.13.4 Interior Lighting Systems 

See 5.13.6 

5.13.13.5 Telephone/Data Systems 

See 5.14. 

5.13.13.6 Fire Alarm System 

See 5.13.10. 

5.13.13.7 Security System 

Discuss need for security systems in the DD phase. The following is a generic listing of systems typical for consideration in labs. 

The security system will consist of two separate systems. A closed circuit television CCTV surveillance system and an intrusion 

detection and admittance system. All equipment and wiring will be provided by the owner under separate contact. The 

electrical contractor will provide backboards for equipment, conduit cable tray and back boxes only. 

CCTV System: 

CCTV's camera will be located typically at building exterior locations, lobbies, employee entrances, and loading docks. 

Intrusion Detection and Door Access System: 

Glass breakage sensors will be utilized for the intrusion alarm system for ground‐level only. Audio discriminators will be utilized 

for area coverage in spaces such as lobbies, open offices, etc., where appropriate. 

Card access will be provided at main entrances and at special interior areas requiring controlled access to be determined during 

detailed design. Eight (8) readers are typically planned per control panel. 

Other security features: 

a. Electric mortises and electrified panic hardware. 

b. Egress shall be shunted via motion detectors. 

c. Door alarm contacts shall be flush mounted on the door header. 

d. Local, audible alarms shall occur for door breeches and excessive door‐ajar time periods. 

e. Cabling for electric mortise hardware shall be wired through the hinge‐side of door. 

f. Security components and panels shall not be located in mechanical rooms, VDER rooms, or electrical rooms, Security and 

Fire Alarm Systems can however be located in the same rooms. 

g. Fiber optics (DSF recommends coax or Cat 5e) cable will be used for video systems and a hardwired system for 

access/intercom system wiring. 



5.14 Telecommunications Systems 

5.14.1 Campus Backbone Cable 


Fiber and copper outdoor rated backbone cable shall be provided from nearest data center or other campus wiring hub (User 

Agency has identified Wing Technology Center as campus hub) via underground signal conduits. Campus cable connections 

shall be sized minimally at 18 single mode (SM) fiber strands, 18 multimode (MM) fiber strands and 400 pair copper telephone 

cable. Additional .500 hardline coax may be required to serve cable TV needs. Six (6) new 4" conduits are recommended to be 

fed into new building from existing signal maintenance hole (MH) #28 as identified on site utility plan. Conduits and cable to 

proceed under new building slab floor in concrete encased duct bank and turn up into first floor main telecom room (MTR). 

Depth to be 48" or more below grade with 40" bend radius maintained for all conduit bends. Distance between the MH and 

the MTR must not exceed 250', otherwise an additional MH should be provided closer to MTR. 

Existing signal MH #28 feeds into the MDF of existing Cowley Hall. If current service is to be maintained, this conduit route and 

MDF will need to be maintained. If existing Cowley Hall is to be demolished, service cannot be maintained via this route. If the 

entire building is not demolished (if west wing is to be preserved), a new route could be established into any remaining portions 

of Cowley Hall via signal MH #40 on the west side of the building. It may also be possible to interrupt the signal conduits as 

they proceed north from MH #40. Due to the age of Cowley Hall, if any portion is to be reused, no communications 

infrastructure will be salvageable or reused – all should be provided new, unless recent upgrades meeting current DSF 

standards have occurred. 

The site utility plan indicates an existing route between Cowley Hall and Wing Technology Center. The preferred route would 

be from eastward from MH #28, to 27, the southward to 48, to 47, then appears to enter cable tray (?) under adjacent building 

and then into Wing MDF. An alternate route appears to run eastward from #27, to 19, southward to 18, to 17, to 15, to 1, then 

westward to 2, to 3, to 4 then into Wing MDF. Physical verification of routes will be required, including conduit/manhole 

fill/access. 

5.14.2 Telecommunications Room (TRs) 

See space needs are covered elsewhere for location and sizing of TRs (see below). TRs shall be constructed with walls from 

floor to deck above, ¾" fire‐retardant plywood on all walls, no drop ceiling tiles, anti‐static flooring and no windows. Connect 

TRs with minimum (4) 4" conduits. Doors are typically secured with card access, off public corridors, not trapped by restrooms, 

elevators or other MEP utilities. DSF standards do not require full‐time cooling of TRs. Cooling requirements will vary 

depending on User Agency requirements, but typically begin at about 1 ton or 12kW per rack or cabinet. Provide cold air supply 

to front of racks and return grille at back of racks. Depending on user requirements, an additional 1 ton of cooling should be 

added for every additional data rack in the TR. Temperature to be maintained 24x7x365 between 68 and 77 degrees F and 

relative humidity between 40 and 55%. Two or three data racks are typically required, each having two dedicated power 

circuits. Additional power circuits are required on walls for wall mounted equipment and convenience. Overhead cable runway 

to be connected to top of all data racks and securely fastened to at least two walls for stability. 

The main TR (MTR) may also be considered the building entrance facility (BEF). Cooling needs may increase (up to 5 tons) and 

power requirements will also increase. 

Systems typically located within TRs include cable and electronics for: voice, data, paging, security CCTV, access control, fire 

alarm, audio‐visual, cable TV, cable connections to other floors, cable connections to outside campus or telco services, 

connections to roof or antennae, other systems as determined by User Agency or local departments. 

5.14.3 Telephone System 

Telephone system hardware, electronics and handsets are presumed to be provided by the User Agency. Voice cabling, 

pathways (conduit, back boxes and cable tray) outlets, faceplates, termination blocks, backboards, termination and testing are 

included as part of this project. Method of serving voice requirements should be determined from User Agency, whether PBX, 

Centrex or VoIP. Method of voice service will impact backbone fiber and copper cable design. Backbone cable and horizontal 

cabling are included as part of this project. 



5.14.4 Data System 


Data system electronics including switches, routers, servers, distributed (rack mounted) uninterruptible power supplies and 

other electronic equipment are presumed to be provided by the User Agency. Data cabling (backbone fiber optic and 

horizontal copper), pathways (conduit, back boxes and cable tray), outlets, faceplates, patch panels, equipment racks, 

terminations and testing are included as part of this project. 

5.14.5 Cable TV System 

CATV system electronics such as tuners, source devices, signal processors, TVs and amplifiers are presumed to be provided by 

the User Agency. Amplifiers are User Agency provided due to the unknown nature of the cable feed, satellite feed and signal 

level or quality. CATV cabling, pathways, backboards, station end terminations and testing are included as part of this project. 

5.14.6 Audio‐Visual Instructional Systems 

Responsibility to provide AV systems varies by campus. Until responsible party is determined by project team, it should be 

assumed that all AV infrastructure (including power and conduits) is to be included as part of this project, but with User Agency 

input and direction. Campus technical staff typically directs the engineer regarding use of preferred products and applications. 

In some cases the devices would be indicated on the plans, but equipment specifications may not be issued as User Agency may 

furnish the equipment. AV system to include screens, projectors, lecterns, user interface control devices, sound systems 

(microphones, amplifiers, speakers) environmental control interface (shades, screen, lights), pathways, faceplates, patch 

panels, equipment racks, terminations and testing. A cabinet space should be designated in every lecture hall of 50 persons 

and larger to house AV equipment and cabling. This space could be for an AV rack mounted in a closet, in a lectern or under 

casework. Some AV equipment may be located in the TR on that floor (but as a general rule is not). Provide means of securely 

mounting overhead projector from ceiling structure. 

5.14.7 Security Access Control Systems 

Responsibility to provide access control systems varies by campus and building use. At a minimum, the engineer shall provide 

back box, conduit and raceway for card readers and other devices as required by User Agency back to the TR. If directed by 

User Agency, engineer may provide specifications for preferred equipment. 

5.14.8 Security Closed Circuit TV System 

Responsibility to provide CCTV systems varies by campus and building use. At a minimum, the engineer shall provide back box, 

conduit and raceway for cameras and other devices as required by User Agency back to the TR. If directed by User Agency, 

engineer may provide specifications for preferred equipment. 

5.14.9 Overhead Paging System 

Responsibility to provide overhead paging and mass notification systems varies by campus and building use. At a minimum, the 

engineer shall provide wall space, power and raceway to anticipate requirements. User Agency to determine paging 

requirements and coordinate with engineer. 

5.14.10 General Requirements 

Structured cabling system shall be designed so that no horizontal voice or data cable exceeds 295 feet in length. Station voice 

and data cabling to be Cat 6, 4‐pair, UTP copper. Refer to DSF specifications for mandatory, minimum performance criteria. All 

cable for all systems shall be routed in conduit and cable tray. J‐hooks may be permitted in unexposed areas for last few feet of 

run between cable tray and conduit. Assume use of plenum rated cable until confirmation by mechanical engineer and 

architect that ceiling spaces are rated as non‐plenum. Every workstation outlet assumed to consist of one voice and two data 

jacks, unless directed otherwise by User Agency. Private offices shall have two workstation outlets located on opposite walls. 

Open offices with modular furniture shall have minimum of one work station outlet. Design to accommodate cabling needs of 

special areas such as labs, large lecture halls and ceiling‐mounted wireless devices as determined by User Agency, subject to 

DSF approval. 



5.14.11 Wireless Access 


The engineer shall be responsible, with User Agency input, to provide Cat 6 cabling to approximate ceiling locations as 

appropriate for future installation of wireless access points (WAPs). The User Agency shall be responsible to provide WAPs and 

patch cords, and to adjust placement of WAPs to obtain best wireless coverage. If no User Agency input is provided, engineer 

shall provide ceiling‐mounted data jacks a approximately 50 foot intervals above major corridors and near lecture halls and 

public areas. 

For voice backbone cable requirements and all other requirements not discussed in this narrative consult the DOA 

Telecommunications Guidelines for Structured Building Wiring Systems. Begin fiber optic backbone cable count between TRs 

and MTR at 18 strands 50 micron laser optimized MM and 18 strands SM. Station jacks are to be terminated with either TIA 

568A or 568B pin configurations. Both are acceptable to DSF. Consult with User Agency and DSF prior to final design to 

determine which pin out is required on this campus. 

Provide grounding and bonding system for all telecommunications systems and equipment bonded to one central location at 

the main electrical service for the building. Provide telecommunications grounding bus bars in every TR. 

Back boxes to be 4x4 with single gang mud ring connected to 1" conduit stubbed to nearest accessible ceiling or cable tray. 

5.14.12 Space Requirements 

A minimum of one telecom room (TR) shall be provided on each floor. TR size to begin at industry recommended size of 

10'x11', centrally located on the floor plan, stacked one above the other. TRs should be located no farther than 250 feet from 

the farthest voice/data station outlet in order to maintain the required 295' wiring length. Wire lengths beyond this limit may 

cause systems to fail. Depending on size and shape of building, an additional TR may be required on each floor to maintain 

wiring lengths of 250' or less. Fewer TRs are better to reduce network electronics, power and cooling requirements. In other 

words, it is better to centralize the TRs to require only one per floor than to locate (separate) them such that more than one TR 

per floor is required. 

The TR on first level where campus backbone cable enters should be designated as the main TR (MTR) and be sized slightly 

larger (12'x14' per DSF recommendation) to accommodate campus backbone services and to consolidate all riser cable within 

the building. The MTR will also serve as the TR for that floor. Because campus cable will also enter into this room, it may also 

be considered the BEF as described above. Should heavy use by User Agency require more servers, AV or other electronic 

equipment, larger TRs and MTR may be required. 

As noted above, additional spaces for AV equipment will be required in or near larger classrooms. Restricted lengths of AV 

cable may preclude use of TRs for AV systems. As a general rule, AV equipment should not be located within TRs but be 

provided within dedicate AV cabinets in or near classrooms. Such equipment can often be located within lecterns. 



Division 6: Code Review 

This code review utilizes the current Wisconsin Building Code which incorporates the 2006 International Building Code and 

Comm. 62 modifications effective July 10, 2007. It should be noted that the proposal to revise the Wisconsin Building Code to 

follow the 2009 International Building Code along with updated Wisconsin Comm. 62 modifications has been put forth to 

legislature and is expected to be adopted September 1, 2011. 

6.1 Building Occupancy and Construction Classification 

1. The building is to be considered as 2 separate “buildings”; the addition (Phase 1) and the main building (Phase 2). These 

are to be separated by a 2 hour fire wall. 

2. The buildings are considered Type A‐3 (Assembly), B (Business), Group H‐2, H‐3, H4 (Hazardous), and S (Storage) 

occupancies. The Hazardous occupancies are to be separated from the remainder of the building which will be 

constructed as non‐separated. The H‐2 occupancy (Room 415) is to be separated from all other occupancies by a 3 hour 

fire barrier. This space may only be located on the first or second floor of the facility. The H‐3 and H‐4 spaces (Room 1, 

Room 4, Room 6, and Room 415A) are to be separated from each other and all other spaces by 2 hour fire barriers. 

3. Because of the height and area of each building they are to be Type IIA construction – non‐combustible with protected 

interior elements. The buildings are to have a minimum 30 foot setback due to the H‐2 occupancy. 

602.2 Types I and II 

Type I and II construction are those types of construction in which the building elements listed in Table 601 are of 

noncombustible materials, except as permitted in Section 603 and elsewhere in this code. 

Table 601‐IIA 

Element 

Fire‐Resistance Rating 

Requirement (Hours) 

Structural Frame 1 

Exterior Bearing Walls 1 

Interior Bearing Walls 1 

Floor Construction 1 

Roof Construction 1 

Table 602 – Fire Separation Distance 

>30 feet Group A, B, H, and S 0 Hours 

4. With a construction Type IIA the use of combustible materials is limited. 

603.1 Allowable Uses 

Combustible materials shall be permitted in buildings of Type I and Type II construction in the following applications and in 

accordance with Sections 603.1.1 through 603.1.3: 

1. Fire‐retardant‐treated wood shall be permitted in: 

1.1 Nonbearing partitions where the required fire‐resistance rating is 2 hours or less. 

1.2 Nonbearing exterior walls where no fire rating is required. 

1.3 Roof construction, including girders trusses, framing and decking. 

2. Thermal and acoustical insulation, other than foam plastics, having a flame spread index of not more than 25. 

Exceptions: 

1. Insulation placed between two layers of noncombustible materials without an intervening airspace shall be 

allowed to have a flame spread index of not more than 100. 

2. Insulation installed between a finished floor and solid decking without intervening airspace shall be allowed to 

have a flame spread index of not more than 200. 

3. Foam plastics in accordance with Chapter 26. 

4. Roof coverings that have an A, B, or C classification. 

5. Interior floor finish and interior finish, trim and millwork such as doors, door frames, window sashes and frames. 

6. Where not installed over 15 feet above grade, show windows, nailing or furring strips, wooden bulkheads below 

show windows, their frames, aprons and show cases. 

7. Finish flooring applied directly to the floor slab or to wood sleepers that are fireblocked in accordance with Section 

717.2.7. 

8. Partitions dividing portions of stores, offices or similar places occupied by one tenant only and which do not 

establish a corridor serving an occupant load of 30 or more may be constructed of fire‐retardant treated wood, 1‐ 

hour fire‐resistance‐rated construction or of wood panels or similar light construction up to 6 feet in height. 

9. Stages and platforms constructed in accordance with Section 410.3 and 410.4, respectively. 

10. Combustible exterior wall coverings, balconies, bay or oriel windows, or similar appendages in accordance with 

Chapter 14. 




11. Blocking such as for handrails, millwork, cabinets, and window and door frames. 

12. Light‐transmitting plastics as permitted by Chapter 26. 

13. Mastics and caulking materials applied to provide flexible seals between components of exterior wall construction. 

14. Exterior plastic veneer installed in accordance with Section 2605.2. 

15. Nailing or furring strips as permitted by Section 803.4. 

16. Heavy timber as permitted by Note d to Table 601 and Sections 602.4.7 and 1406.3. 

17. Aggregates, component materials and admixtures as permitted by Section 703.2.2. 

18. Sprayed fire‐resistant materials and intumescent and mastic fire‐resistant coating, determined on the basis of fire‐ 

resistance tests in accordance with Section 703.2. 

19. Materials use to protect penetrations in fire‐resistance‐rated assemblies in accordance with Section 712. 

20. Materials used to protect joints in fire‐resistance‐rated assemblies in accordance with Section 713. 

21. Materials allowed in the concealed spaces of buildings of Types I and II construction in accordance with Section 

717.5. 

22. Materials exposed within plenums complying with Section 602 of the International Mechanical Code. 

6.2 Fire Protection 

1. Both buildings are to have sprinkler systems installed throughout, with the exception of storage room 415 due to its water 

reactive contents. Stairs and other vertical shafts which connect 4 stories are to be 2 hour fire rated. Corridors are to have 

zero‐hour fire rated walls. 

6.3 Occupant Load and Means of Egress 

1. The occupant load of each phase is calculated separately. Phase 1 has an occupant load of 1,876 people. Phase 2 has an 

occupant load of 2,344 people. 

Table 1004.1.1 Maximum Floor Areas Allowances per Occupant 

Business areas – Offices = 100 square feet gross. 

Assembly un‐concentrated (tables and chairs) – Conference Rooms, Collabs = 15 square feet per occupant net 

Assembly concentrated (chairs only, not fixed) = 7 square feet per occupant net 

Assembly fixed seating – Classrooms, Auditoria = by seat 

Educational – classrooms = 20 square feet per occupant net 

Educational – shops and vocational – Vivarium, Greenhouse, Herbarium, = 50 square feet per occupant net 

Library Reading Rooms – Specimen Museum = 50 square feet per occupant net 

Industrial Areas – Shop = 100 square feet gross 

Stages and Platforms = 15 square feet per occupant net 

Kitchens – Commercial = 200 square feet gross 

Accessory storage areas, mechanical, equipment rooms = 300 square feet gross. 

Phase No. of Occupants 

Phase 1 1,876 

Phase 2 2,344 

2. Exits from each building/phase are to be considered separately. Final distribution of the spaces within each phase will 

affect the number of stairs and exiting width required. 

1005.1 Minimum Required Egress Width 

The means of egress width shall not be less than required by this section. The total width of means of egress in inches 

shall not be less than the total occupant load served by the means of egress multiplied by the factors in Table 1005.1 and 

not less than specified elsewhere in this code. Multiple means of egress shall be sized such that the loss of any one means 

of egress shall not reduce the available capacity to less than 50 percent of the required capacity. The maximum capacity 

required from any story of a building shall be maintained to the termination of the means of egress. 

Table 1005.1 Egress Width per Occupant Served 

Assembly/Business with Sprinkler System 

Stairways .2” per occupant 

Other Egress Components .15” per occupant 

For H with Sprinkler System 

1025.2 Assembly Main Exit 

Stairways 

Other Egress Components 

.3” per occupant 

.2” per occupant 

Group A occupancies that have an occupant load of greater than 300 shall be provided with a main exit. The main exit 

shall be of sufficient width to accommodate not less than one‐half of the occupant load, but such width shall not be less 




than the total required width of all means of egress leading to the exit. Where the building is classified as a Group A 

occupancy, the main exit shall front on at least one street or an unoccupied space of not less than 10 feet in width that 

adjoins a street or public way. 

Exception: In assembly occupancies where there is no well‐defined main exit or where multiple main exits are 

provided, exits shall be permitted to be distributed around the perimeter of the building provided that 

the total width of egress is not less than 100 percent the required width. 

3. The configuration of the stairs means that one area of refuge to be located at each of the stairs in each building with the 

exception of the third floor of the Main building which requires 2 areas of refuge at each stair. 

1007.6 Areas of Refuge 

Every required area of refuge shall be accessible from the space it serves by an accessible means of egress. The maximum 

travel distance from any accessible space to an area of refuge shall not exceed the travel distance permitted for the 

occupancy in accordance with Section 1016.1. Every required area of refuge shall have direct access to an enclosed 

stairway complying with Sections 1007.3 and 1020.1 or an elevator complying with Section 1007.4. Where an elevator 

lobby is used as an area of refuge, the shaft and lobby shall comply with Section 1020.1.7 for smokeproof enclosures 

except where the elevators are in an area of refuge formed by a horizontal exit or smoke barrier. 

1007.6.1 Size 

Each area of refuge shall be sized to accommodate one wheelchair space of 30 inches by 48 inches for each 200 occupants 

or portion thereof, based on the occupant load of the area of refuge and areas served by the area of refuge. Such 

wheelchair spaces shall not reduce the required means of egress width. Access to any of the required wheelchair spaces in 

an area of refuge shall not be obstructed by more than one adjoining wheelchair space. 

6.4 Plumbing Systems 

1. The plumbing fixture count is calculated based upon the occupant load for each phase. Phase 1 has an occupant load of 

1,876 people. Phase 2 has an occupant load of 2,344 people. The occupant load is split evenly to accommodate males and 

females. 

Phase 1 (1,876 occupants) 

Phase 2 (2,344 occupants) 

Plumbing Fixtures 

Male Water Closets 1 per 125 8 

Female Water Closets 1 per 65 15 

Lavatories 1 per 200 10 

Drinking Fountains 1 per 500 4 

Service Sink 1 1 

Male Water Closets 1 per 125 10 

Female Water Closets 1 per 65 19 

Lavatories 1 per 200 12 

Drinking Fountains 1 per 500 5 

Service Sink 1 1 

1. Calculations based on Assembly Occupancy – Lecture Halls, etc. 

2. Wherever more than 500 people congregate and more than the required minimum number of water closets or urinals 

are provided for males, twice as many of those additional toilet facilities shall be provided for females. 

Comm 62.2902 Plumbing Fixtures 

1) Minimum Number of Fixtures 

a) 1) Where more than one water closet is required for males, urinals may be substituted for up to 50 percent of the 

required number of water closets. 

2902.1.1 Unisex Toilet and Bath Fixtures 

Fixtures located within unisex toilet bathing rooms complying with Section 404 of the International Plumbing Code are 

permitted to be included in determining the minimum required number of fixtures for assembly and mercantile occupancies. 



6.5 Laboratory Codes and Standards 








References and guidelines: 

American National Standards Institute. ANSI Z358.1: Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment. 

American National Standards Institute. ANSI/AIHA Z9.5: Laboratory Ventilation. 

American National Standards Institute. ICC/ANSI A117.1: Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 

Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 1990. 

National Fire Protection Association. NFPA 30: Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code. 

National Fire Protection Association. NFPA 45: Standard on Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals. 

National Fire Protection Association. NFPA 110: Life Safety Code. 

National Institutes of Health. NIH Design Policy and Guidelines. Clinical Center; Research Laboratory; Vivarium; Reference 

Materials. http://des.od.nih.gov/planning/nihpol.htm. 

National Research Council. Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals. National Academy Press 1996. 

Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Labor. Code of Federal Regulations: 29 CFR Ch. XVII. § 1910.1450 Occupational 

Exposure to Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories. 

Project specific references and guidelines: 

Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory. A Design Guide for Energy‐Efficient Research Laboratories. 

http://ateam.lbl.gov/design‐guide. 

U.S. Green Building Council. Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building Rating System. 

http://www.usgbc.org/programs/leed.htm. 

Applicable Code Commentary 

Uniform Building Code 

Occupancy: The laboratory areas shall be classified as a B‐2 occupancy. 

Fire Separation: Laboratories shall be separated from each other and other portions of the building by not less than a one‐hour fire 

resistive occupancy separation. 

Hazardous Materials: The quantities of hazardous materials shall not exceed those listed in Tables 3‐D and 3‐E of the code. 

Exits: Occupants in laboratories having an area in excess of 200 square feet shall have access to at least two exits from the 

room and all portions of the room shall be within 75 feet of an exit. 

NFPA 101: Life Safety Code 




Means of Egress: Where exits are not immediately accessible from an open floor area, safe and continuous passageways, aisles, 

or corridors shall be maintained leading directly to every exit and shall be arranged as to provide convenient access for each 

occupant to at least two exits by separate ways of travel. 

Exit access shall be so arranged that it will not be necessary to pass through any area identified under protection from hazards 

in Chapter 28. 

Corridor Width: The minimum width of any corridor or passageway serving as a required exit, exit access, or exit discharge shall 

be 44 inches. 

NFPA 45: Fire Protection For Laboratories Using Chemicals 

Means of Egress: The means of egress for laboratory units and laboratory work areas shall comply with NFPA 101. 

Access to Exits: A second means of access to an exit shall be provided from a laboratory work area if any of the following 

situations exist: 

• A laboratory work area contains an explosion hazard so located that an incident would block escape from or access to the 

laboratory work area. 

• A fume hood in a laboratory work area is located adjacent to the primary means of exit access. 

• A compressed gas cylinder in use which is larger than lecture bottle size, and contains a gas which is flammable or has a 

hazard rating of 3 or 4 and would prevent safe egress in event of accidental release of cylinder contents. 

• The required exit doors of all laboratory work areas within Class A or Class B laboratory units shall swing in the direction of 

exit travel. 

Furniture and Equipment: Furniture and equipment in laboratory work areas shall be arranged so that means of access to an 

exit may be reached easily from any point. 

Explosion Hazard: Explosion hazard is considered to exist if reactivity rating 4 materials are stored or used, or if highly 

exothermic reactions or procedures without established properties are planned, or if high pressure reactions are planned. 

Program information does not indicate that explosion hazards, as described above, exist in this project. 

NFPA 30 ‐ Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code 

Liquid Classification: Combustible liquids have a flash point at or above 100° F (37.8°C) and are classified as follows: 

• Class II: Liquids with a flash point at or above 100°F (37.8°C) and below 140°F (60°C) 

• Class III A: Liquids with a flash point at or above 140°F (60°C) and below 200°F (93°C) 

• Class III B: Liquids with a flash point at or above 200°F (93°C) 

Flammable liquids have a flash point below 100°F (37.8°C) and a vapor pressure not greater than 40 lbs per square inch 

(absolute) (2,068 mm Hg) at 100°F (37.8°C). Flammable liquids are classified as follows: 

• Class I A: Liquids with flash point below 73°F (22.8°C) and a boiling point below 100°F (37.8°C). 

• Class I B: Liquids with flash point below 73°F (22.8°C) and a boiling point at or above 100°F (37.8°C). 

• Class I C: Liquids with flash points at or above 73°F (22.8°C) and below 100°F (37.8°C). 

Storage Cabinets: Not more than 120 gallons (454 L) of Class I, Class II, and Class III A liquid may be stored in a storage cabinet. 

Of this total, not more than 60 gallons (227 L) may be of Class I and Class II liquids and not more than three (3) such cabinets 

may be located in a single fire areas, except that, in an industrial occupancy, additional cabinets may be located in the same fire 

area if the additional cabinets (not more than a group of three (3) are separated from other cabinets or group of cabinets by at 

least 100 feet (30 M). 




In addition to the above standards it will be necessary during the design phases of the project to work closely with the owners 

representatives. The project team may need to incorporate additional requirements as laboratory and support spaces are more 

definitively outlined. 



Phase 1 – Estimated Project Cost 

Division 7: Project Cost Estimate 

A. Construction Total $63,490,080 

General Construction $205.20/SF 36,894,960 

Demolition $0/SF 0 

Plumbing Construction $31.35/SF 5,636,730 

Fire Protection Construction $3.99/SF 717,400 

HVAC Construction $54.72/SF 9,838,660 

Electrical Construction $33.92/SF 6,097,920 

Telecommunications $4.56/SF 819,890 

Audio/Visual Equipment $11.40/SF 2,049,720 

DDC $7.98/SF 1,434,800 

B. Hazardous Materials Abatement $0 

C. Design & Supervision Total $12,830,510 

DSF Management Fee (4% of Construction Total) 2,539,600 

A/E Fees (7% of Construction Total) 4,444,300 

Project Contingency (8% of Construction Total) 5,079,210 

Commissioning (1% of Construction Total) 634,900 

Other Prime Consultants (Abatement) 0 

Other Prime Consultants (Audio/Visual – Allowance) 100,000 

Geotechnical Investigation (Allowance) 10,000 

Site Survey 7,500 

Plan Review Fees 15,000 

D. Equipment $3,131,510 

Furnishings 1,339,510 

Movable Laboratory Equipment 1,792,000 

E. Percent for Art $0 

F. Total Estimated Project Cost $79,452,100 

Notes: 

1. UW‐La Crosse has identified seven laboratory spaces that are to be included in Phase 1 if budget allows. 

2. UW‐La Crosse has identified a need for unfinished basement space for storage and is to be included in Phase 1 if budget 

allows. 

3. Phase 1 Construction Cost Estimate adjusted to construction start date of 2015. 



Phase 2 – Estimated Project Cost (New Facility) 




Demolition $7.49/SF 1,348,740 







DDC $3.81/SF 562,820 

B. Hazardous Materials Abatement $250,000 






Other Prime Consultants (Abatement) 75,000 


Geotechnical Investigation (Allowance) 0 

Site Survey 0 




Movable Laboratory Equipment 590,890 



Notes: 



allows. 




Phase 2 – Estimated Project Cost (Renovation and New Addition) 



Construction Total (New Addition) $22,865,800 


Demolition $12.00/SF 1,128,140 

Plumbing Construction $10.16/SF 773,580 





Audio/Visual Equipment $12.70/SF 966,980 

DDC $3.81/SF 290,090 

Construction Total (Renovation) $24,794,140 


Demolition $12.00/SF 0 







DDC $5.08/SF 421,130 

B. Hazardous Materials Abatement $250,000 






Other Prime Consultants (Abatement) 75,000 


Geotechnical Investigation (Allowance) 0 

Site Survey 0 




Movable Laboratory Equipment 636,160 



Notes: 



allows. 








Division 8: Project Schedule 

TASK/ACTIVITY DATE 

Begin Pre‐Design Study March 2010 

Draft Program Statement and Pre‐Design Study Complete May 2011 

Final Program Statement and Pre‐Design Study Complete August 2011 

Phase 1 Project Schedule 

A/E Selection for Building Design September 2013 

A/E Begins Design Work October 2013 

35% Design Report Complete March 2014 

Approval to Construct by Board of Regents/State Building Commission April 2014 

Construction Documents Complete December 2014 

Project Bidding February 2015 

Construction Starts April 2015 

Substantial Completion May 2017 

Students & Faculty Occupy Building Fall 2017 

Phase 2 Project Schedule 

A/E Selection for Building Design TBD 

A/E Begins Design Work TBD 

35% Design Report Complete TBD 

Approval to Construct by Board of Regents/State Building Commission TBD 

Construction Documents Complete TBD 

Project Bidding TBD 

Construction Starts TBD 

Substantial Completion TBD 

Students & Faculty Occupy Building TBD 




Division 8: Project Schedule 



COWLEY HALL 







August 2011 




APPENDIX A: ROOM DATA SHEETS

Appendix A: Table of Contents 

Classrooms 1 

Miscellaneous Instructional Support 8 

Biology 24 

Chemistry 78 

Geography & Earth Science 123 

Mathematics 144 

Microbiology 158 

Physics 191 

Radiation Center 231 

River Studies Center 243 

College of Science & Health – Dean’s Office 248 

Building Support 259 


DSF Project #09J2H Pre‐Design Study


Appendix A: Table of Contents 


DSF Project #09J2H Pre‐Design Study


Room ID No.: 1A.1‐2 Occupancy: 24 

Room Name: 24 Seat Classroom Room Size: 600 ASF x 2 

Unit: Classrooms 

UTILIZATION ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY 

Hours of Use 110V, 20A, 1 Phase Computer 

8 hours/day 208V, 30A, 1 Phase DVD or Bluray Player 

14 hours/day 208V, 30A, 3 Phase Document Camera 

24 hours/day 480V, 100A, 3 Phase Audio System 

Isolated Ground Outlet Touch‐Screen Controls 

MECHANICAL Emergency Power Lighting 

Temperature UPS (OFOI) Audio/Visual 

68°‐75° ± 2°F Phone Overhead Projector 

Other Data Projection Screen(s) 

Humidity In Use Light Lecture Capture 

Uncontrolled Task Lighting Flat Panel Monitor 

Other Lighting Level Digital Signage 

Minimum Air Changes/Hr. 100 fc at bench/desk SMART Board Technology 

Air Recirculation 75 fc at bench/desk 

Air Pressure Positive Safe Light MOVABLE EQUIPMENT 

Air Pressure Negative Special Lighting Movable Chairs 

Additional Supply Air Filtration Darkenable Task Chair(s) 

Additional Exhaust Air Filtration Zoned Lighting Movable Desks 

Other Movable Laboratory Stations 

HOODS Lounge Seating 

Chemical Fume Hood CHEMICALS Movable Table(s) 

Radioisotope Hood Bases Recycling 

Horizontal Laminar Flow Hood Acids Bookshelves 

Biological Safety Cabinet Solvents Refrigerator 

Snorkel Radioisotopes Microwave 

Canopy Hood Carcinogens/Regulated Coffeemaker 

Low Slotted Exhaust Chemical Waste Storage Copier/Scanner/Printer 

Equipment Exhaust Biological Storage 

Other Radioisotope Storage FIXED EQUIPMENT 

Chemical Storage Bulletin Board 

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT Marker Board 

Vibration Sensitive ARCHITECTURAL Clock 

Light Sensitive Floor Pencil Sharpener 

Vibration Producing VCT (Chemical Resistant) Teaching Podium 

Heat Producing VCT Laboratory Workstations 

Noise Producing Welded Seam Sheet Vinyl Coat Hook(s) 

Epoxy 

PLUMBING Carpet ROOM DESCRIPTION 

Laboratory Gas (LG) Sealed Concrete 

Laboratory Vacuum (LV) Terrazzo 

Laboratory Air (LV) Tile 

Compressed Air, 100 psi (A) Other 

Industrial Hot Water (IHW) Base 

Industrial Cold Water (ICW) 4” Vinyl 

Potable Hot Water (HW) Carpet 

Potable Cold Water (CW) Integral w/floor 

Purified Water (PW) Terrazzo 

Chilled Water (CHW S/R) Tile 

Steam Other 

Condensate Return Partitions 

Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Gyp Board, Epoxy Paint REMARKS 

Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 

Cylinder Gases Other 

Inert Ceiling 

Flammable Open 

Toxic Acoustical Tile 

Floor Drain (FD) Gyp Board, Epoxy Paint 

Floor Sink (FS) Height 10’‐0” min 

Safety Shower/Eyewash (SS) Doors 

Drench Hose (DH) 3’‐6” x 7’ 

3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 

Light Tight Rotating Door 

Vision Panel 

Natural Daylight 




Room ID No.: 1B.1‐3 Occupancy: 32 

Room Name: 32 Seat Classroom Room Size: 800 ASF x 3 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 1C Occupancy: 40 

Room Name: 40 Seat Classroom Room Size: 1,000 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 1D.1‐3 Occupancy: 48 

Room Name: 48 Seat Classroom Room Size: 1,200 ASF x 3 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 1E.1‐2 Occupancy: 120 













Humidity In Use Light Lecture Capture 








Additional Exhaust Air Filtration Zoned Lighting Movable Desks 

















Heat Producing VCT Laboratory Workstations 

Noise Producing Welded Seam Sheet Vinyl 

Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Fixed tables 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


2. Acoustical wall treatment 

3. Style of seating and size of room 

TBD 




Room ID No.: 1F.1‐2 Occupancy: 150 













Humidity In Use Light Lecture Capture 



























Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Fixed tables 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


2. Acoustical wall treatment 

3. Style of seating and size of room 

TBD 




Room ID No.: 1G.1‐2 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Classroom Support – Lecture Prep Storage Room Size: 320 ASF x 2 



Hours of Use 110V, 20A, 1 Phase Computer 

8 hours/day 208V, 30A, 1 Phase DVD or Bluray Player 

14 hours/day 208V, 30A, 3 Phase Document Camera 

24 hours/day 480V, 100A, 3 Phase Audio System 

Isolated Ground Outlet Touch‐Screen Controls 

MECHANICAL Emergency Power Lighting 

Temperature UPS (OFOI) Audio/Visual 

68°‐75° ± 2°F Phone Overhead Projector 

Other Data Projection Screen(s) 




Minimum Air Changes/Hr. 4 100 fc at bench/desk SMART Board Technology 

Air Recirculation 75 fc at bench/desk 


Air Pressure Negative Special Lighting Movable Chairs 

Additional Supply Air Filtration Darkenable Task Chair(s) 





Radioisotope Hood Bases Recycling 









LABORATORY EQUIPMENT Marker Board 

Vibration Sensitive ARCHITECTURAL Clock 

Light Sensitive Floor Pencil Sharpener 

Vibration Producing VCT (Chemical Resistant) Teaching Podium 



Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 




Laboratory Air (LA) Tile 



Industrial Cold Water (ICW) 4” Vinyl 

Potable Hot Water (HW) Carpet 




Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Primarily used by Physics. Open 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 

Natural Daylight 

for general use. 

2. (1) Sink 




Room ID No.: 2A1 Occupancy: 40 

Room Name: Science Education Methods Laboratory Room Size: 1,800 ASF 

Unit: Miscellaneous Instructional Support 



8 hours/day 208V, 30A, 1 Phase one DVD or Bluray Player 




MECHANICAL Emergency Power one Lighting 















Chemical Fume Hood CHEMICALS Movable Table(s) 
















Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. (2) Sinks @ perimeter 


2. Shared by all departments 

Inert Ceiling 




Floor Sink (FS) Height 9'-0" min. 



3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


 

Vision Panel 


 




Room ID No.: 2A2 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Prep Area and Storage Room Size: 320 ASF 




8 hours/day 208V, 30A, 1 Phase one DVD or Bluray Player 




MECHANICAL Emergency Power one Lighting 































Epoxy 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. (1) Sink @ perimeter 


Inert Ceiling 




Floor Sink (FS) Height 9'‐0" min. 



3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 2B1 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Dark Room Room Size: 160 ASF 






























Equipment Exhaust A. Biological Storage 









Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. Low slot exh @ process sink & 


Inert Ceiling 


Toxic Acoustical Tile 

Floor Drain (FD) Gyp Board, Epoxy Paint 

Floor Sink (FS) Height 9'-0" min. 



3’‐0” x 7’ B. 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


exhaust @ X‐O Mat. 

B. Light tight door 

1. Shared by all departments. 

2. (1) Processing sink 





Room Name: Dry Chemical Storage Room Size: 800 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 


Laboratory Gas (LG) Sealed Concrete 










Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Open and lockable door storage 


Inert Ceiling 

Flammable Open 



Floor Sink (FS) Height 



3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


units. 

2. Supplies for all departments. 





Room Name: Acid Storage Room Size: 160 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. Vented corrosive storage cabinets 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. Clean corrosive supply for all 

departments. 




Room ID No.: 2C Occupancy: 

Room Name: Student Collaborative Learning Spaces Room Size: 3,364 ASF 













Uncontrolled Task Lighting Flat Panel Monitor A 



















Chemical Storage Bulletin Board 







Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. Flat panel monitor with laptop 


Inert Ceiling 




Floor Sink (FS) Height 9’‐ 0” min. 



3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


connectivity in group study areas. 

1. Collaborative Learning Areas can 

include open study areas, closed 

quiet or group study areas, 

hallway niche's, etc. 





Room Name: Testing Room(s) Room Size: 120 ASF x 4 






































Noise Producing Welded Seam Sheet Vinyl Coat Hook(s) 

Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 2E Occupancy: 

Room Name: Office Suite Circulation Room Size: 2,727 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Office suite circulation includes 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


hallway space within the 

department suite arrangements. 





Room Name: Conference Room Room Size: 600 ASF x 4 













Uncontrolled Task Lighting Flat Panel Monitor 


























Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 2G.1‐4 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Shared Printing Areas Room Size: 80 ASF x 4 





























Low Slotted Exhaust Chemical Waste Storage Copier/Scanner/Printer 










Epoxy 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Metal storage cabinets 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 2H Occupancy: 

Room Name: Chemical Waste Holding Room Size: 160 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. Vented corrosive and flammable 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


storage cabinets. 

1. Short term chemical waste holding 

from all departments. 




Room ID No.: 2I Occupancy: 

Room Name: Field Equipment Storage Room Size: 1,280 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Chain link portioned areas for 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


Biology, River Study and 

Geography. 

2. Common floor curbed area for 

dirty wash down. 

3. (1) Hand wash sink 




Room ID No.: 2J Occupancy: 

Room Name: Shop Room Size: 1,280 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Shared by all departments for 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


metal work, wood work & glass 

blowing. 

2. (1) Hand wash sink 




Room ID No.: 2K.1‐2 Occupancy: 20 

Room Name: Faculty Resource Center Room Size: 640 ASF x 2 






















HOODS Lounge Seating 



Horizontal Laminar Flow Hood Acids Bookshelves 

Biological Safety Cabinet Solvents Refrigerator 

Snorkel Radioisotopes Microwave 

Canopy Hood Carcinogens/Regulated Coffeemaker 











Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 2L.1‐3 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Vending & Seating Area Room Size: 450 ASF x 3 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 2M Occupancy: 30 

Room Name: Cyber Café Room Size: 1,000 ASF 














Other Lighting Level Digital Signage 

























Epoxy 



Laboratory Vacuum (LV) Terrazzo 

Laboratory Air (LV) Tile 






Purified Water (PW) Terrazzo 

Chilled Water (CHW S/R) Tile 

Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 3A Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Department Chair’s Office Room Size: 120 ASF 

Unit: Biology Department 






































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 




Floor Sink (FS) Height 9’‐0” min. 



3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Ranked Faculty Office Room Size: 120 ASF x 22 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 3C.1‐7 Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Future Ranked Faculty Office Room Size: 120 ASF x 7 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Lecturer – Full Time Room Size: 120 ASF x 5 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 3E Occupancy: 2 

Room Name: Lecturer – Part Time Room Size: 120 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 3F Occupancy: 9 

Room Name: Support Staff/Reception Area/Files Room Size: 458 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 3G Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Secure Office Storage Room Size: 120 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Metal file cabinets 


2. Metal storage cabinets 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


 




Room ID No.: 3H.1‐2 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Workroom Room Size: 120 ASF x 2 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. (1) Single compartment sink 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 3I.1‐8 Occupancy: 2 

Room Name: Teaching Assistants Room Size: 120 ASF x 8 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 3J.1‐17 Occupancy: 2 

Room Name: Graduate Assistants Room Size: 120 ASF x 17 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Lab Support Staff Room Size: 120 ASF x 3 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 3L.1‐3 Occupancy: 28 

Room Name: Introductory Biology Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF x 3 





















Other Movable Laboratory Stations 


















Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room Name: Introductory Biology Room Size: 1,280 ASF x 3 



This diagram is conceptual and is provided only to indicate required furnishings, equipment, and general room proportions. 

The actual room design may change. 

FURNISHINGS 

















Room ID No.: 3M.1‐3 Occupancy: 24 

Room Name: Anatomy/Physiology Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF x 3 







Isolated Ground Outlet 1. Touch‐Screen Controls 
































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Air cyl & iso grd @ air table 


Inert 1. Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


2. (2) Large sinks @ perimeter 

3. Space for 4 cadavers in the room 




Room Name: Anatomy/Physiology Room Size: 1,280 ASF x 3 





FURNISHINGS 

















Room ID No.: 3N Occupancy: 20 

Room Name: Aquatics Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 























Chemical Fume Hood A CHEMICALS Movable Table(s) 
















Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 4’ CFH @ 500cfm 


Inert Ceiling 




Floor Sink (FS) 2. Height 9’‐0” min. 



3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. (1) Large sink & (1) normal @ 

perimeter 

2. (1) Floor curb w/ sed trap @ wall 




Room Name: Aquatics Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 

















Room ID No.: 3O Occupancy: 24 

Room Name: Animal/Organizimal Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room Name: Animal/Organizimal Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 

















Room ID No.: 3P Occupancy: 24 

Room Name: Botany Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 


























Biological Safety Cabinet A Solvents Refrigerator 













Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 4’ CFH @ 500cfm, 4’ BSC recircu. 


1. (2) Sinks @ perimeter 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


 

Vision Panel 


 




Room Name: Botany Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 

















Room ID No.: 3Q Occupancy: 20 

Room Name: Cell Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 






Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


 

Vision Panel 


 




Room Name: Cell Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 

















Room ID No.: 3R Occupancy: 20 

Room Name: Genetics Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 























Chemical Fume Hood A. CHEMICALS Movable Table(s) 



Biological Safety Cabinet B. Solvents Refrigerator 













Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 4’ CFH @ 500 cfm 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. (6) 4’ BSC’s 





Room Name: Genetics Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 

















Room ID No.: 3S1 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Anatomy/Physiology Prep & Cadaver Stor. Room Size: 1,280 ASF 










68°‐75° ± 2°F A. Phone Overhead Projector 













Chemical Fume Hood B. CHEMICALS Movable Table(s) 







Equipment Exhaust Biological Storage 









Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 72+/‐ 2 in Prep, 60 degrees in 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


Cadaver Stiorage 

B. 4’ CFH @ 500 cfm 


2. Space to incorporate a separate 

cooled room to store 12 cadavers. 




Room ID No.: 3S2.1‐2 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Intro. Biology/Aquatics Prep/Storage Room Size: 320 ASF x 2 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Animal/Organizimal/Botany Prep/Storage Room Size: 640 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Cell Genetics Prep/Autoclave Room Size: 960 ASF 




8 hours/day 208V, 30A, 1 Phase two DVD or Bluray Player 
























Canopy Skirt @ Autoclave Carcinogens/Regulated Coffeemaker 











Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 



Floor Drain (FD) Gyp Board, Epoxy Paint B. 




3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. At Autoclave Room 


2. Space to incorporate a separated 

room for a 20”x20”x38” autoclave 

and scullery sink. 





Room Name: Core Microscope Suite Room Size: 960 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





1. (1) Sink 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


 





Room Name: PCR Suite Room Size: 320 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Cold Room Room Size: 320 ASF 











Other +4C Data Projection Screen(s) 




Minimum Air Changes/Hr. A. 100 fc at bench/desk SMART Board Technology 
























Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other fab 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 50 cfm exhaust 

Cylinder Gases Other fab 

Inert Ceiling 

Flammable Open fab 






3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. (1) Sink 

2. Distillation rack 




Room ID No.: 3T Occupancy: 10 

Room Name: Biology Special Projects Laboratory Room Size: 480 ASF 


























Biological Safety Cabinet A. Solvents Refrigerator 













Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. (2) 4’ BSC’s recirculating 


1. (1) Sink 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 3U.1‐7 Occupancy: 3 

Room Name: Faculty/Student Research (large paired lab) Room Size: 1,440 ASF x 7 

























Horizontal Laminar Flow Hood B. Acids Bookshelves 

Biological Safety Cabinet C. Solvents Refrigerator 













Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. (3) 4’ CFH’s @ 500 cfm each 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. Space for 6’ LFH recirculating 

C. Space for (3) 4’ BSC’s recir 

1. 7 AC/H – Max 





Room ID No.: 3V.1‐3 Occupancy: 2 

Room Name: Faculty/Student Research (paired lab) Room Size: 640 ASF x 3 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. (2) BSC’s recirculating 





Room ID No.: 3W Occupancy: 

Room Name: Environmental Sample Processing Room Room Size: 1,280 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. (2) floor sinks w/ sediment traps 


Inert Ceiling 




Floor Sink (FS) A Height 9’‐0” min. 



3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. Perimeter benches w/ dissecting 

scopes 

2. Moveable center tables 




Room ID No.: 3X Occupancy: 

Room Name: Environmental Chamber Room Room Size: 400 ASF 















Minimum Air Changes/Hr. A 100 fc at bench/desk SMART Board Technology 
























Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. Based on the number of Enviro 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


Chambers 

1. Wall hung hand wash sink 

2. Floor drains @ Enviro Chambers 

3. Sanitizing sterilizer 

4. Moveable center table 




Room ID No.: 3Y1.1‐8 Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Vivarium ‐ Animal Rooms Room Size: 120 ASF x 8 











Other A. Data Projection Screen(s) 



Other A. Lighting Level Digital Signage 

Minimum Air Changes/Hr. 15A. 100 fc at bench/desk SMART Board Technology 



Air Pressure Negative A. Special Lighting C. Movable Chairs 












Equipment Exhaust B. Biological Storage 









Epoxy 









Potable Cold Water (CW) Integral w/floor 



Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. Monitored air change 


Inert Ceiling 






Drench Hose (DH) 3’‐6” x 7’ 

3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


temperature, humidity & pressure 

for each animal room 

B. Exhaust provision for each cage 

rack 

C. Lighting high/low & off times for 

each animal room 

1. Hand wash sinks in all rooms 

2. WP elec. receptacles @ 54”aff. 





Room Name: Vivarium – Procedures Room Room Size: 480 ASF x 2 













Uncontrolled Task Lighting B. Flat Panel Monitor 













Biological Safety Cabinet 4’ Solvents Refrigerator 



Low Slotted Exhaust A. Chemical Waste Storage Copier/Scanner/Printer 










Epoxy 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 200 cfm @ Procedure benchtop 


Inert Ceiling 




Floor Sink (FS) Height 9’ 



3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. Exam light above Procedure 

benchtop 


2. WP elec. Receptacles @ 54” aff 




Room ID No.: 3Y3 Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Vivarium – Cage Wash Room Size: 320 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. Cage washer 


Inert Ceiling 



Floor Drain (FD) B. Gyp Board, Epoxy Paint 




3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. Rack hose down bay w/ hose rack 

1. (1) Double sink 

2. WP elec. receptacles @ 54” aff 





Room Name: Vivarium – Feed/Bedding Storage Room Size: 160 ASF x 2 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Pallet & barrel storage 



Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


 





Room Name: Vivarium – Dirty Room Room Size: 160 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Hand wash sink 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Vivarium – Lab Manager Room Size: 120 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 3Z Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Herbarium Room Size: 960 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Reuse existing herbarium cabinets 


and add new to match 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


 

Vision Panel 


 




Room ID No.: 3AA1 Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Greenhouse Room Size: 960 ASF 













Uncontrolled A. Task Lighting Flat Panel Monitor 





Air Pressure Negative Special Lighting B. Movable Chairs 





















Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. Variable temperature and 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


humidity 

B. Adjustable grow lights 





Room Name: Greenhouse – Headhouse Room Size: 160 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. (1) Double sink 


2. Soil sanitizer 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


 

Vision Panel 


 





Room Name: Greenhouse – Aquatics Space Room Size: 160 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. WP elec. receptacles @ 54” aff 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 

Light Tight Rotating Door 

Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 3AA4.1‐2 Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Greenhouse – Isolation Space Room Size: 320 ASF x 2 














Other A. Lighting Level Digital Signage 




Air Pressure Negative Special Lighting B. Movable Chairs 





















Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. One room desert environment & 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


one room tropical environment 

B. Adjustable height grow lights 





Room ID No.: 3AB1 Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Specimen Museum – Display Specimen Room Size: 640 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 3AB2.1‐2 Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Specimen Museum – Specimen Non‐Disp. Room Size: 320 ASF x 2 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Specimen Museum – Office Area Room Size: 60 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 3AB4 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Specimen Museum – Rock Collection Room Size: 160 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Specimen Museum – Tables & Chairs Room Size: 750 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 3AC.1‐3 Occupancy: 

Room Name: General Lab/Departmental Storage Room Size: 120 ASF x 3 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Industrial shelving units 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 







Unit: Chemistry Department 






































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Future Ranked Faculty Office Room Size: 120 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Lecturer – Part Time Room Size: 60 ASF x 2 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 4G Occupancy: 

Room Name: Workroom Room Size: 120 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 4H Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Secure Storage Room Size: 120 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 






Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


 












































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 4J Occupancy: 6 

Room Name: Student Workers (Lab Prep) Room Size: 210 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: General Chemistry I Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF x 3 





14 hours/day 208V, 30A, 3 Phase 1 Document Camera 


































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. (6) 6’ CFH’s comb @ 670cfm each 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 21 AC/H – Max 


3. (6) Sinks @ Islands 

Discuss in the DD phase, the opportunity to 

reduce the (6) CFH’s to one for chemical 

supplies and replace the rest with down draft 

units at the student stations that can be turned 

off when not in use.. 




Room Name: General Chemistry I Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF x 3 




The actual room design may change. Discuss in the DD phase, the opportunity to provide (1) CFH and replace the rest with 

down draft units at the student stations. 

FURNISHINGS 


















Room Name: General Chemistry II Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF x 2 





14 hours/day 208V, 30A, 3 Phase 1 Document Camera 


































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 21 AC/H – Max 


3. (6) Sinks @ Islands 

Discuss in the DD phase, the opportunity to 

reduce the (6) CFH’s to one for chemical 

supplies and replace the rest with down draft 

units at the student stations that turned off 

when not in use. 




Room Name: General Chemistry II Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF x 2 




The actual room design may change. Discuss in the DD phase, the opportunity to provide (1) CFH and replace the rest with 

down draft units at the student stations. 

FURNISHINGS 


















Room Name: Biochemistry Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF x 2 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 8’ CFH @ 1100cfm, 4’ BSC recircu. 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 6 AC/H – Max 


3. (2) Under counter Washers 

4. Drawer cabinets below the 

student stations. No plumbing. 




Room Name: Biochemistry Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF x 2 





FURNISHINGS 


















Room Name: Survey of Organic Chemistry Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. (4) 6’ CFH’s comb 670cfm each 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 14 AC/H – Max 


3. (6) Sinks @ islands 




Room Name: Survey of Organic Chemistry Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 

















Room ID No.: 4O.1‐2 Occupancy: 24 

Room Name: Organic Chemistry Majors Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF x 2 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 30 AC/H – Max 






Room Name: Organic Chemistry Majors Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 

















Room ID No.: 4P.1‐2 Occupancy: 24 

Room Name: Analytical Chemistry Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF x 2 



























Snorkel B. Radioisotopes Microwave 












Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. (1) Snorkel @ AA @ 200cfm 

1. 12 AC/H – Max 





Room ID No.: 4P.1‐2 Occupancy: 24 

Room Name: Analytical Chemistry Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF x 2 





FURNISHINGS 


















Room Name: Instrumental Chemistry Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. (2) 6’ CFH’s @ 800cfm each 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. (2) Snorkels @ AA & GCMS @ 

200cfm each 

1. 11 AC/H – Max 





Room Name: Instrumental Chemistry Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 


















Room Name: Physical Chemistry Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 























Chemical Fume Hood A. CHEMICALS Movable Table(s) 
















Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. (2) 6’ CFH’s @ 800cfm each 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 9 AC/H – Max 





Room Name: Physical Chemistry Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 


















Room Name: General Chemistry Prep/Balance Room Size: 640 ASF 


































Vibration Sensitive @ Balance Rm ARCHITECTURAL Clock 





Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 9 AC/H – Max 



room for 6 balance stations 





Room Name: Gen./Survey of Org. Chem. Prep/Balance Room Size: 640 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint B. 6’ CFH @ 800cfm 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


4. 9 AC/H – Max 








Room Name: General Chemistry II Prep/Balance Room Size: 640 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint C. 6’ CFH @ 800cfm 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


7. 9 AC/H – Max 








Room Name: Biochemistry Prep/Equipment Room Size: 640 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 8’ CFH comb @ 950cfm, 4’ BSC rec 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 10 AC/H – Max 


3. (2) Under counter Washers 





Room Name: Organic Chemistry Majors Prep/Equipment Room Size: 640 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 9 AC/H – Max 








Room Name: Analytical Chemistry Prep/Balance Room Size: 640 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 9 AC/h – Max 








Room Name: Instrumental/Physical Chem. Prep/Balance Room Size: 640 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 









Room Name: NMR Room Size: 480 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) A. Gyp Board, Paint A. LN2 cylinder 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. One sink @ perimeter 

2. O2 sensor 





Room Name: Stock Dispensing Room Size: 960 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 10 AC/H – Max 

2. Low exhaust in Flammable Room 


4. Space for 3 balance stations. 





Room Name: Flammable Storage Room Size: 320 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Vented storage cabinets 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Chemical Analysis Computer Lab Room Size: 840 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 4U Occupancy: 12 

Room Name: Computerized Instrumentation Lab Room Size: 480 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 4V1.1‐4 Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Faculty/Student Research ‐ Biochemistry Room Size: 400 ASF x 4 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 6’ CFH @ 800 cfm /ea 800 sf space 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. 4’ BSC recir each 400 sf space 

1. 7 AC/H – Max 

2. 1 perimeter sink / 400 sf space 





Room Name: Faculty/Student Research ‐ Synthesis Room Size: 400 ASF x 6 (3 pairs @ 800 each) 




8 hours/day 208V, 30A, 1 Phase 1/Pr DVD or Bluray Player 




MECHANICAL Emergency Power 1/Pr Lighting 























Other B. Radioisotope Storage FIXED EQUIPMENT 








Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. (2) 8” CFH’s comb w/ dist racks @ 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


950 cfm each for ea 400 sf space 

B. (1) Glove box @ 150 cfm for each 

800 sf space 

1. 40 AC/H – Max 

2. 2 perimeter sinks / 400 sf space 





Room Name: Faculty/Student Research ‐ Analytical Room Size: 400 ASF x 3 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 8 AC/H – Max 

2. 2 perimeter sinks / 400 sf space 




Room ID No.: 4V4 Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Faculty/Student Research – Chemistry Ed. Room Size: 400 ASF (comb w/ 1 Analytical for 800 space) 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 8 AC/H – Max 

2. 2 sinks @ perimeter 





Room Name: Faculty/Student Research – Phys./Instrum. Room Size: 400 ASF x 2 (pair up for one 800 space) 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. 4’ BSC recir each 800 sf space 

1. 8 AC/H – Max 

2. 1 perimeter sink / 400 sf space 




Room ID No.: 4W Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Faculty/Student Research (computational) Room Size: 200 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 4X.1‐3 Occupancy: 








































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 







Unit: Geography & Earth Science 






































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 5D Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Lab Support Staff Room Size: 120 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 5F Occupancy: 

Room Name: Office Storage Room Size: 120 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 






Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


 












































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 




Floor Sink (FS) Height 9’‐0” min.. 



3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Earth Science Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 6’ CFH @ 800cfm ‐ future 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. (2) Sinks @ perimeter w/ 

sediment traps 




Room Name: Earth Science Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 

Unit: Geography/Earth Science 




FURNISHINGS 

















Room ID No.: 5I Occupancy: 30 

Room Name: Geomorphology & Weather Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. (2) Sinks @ perimeter w/ 

sediment traps 




Room Name: Geomorphology & Weather Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 

Unit: Geography/Earth Science 




FURNISHINGS 


















Room Name: Introductory GIS Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 















Minimum Air Changes/Hr. 100 fc at bench/desk SMART Board Technology 
























Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. (40) data jacks 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


2. Power outlets for (40) computers 

and monitors. 

3. Movable task chairs. 




Room ID No.: 5K1 Occupancy: 36 

Room Name: Advanced GIS Laboratory – Main Lab. Room Size: 1,600 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 


Laboratory Gas (LG) Sealed Concrete 4. (40) data jacks 


5. Power outlets for (40) computers 


and monitors. 


6. Movable task chairs. 







Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


 




Room ID No.: 5K2 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Advanced GIS Laboratory – Server Room Room Size: 160 ASF 














Other 30‐50% Lighting Level Digital Signage 

























Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Temperature and humidity 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


control. 

2. Noise reduction. 

3. 8 to 12 data jacks. 

4. 16 to 20 110v outlets. 

5. Flooring that will not conduct 

static electricity. 




Room ID No.: 5L1 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Earth Science Prep/Storage Room Size: 320 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 4’ CFH comb @ 400cfm 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 9 AC/H – Max 

2. (1) Sink @ perimeter 





Room Name: Geomorphology Prep/Storage Room Size: 320 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 9 AC/H – Max 






Room Name: Geography Storage Room Size: 480 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Rock storage ands map storage 


cabinets. 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


 

Vision Panel 


 




















Minimum Air Changes/Hr. A 100 fc at bench/desk SMART Board Technology 
























Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 

















1. Storage of 10’ long soil cores 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


 

Vision Panel 


 





Room Name: Faculty/Student Research (standard) Room Size: 400 ASF x 5 




























Canopy Hood B. Carcinogens/Regulated Coffeemaker 






Vibration Sensitive C. ARCHITECTURAL Clock 





Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. Two rooms w/ 4’ CFH @ 500 cfm 


Inert Ceiling 





Safety Shower/Eyewash (SS) A. Doors 


3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


and safety shower/eye wash 

B. Canopy hoods over muffle furnace 

& drying ovens 

C. Two room are vibration sensitive 

1. 8 AC/H – Max @ rooms w/ hood 

2. 1 Sink @ perimeter each room 




Room ID No.: 5N.1‐4 Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Faculty/Student Research (computational) Room Size: 160 ASF x 4 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 5O.1‐3 Occupancy: 








































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 







Unit: Mathematics Department 






































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Lecturer – Part Time Room Size: 60 ASF x 2 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Graduate Students Room Size: 120 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 6I Occupancy: 








































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 6J Occupancy: 








































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 






Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


 





Room Name: Math Education Laboratory Room Size: 1,600 ASF x 2 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Math Research Team Rooms/Collaboration Room Size: 240 ASF x 3 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Undergraduate Research/Library Room Size: 1,095 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 6N Occupancy: 

Room Name: General Lab Storage Room Size: 120 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Metal storage cabinets 


2. Metal shelving 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


 






Unit: Microbiology Department 






































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Graduate Assistants/Students Room Size: 120 ASF x 9 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 






Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


 




Room ID No.: 7H.1‐3 Occupancy: 1 








































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Fundamental Microbiology Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





2. Drainage sinks @ Workstations 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


 

Vision Panel 


 




Room Name: Fundamental Microbiology Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 


















Room Name: Path. Bact./Med. Mycology Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. (6) 4’ BSC’s class II recirculating 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 







Room Name: Path. Bact./Med. Mycology Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 

















Room ID No.: 7K Occupancy: 24 

Room Name: Bact. Phy./Genetics/Micro Eco Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. (3) 5’ CFH’s comb @ 540 cfm each 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 9 AC/H – Max 






Room Name: Bact Physiology/Genetics/Mic Ecology Lab. Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 

















Room ID No.: 7L Occupancy: 24 

Room Name: Gen Ed/Food Micro/Nutrition Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 






Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


 

Vision Panel 


 




Room Name: Gen Ed/Food Micro/Nutrition Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 


















Room Name: Immunology/Virology Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. (6) 4’ BSC’s class II recirculating 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 







Room Name: Immunology/Virology (1) Room Size: 1280 





FURNISHINGS 

















Room ID No.: 7N1 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Gen. Microbiology Prep/Autoclave Room Size: 1,600 ASF 




























Canopy Skirt @ Auto, Wash, Dryer Carcinogens/Regulated Coffeemaker 











Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 6’ CFH @ 800cfm, 5’ BSC recircu 


Inert Ceiling 



Floor Drain (FD) Gyp Board, Epoxy Paint B. 




3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. At Autoclave, Washer, Dryer Rm 



room for a 20x20x38 autoclave, 

upright washer & dryer and a 

scullery sink. 





Room Name: Tissue Culture Room Size: 320 ASF 


























Biological Safety Cabinet A Solvents Refrigerator 













Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. (2) 5’ BSC’s recirculating 


1. (1) Sink 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


 

Vision Panel 


 





Room Name: Centrifuge Room Room Size: 480 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Fermentation Lab Room Size: 800 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. (1) Sink 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





















Minimum Air Changes/Hr. A. 100 fc at bench/desk SMART Board Technology 
























Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 

















Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. (1) Sink 

2. Distillation rack 





Room Name: Equipment/Instrument Room and Storage Room Size: 480 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 7O1 Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Faculty/Student Research – Virology Room Size: 960 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 5 AC/H ‐ Max 






Room Name: Faculty/Student Research – Pathogenic Room Size: 960 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. 4’ BSC recirculating 






Room Name: Faculty/Student Research – Genetics Room Size: 960 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 5 AC/H – Max 





Room ID No.: 7P1 Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Faculty/Student Research –Immunology Room Size: 640 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 5’CFH @ 650 cfm 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. 5’ LFH recirculating 

1. 5 AC/H – Max 






Room Name: Faculty/Student Research –Bacterial Phys. Room Size: 640 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 5AC/H – Max 






Room Name: Faculty/Student Research –Microbial Eco. Room Size: 640 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 






Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


 

Vision Panel 


 




Room ID No.: 7Q1 Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Faculty/Student Research ‐ Microbiology Room Size: 480 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. 4’ BSC recirculating 

1. 1 sink @ perimeter 




Room ID No.: 7Q2 Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Faculty/Student Research – Food Micro. Room Size: 480 ASF 

























Horizontal Laminar Flow Hood A. Acids Bookshelves 














Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 5’ LFH recirculating 


1. 1 sink @ perimeter 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


 

Vision Panel 


 




Room ID No.: 7R.1‐3 Occupancy: 








































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 







Unit: Physics Department 






































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Lecturer – Part Time Room Size: 120 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Single compartment sink 


2. (1) Mail slot organizer 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


 












































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 






Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


 












































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Student Workers (Lab Prep) Room Size: 35 ASF x 3 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Introductory Physics Laboratory Room Size: 1,920 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Ceiling experimental rail 



Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


 

Vision Panel 


 




Room Name: Introductory Physics Laboratory Room Size: 1,920 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 


















Room Name: Electronics/Astronomy Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





































Heat Producing VCT Laboratory Workstations 1. 


Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Equipment over shelf at student 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


stations 





Room Name: Electronics/Astronomy Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 


















Room Name: Studio Lab Room Size: 1,280 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





2. Ceiling experimental rail 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


 

Vision Panel 


 




Room Name: Studio Lab Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 

















Room ID No.: 8M1 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Introductory Prep & Storage Room Size: 320 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Electronics Prep & Storage Room Size: 320 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Studio Prep & Storage Room Size: 640 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Holography Laboratory Room Size: 320 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 4’x8’ Optics table 





Room Name: Holography Laboratory Room Size: 320 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 


















Room Name: Optics Laboratory Room Size: 960 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. 4’x7’ Optics table 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room Name: Optics Laboratory Room Size: 960 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 


















Room Name: Advanced/Experimental Physics Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Ceiling experimental rail 



Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


 

Vision Panel 


 




Room Name: Advanced/Experimental Physics Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 

















Room ID No.: 8Q1 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Optics Prep & Storage Room Size: 320 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 8Q2 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Advanced Prep & Storage Room Size: 320 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Computational Computer Lab Room Size: 480 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 


Laboratory Gas (LG) Sealed Concrete 1. Equipment over shelf at student 


stations. 









Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


 

Vision Panel 


 




Room ID No.: 8S.1‐2 Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Faculty/Student Research (x‐large) Room Size: 1,280 ASF x 2 






























Equipment Exhaust C. Biological Storage 









Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ two 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. Six Snorkels @ 200 cfm each 

C. Cylinder gas cab exh @ 150 cfm 

1. 6 AC/H – Max 






Room Name: Faculty/Student Research (Theorists) Room Size: 960 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 8U.1‐3 Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Faculty/Student Research (Experimentalist) Room Size: 640 ASF x 3 












Humidity In Use Light Xc. Lecture Capture 


Other Xa. Lighting Level Digital Signage 
















Equipment Exhaust C. Biological Storage 




Vibration Sensitive Xb. ARCHITECTURAL Clock 

Light Sensitive Xb. Floor Pencil Sharpener 




Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. Two Snorkels @ 200 cfm each 

C. Cylinder gas cab exh @ 150 cfm 

1. 11 AC/H – Max 


X. One room for Optics Research: 

a. Humidity control @



Room Name: Planetarium Room Size: 1,050 ASF 











Other 65°‐70° Data Projection Screen(s) 





Air Recirculation A 75 fc at bench/desk 























Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 


Laboratory Gas (LG) Sealed Concrete Circular room layout with 30’ diameter dome 


that protrudes about 25’ above floor. 









Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. Good air circulation required. 

Cylinder Gases Other B 

Inert Ceiling 




Floor Sink (FS) Height 30’ min. 



3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. Circular room with 2 rows of semi‐ 

circular bench seating 

arrangement. ADA accessible. 





Room Name: Storage Room Size: 240 ASF x 2 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Prefunction/Welcome Area Room Size: 500 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 


Laboratory Gas (LG) Sealed Concrete Windowless room with dimmable zoned 


lighting. 









Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


 




Room ID No.: 8V4 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Display Cases Room Size: 40 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 8W1 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Telescopes Room Size: 360 ASF 



Hours of Use 110V, 20A, 1 Phase 6 Computer 








Other Data 3 Projection Screen(s) 







Air Pressure Negative Special Lighting B Movable Chairs 
















Vibration Sensitive A ARCHITECTURAL Clock 





Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 


Laboratory Gas (LG) Sealed Concrete Covered locked rooftop observing area with 


roll‐off roof. 


Compressed Air, 100 psi (A) Other C 







Steam Other C 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 3 piers connected to non‐vibrating 

Cylinder Gases Other C 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


foundation. 

B. Red lighting placed low to ground. 

General full‐cutoff lighting with 

on/off switch. 

C. Slide‐off roof must protect 

telescopes/piers when in place, 

role off to provide view of sky 

during observing sessions. Rigid 

floor with isolation of telescope 

piers. High walls to block campus 

lights. 




Room ID No.: 8W2 Occupancy: 50 

Room Name: Observation Platform Room Size: 750 ASF 


















Air Pressure Negative Special Lighting B Movable Chairs 
















Vibration Sensitive A ARCHITECTURAL Clock 





Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 


Laboratory Gas (LG) Sealed Concrete Uncovered locked rooftop observing area with 


roll‐off roof. 


Compressed Air, 100 psi (A) Other C 







Steam Other C 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 3 piers connected to non‐vibrating 

Cylinder Gases Other C 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


foundation. 

B. Red lighting placed low to ground. 



C. Slide‐off roof must protect 

telescopes/piers when in place, 

role off to provide view of sky 

during observing sessions. Rigid 

floor with isolation of telescope 

piers. High walls to block campus 

lights. 





Room Name: Waiting Area Room Size: 300 ASF 


















Air Pressure Negative Special Lighting A Movable Chairs 





















Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 


Laboratory Gas (LG) Sealed Concrete Uncovered rooftop space for people to gather 


while waiting to use telescopes. 


Compressed Air, 100 psi (A) Other B 







Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. Red lighting placed low to ground. 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 




B. Floor will be exposed to elements 

and will need to be durable. 





Room Name: Storage Room Size: 120 ASF 














Other A Lighting Level Digital Signage 

























Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 


Laboratory Gas (LG) Sealed Concrete Rooftop storage room for telescopes and 


accessories. 









Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. Humidity


Room ID No.: 8X.1‐2 Occupancy: 








































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 8Y.1‐2 Occupancy: 2 

Room Name: Student Organization Space Room Size: 120 ASF x 2 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Director/Safety Officer Room Size: 120 ASF 

Unit: Radiation Center 






































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 9B Occupancy: 24 

Room Name: Sealed Source Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 



























Snorkel Radioisotopes A. Microwave 












Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. Sealed exempt and naturally 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


occurring sources only. 

1. (6) AC/H – Max 

2. (1) Hand wash sink @ perimeter 




Room Name: Sealed Source Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 


















Room Name: Open Source Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. (4) 8’ CFH’s w/ ss liner & benchtop 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


comb @ 950cfm each 

1. 20 AC/H – Max 

2. (4) Sinks @ perimeter. One hands 

free 




Room Name: Open Source Laboratory Room Size: 1,280 ASF 





FURNISHINGS 

















Room ID No.: 9D Occupancy: 

Room Name: Laboratory Support ‐ Stock Room Room Size: 160 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Shared Isotope Prep Room Size: 400 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 8’ CFH w/ ss liner & benchtop 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


comb @ 950 cfm 

1. 14 AC/H – Max 

2. Hands free sink @ perimeter 





Room Name: Faculty/Student Research (Chemistry) Room Size: 400 ASF 
























Radioisotope Hood A. Bases Recycling 















Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 8’ RIH w/filter@1100 cfm 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 18 AC/H – Max 

2. Hands free sink @ perimeter 





Room Name: Faculty/Student Research (Physics) Room Size: 1,280 ASF 




8 hours/day 208V, 30A, 1 Phase two DVD or Bluray Player 



































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ two 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. Six Snorkels @200 cfm each 

1. 6 AC/H – Max 

2. Two sinks @ perimeter 




Room ID No.: 9H1 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Special Instruments Room Size: 267 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Scintillation counter on a cart 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Nuclide Storage Room Size: 160 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Requires floor, wall and ceiling 

Cylinder Gases Other conc 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


radiation protection. 

2. Requires three levels of alarmed 

security access. 





Room Name: Neutron Howitzer Room Size: 53 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Requires floor, wall and ceiling 

Cylinder Gases Other Conc‐lead 

Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


radiation protection. 

2. Requires tree levels of alarmed 

security access. 





Room Name: Faculty/Student Research Wet Laboratory Room Size: 1,440 ASF 

Unit: River Studies Center 

















Air Pressure Negative Special Lighting C. Movable Chairs 





















Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Well Water Other conc 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. 8’ CFH @ 1100cfm 120 & 208 

Cylinder Gases Other cmu 

Inert Ceiling 




Floor Sink (FS) B. Height 



3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


power only. No piping 

B. Trench drains 

C. Wet space lights 

1. (2) Large sinks @ perimeter 

2. Wet space elec receptacles 





Room Name: Class 100 Clean Research Laboratory Room Size: 320 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


B. (2) 4’ LFH’s class 100 hepa filters 

1. (1) Sink @ perimeter + CFH sink 

2. 5’x10’‐6” ante room entry 





Room Name: Faculty/Student Research Room Size: 1,440 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


1. 10 AC/H – Max 





Room ID No.: 10D1 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Microscope Room Size: 160 ASF 


















Air Pressure Negative Special Lighting A. Movable Chairs 

















Light Sensitive A. Floor Pencil Sharpener 




Epoxy 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint A. Dimmable lighting 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 10D2 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Fish Culture Room Size: 160 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Well Water Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Dean’s Office Room Size: 185 ASF 

Unit: College of Science & Health – Dean’s Office 






































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Associate Dean’s Office Room Size: 145 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Assistant to Dean’s Office Room Size: 135 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Dean’s Assistant Room Size: 135 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Assistant to Dean Room Size: 135 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Program Assistant/Reception Area/Files Room Size: 449 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 













































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Conference Room Room Size: 360 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Storage Room Size: 120 ASF 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 






Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


 





Room Name: Graduate Assistant/Advisor Room Size: 120 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Administrative Specialist Room Size: 120 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 12A Occupancy: 

Room Name: Arrival Space Primary Room Size: 1,500 ASF 

Unit: Building Support 






































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 12B.1‐2 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Arrival Space Secondary Room Size: 900 ASF x 2 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 12C Occupancy: 

Room Name: Equipment Storage Room Size: 500 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 12D Occupancy: 

Room Name: Supply Storage Room Size: 400 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 12E Occupancy: 

Room Name: Custodial Maintenance Room Room Size: 200 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Loading Dock Room Size: 320 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 






Room Name: Temporary Storage Room Size: 640 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Metal storage shelving 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 12H Occupancy: 

Room Name: Building Recycling Collection Area Room Size: 200 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 12I.1‐8 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Recycling Area Room Size: 25 ASF x 8 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 12J.1‐4 Occupancy: 

Room Name: IT & Electrical Closets Room Size: 100 SF x 4 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 12K Occupancy: 

Room Name: Sustainability Support Space Room Size: 0 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 12L.1‐8 Occupancy: 

Room Name: Custodial Closets Room Size: 100 ASF x 8 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 


Laboratory Gas (LG) Sealed Concrete 1. (1) One mop basin with stainless 


steel surround. 









Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 12M Occupancy: 

Room Name: IT Storage/Workroom Room Size: 200 ASF 







































Epoxy 












Steam Other 





Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 





Room ID No.: 12N.1‐8 Occupancy: 1 

Room Name: Uni‐Sex Restrooms Room Size: 70 ASF x 8 







































Epoxy 

Coat Hook(s) 












Steam Other 



Nitrogen Gas (N2) Gyp Board, Paint 1. Main floor restroom to include 


Inert Ceiling 







3’‐0” x 7’ 

1’‐6” x 7’ 


Vision Panel 


sink, water closet, and floor 

mounted urinal. 

2. Upper floor restrooms to sink and 

water closet. 



COWLEY HALL 







August 2011 




APPENDIX B: PROGRAM SPACE ALLOCATION

University of Wisconsin-La Crosse 

Cowley Hall Science Building 

Program Space Allocation 

Photos courtesy of www.uwlax.edu 

March 2011 

Document prepared by: 

PAULIEN & ASSOCIATES, INC. 

899 Logan St., Suite 508 

Denver, CO 80203-3156 

(303) 832-3272 Phone 

(303) 832-3380 Fax 

www.paulien.com

Acknowledgements 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

Document prepared by: 

PAULIEN & ASSOCIATES, INC. 

Denver, Colorado 

John R. Bengston, Vice President and Principal 

Lisa M. Keith, Associate Principal 

This document is the result of cooperation and assistance from the dedicated 

staff at University of Wisconsin-La Crosse. Every person’s contribution of 

information, time, and effort is sincerely appreciated. The consultant extends 

special thanks to the following individuals: 

Larry Earll, Division of State Facilities 

Maura Donnelly, UW-System Administration 

Kathleen Enz Finken, Provost and Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs 

Bob Hetzel, Vice Chancellor for Administration & Finance 

Matt Lewis, Director, Campus Planning 

Bob Hoar, Faculty Assistant to the Provost 

Bruce Riley, College of Science & Health – Interim Dean 

David Howard, Chair, Biology 

Aaron Monte, Chair, Chemistry 

Cynthia Berlin, Chair, Geography & Earth Science 

David Koster, Chair, Mathematics 

S. N. Rajagopal, Chair, Microbiology 

Gubbi Sudhakaran, Chair, Physics 

Jeff Bryan, Radiation Center 

Shelly Lesher, Radiation Center 

Kurt Grunwald, Radiation Center 

Mark Sandheinrich, Director, River Studies Center 

Thomas Greiner, Anatomy 

All photos by PAULIEN & ASSOCIATES, INC. staff except where noted. 


i

University of Wisconsin 

LA CROSSE 

ii 

March 2011

Table of Contents 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Executive Summary .........................................................................................................3 

Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 3 

Objectives and Assumptions ....................................................................................................... 3 

Teaching Laboratory Utilization .................................................................................................... 4 

Research ................................................................................................................................... 5 

Offi ce Space .............................................................................................................................. 5 

Program Space Allocation ........................................................................................................... 6 

1.0 Program Space Allocation ........................................................................................9 

Background ............................................................................................................................... 9 

The College of Science and Health ............................................................................................... 9 

Research ..................................................................................................................................10 

Offi ce Space .............................................................................................................................11 

Classrooms - 1 ..........................................................................................................................12 

Miscellaneous Instructional/Support Spaces - 2 ...........................................................................13 

Biology Department - 3 ..............................................................................................................15 

Chemistry Department - 4 ..........................................................................................................17 

Geography & Earth Science - 5 ...................................................................................................19 

Mathematics Department - 6 ......................................................................................................20 

Microbiology Department - 7 ......................................................................................................21 

Physics Department - 8 ..............................................................................................................23 

Radiation Center - 9 ..................................................................................................................25 

River Studies Center - 10 ...........................................................................................................25 

College of Science and Health – Dean’s Offi ce - 11 ......................................................................26 

Building Support - 12 ................................................................................................................27 

Comparison of Program Plan to Existing Space ............................................................................27 

2.0 Teaching Laboratory Analysis ................................................................................31 

Methodology and Assumptions ...................................................................................................31 

Comparison of Program to the Teaching Laboratory Analysis ........................................................32 

Teaching Laboratory Analysis Detail ............................................................................................33 

3.0 Teaching Laboratory Utilization Analysis ...............................................................45 

How is Utilization Determined? ...................................................................................................45 

Teaching Laboratories Defi ned ....................................................................................................45 

University of Wisconsin System Teaching Laboratory Utilization Expectations .................................46 

Which Teaching Laboratories are Included? .................................................................................46 

Teaching Laboratory Utilization by Program .................................................................................46 

Fall 2009 ...........................................................................................................................47 

Spring 2010 .......................................................................................................................48 

Comparison of Fall to Spring ...............................................................................................49 

Appendix A: Teaching Laboratory Utilization - Fall 2009 .............................................53 

Appendix B: Teaching Laboratory Utilization - Spring 2010 ........................................57 

Appendix C: Teaching Laboratory Utilization Detail - Fall 2009 ..................................61 

Appendix D: Teaching Laboratory Utilization Detail - Spring 2010 .............................91 

iii


LA CROSSE 

iv 

March 2011

Executive Summary

March 2011 

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 

Introduction 

Paulien & Associates, Inc. contracted with River Architects, Inc. to provide 

planning services for the Cowley Hall Addition/Renovation building program 

at University of Wisconsin-La Crosse (UW-L). The intent was to provide a 

light version of a pre-design study. Two sets of on-site work sessions were 

conducted discussing the space needs of the science programs in the College 

of Science and Health (CSH). In 2007, Paulien & Associates conducted a 

Campuswide Classroom Mix Study at UW-L, the outcomes of which formed the 

basis for the classroom needs outline in the program. Several draft programs 

were sent out for review to the UW-L Executive Committee and academic 

departments included in the study as well as the Department of State Facilities 

(DSF), and representatives from the University of Wisconsin System (UWS). 

The data used in this analysis represents the activities for the Fall 2009 and 

Spring 2010 semesters. Facilities data was collected from the Office of Facilities 

Planning and Management. Course data was collected from the Registrar’s 

office. 

Objectives and Assumptions 

The overall objective is to provide the science programs with an adequate 

amount of space to conduct the activities required in each type of space 

represented in the building program. To the degree possible, space effi ciencies, 

including sharing of certain spaces like conference rooms, core laboratory 

service spaces, and storage were explored and are refl ected in the program. 

A classroom mix analysis was not conducted as part of the scope of services. 

Rather the outcomes of the 2007 Campuswide Classroom Mix Study were used 

with some modifi cations to determine classroom needs. 

For the science programs included in the program, it is anticipated that there 

will be undergraduate student growth of three percent (3%) by 2015 and an 

overall growth of fi ve percent (5%) by 2020. No growth in graduate students 

is expected. 

Fall Student Credit Hour Projections 

2008 2009 2015 2020 

Student Student Percent Student Percent Student Percent 

Credit Credit Change Credit Change Credit Change 

Hours Hours (08 to 09) Hours from '09 Hours from '09 

Biology Undergraduate 9,811 9,824 0% 10,122 3% 10,352 5% 

Graduate 252 262 4% 262 0% 262 0% 

Total 10,063 10,086 0% 10,384 3% 10,614 5% 

Chemistry 

Geography / 

Undergraduate 6,743 6,506 (4%) 6,698 3% 6,846 5% 

Earth Science Undergraduate 2,688 2,800 4% 2,883 3% 2,946 5% 

Microbiology Undergraduate 2,076 1,938 (7%) 1,998 3% 2,044 5% 

Graduate 119 84 (29%) 84 0% 84 0% 

Total 2,195 2,022 (8%) 2,082 3% 2,128 5% 

Mathematics Undergraduate 8,915 9,713 9% 10,000 3% 10,221 5% 

Physics Undergraduate 2,519 2,725 8% 2,806 3% 2,868 5% 

TOTAL Undergraduate 32,752 33,506 2% 34,507 3% 35,277 5% 

Graduate 371 346 (7%) 346 0% 346 0% 

TOTAL 33,123 33,852 2% 34,853 3% 35,623 5% 


LA CROSSE 

3

Executive Summary 

4 

Teaching Laboratory Utilization 


For Fall 2009 the science programs had 28 teaching laboratories. These 

laboratories averaged 22 hours per week at 86% student station occupancy. 

Biology and Chemistry have the largest number of laboratories and schedule 

them very well considering the variety of subjects each covers. 

Teaching Laboratory Utilization Analysis Summary - Fall 2009 

Department / Program Unit 

No. of 

Rooms 

Average 

Room 

Size 

Average 

ASF per 

Station 

Biology 7 1,134 43 

Chemistry 8 1,226 58 

Geography & Earth Science 4 1,001 32 

Mathematics 2 782 17 

Microbiology 4 998 43 

Misc Instructional Support Spaces 1 1,140 29 

Physics & Astronomy 2 1,335 48 

Average 

Section 

Size 

Average 

Weekly Room 

Hours 

Total No. of Rooms = 28 AVERAGE 1,111 44 23 22 

Hours in Use 

Student Station 

Occupancy % 

22 29 86% 

19 24 92% 

25 16 78% 

34 24 76% 

17 19 79% 

40 5 100% 

24 21 88% 

The University of Wisconsin System utilization goals for teaching laboratories 

are 24 weekly room hours at 80% student station occupancy rate. This results 

in a weekly seat hour goal of 19.2 hours per seat. Even though the overall 

hours per week are a little less than the 24 hour weekly room hour target, the 

student station occupancy rate is greater than the UWS goal of 80%. The net 

result is that the science programs, on average, are meeting the 19.2 hours 

per seat. 

Because the use of the existing laboratories is very strong with the occupancy 

rates being very good, there is little room for student growth. This is why 

more laboratories are needed than currently exist. 

Weekly Room Hours: Student Station Occupancy: 

Misc 

Biology 

29 

Instructional 

Support 

100% 

Chemistry 

Mathematics 

Physics & 

Astronomy 

Microbiology 

Geography 

& Earth 

Science 

Misc 

Instructional 

Support 

5 

16 

21 

19 

24 

24 

Chemistry 

Physics & 

Astronomy 

Biology 

Microbiology 

Geography 

& Earth 

Science 

Mathematics 

88% 

86% 

79% 

78% 

76% 

92% 

86%

March 2011 

Research 


LA CROSSE 

Because of UW-L’s and CSH’s commitment to grant funded, faculty, and 

undergraduate student research, there is a very strong need for additional 

research space. In order to assess UW-L’s research activity, research 

expenditures from the latest published set of National Science Foundation 

data was analyzed (fi scal year 2008) and 

compared to the Integrated Postsecondary 

Education Data System’s (IPEDS) list of 

Comparison of IPEDS Peer Research Average to UW La Crosse 

comparison schools for UW-L. The range of 

$10,000,000 

expenditures from the IPED’s comparative 

$8,808,000 

$9,000,000 

list was from a low of $0.3 million to a high 

of $8.8 million. UW-L at $2.9 million has 

$8,000,000 

54% more sponsored research activity than 

$7,000,000 

the average of its IPED’s peer list (for more 

$6,000,000 

details please refer to Section 1). 

Because of CSH’s research commitment, 

research space was provided for each 

faculty member. It is assumed that faculty 

and students will share this space. The 

arrangement of lab space is unique to 

each discipline. Some faculty members 

require larger lab spaces due to the types of 

equipment and specimens being examined, 

some preferred shared laboratory space, 

while others require smaller spaces for 

computation or team rooms. 

Offi ce Space 

CSH is currently short of offi ce space in Cowley Hall. There is a 27% shortage 

in the number of offi ces. Some of these individuals are housed in buildings 

other than Cowley (such as the Dean’s suite which is housed in Graff Main Hall 

and Mitchell Hall) and some are doubling up in an offi ce space. After factoring 

offi ce needs for graduate and 

teaching assistants, the defi cit 

in the number of offi ce spaces 

increases to 50%. UWS has an 

established set of offi ce space 

guidelines which was used in 

determining the size of offi ces 

needed for each employee type. 

NSF Expenditures FY 2008 

$5,000,000 

$4,000,000 

$3,000,000 

$2,000,000 

$1,000,000 

$0 

$290,000 

$1,910,227 

Range Low IPEDS Peer 

Average 

$2,949,000 

No. of Existing Offices Compared to No. of Offices Needed 

UNIT 

No. of 

Existing 

Offices 

No. of 

Faculty & 

Staff* 

Graduate 

and 

Teaching 

Assistants TOTAL 

UW La Crosse Range High 

Difference 

(Existing - 

Faculty & 

Staff) 

Difference 

(Existing - 

Total) 

3 • Biology Department 28 40 50 90 (12) (62) 

4 • Chemistry Department 23 31 0 31 (8) (8) 

5 • Geography & Earth Science 13 12 0 12 1 1 

6 • Mathematics Department 28 36 2 38 (8) (10) 

7 • Microbiology Department 10 17 18 35 (7) (25) 

8 • Physics Department 11 11 0 11 0 0 

9 • Radiation Center 1 1 0 1 0 0 

10 • River Studies Center** 0 0 0 0 0 0 

11 • College of Science and Health – 

Dean’s Office 0 8 0 8 (8) (8) 

TOTAL 114 156 70 226 (42) (112) 

5

Executive Summary 

Program Summary by Unit and Space Use Type 

Unit 

6 

Classroom 

Space (100s) 

Teaching 

Laboratory 

Space (210s) 



The table below summarizes the program space allocation by unit and then by 

space type. A total of 208,149 Net Usable Square Feet has been programmed 

which includes: 13 classrooms and 40 laboratories; the College of Science 

and Health Dean’s suite; the departments of Biology, Chemistry, Geography 

& Earth Science, Mathematics, Microbiology, Physics, Radiation Center, River 

Studies Center and building support spaces. 

Open 

Laboratory 

Space (220s) 

Research 

Laboratory 

Space (250s) 

Office 

Space 

(300s) 

Other 

Departmental 

Space (400s - 

700s) 

Student 

Lounge and 

Dining (630 

and 650) 

Faculty 

Support 

(650) 

Building 

Support 

TOTAL 

AREA 

Percent 

of Total 

1 • Classrooms 21,800 21,800 10% 

2 • Misc. Instructional/Support Spaces 3,240 3,844 5,121 3,040 2,350 1,280 18,875 9% 

3 • Biology Department 19,200 480 13,200 8,498 8,330 49,708 24% 

4 • Chemistry Department 24,160 1,320 6,600 4,496 360 36,936 18% 

5 • Geography & Earth Science 6,880 2,640 1,808 360 11,688 6% 

6 • Mathematics Department 3,200 720 4,988 1,215 10,123 5% 

7 • Microbiology Department 10,240 5,760 3,403 360 19,763 9% 

8 • Physics Department 5,760 3,680 5,440 1,902 3,840 20,622 10% 

9 • Radiation Center 2,720 2,560 120 5,400 3% 

10 • River Studies Center 


3,520 3,520 2% 

Dean’s Office 

1,994 1,994 1% 

12 • Building Support 1,740 5,980 7,720 4% 

TOTAL AREA 21,800 72,680 12,044 40,440 32,330 19,245 2,350 1,280 5,980 208,149 100% 

Percent of Total 10% 35% 6% 19% 16% 9% 1% 1% 3% 100% 

The program is primarily comprised of instructional space (51%), research 

space (19%), and offi ces (16%). Approximately eleven percent (11%) of 

the building is other academic support space (such as vivarium, herbarium, 

greenhouse, planetarium, specimen space, and resource spaces), student 

lounge and dining services, and faculty support spaces.

Section 1 

Program Space 

Allocation

March 2011 

1.0 PROGRAM SPACE ALLOCATION 

Background 

Paulien & Associates along with River Architects conducted two on-site work 

sessions at University of Wisconsin-LaCrosse (UW-L) to determine a lite 

version of a pre-design study for the Cowley Hall Addition/Renovation building 

program. These work sessions were held May 5th and 6th and July 14th and 

15th of 2010. During the work sessions, space needs for the science programs 

at UW-L were discussed. Additionally, the outcomes of the 2007 Campuswide 

Classroom Mix Study performed by Paulien & Associates, Inc. were the basis 

for the classroom needs outlined in the program. 

Several draft programs were sent out for review to the UW-L Executive 

Committee and academic programs included in the study, Department of State 

Facilities (DSF), and University of Wisconsin System (UWS) in late June, July 

and September, 2010. Adjustments to each unit’s space program were made 

as comments were received or new information was discovered. The building 

program described and illustrated in this section reflects the outcomes of those 

work sessions and program drafts. Each unit included in the building program 

has been assigned a number in the building program plan summary and each 

space or functional area under the unit has been assigned a reference number. 

Space efficiencies, including sharing of certain spaces like conference rooms, 

were explored and discussed throughout all work sessions. 

Each unit as defined in the program summary is discussed in this section. 

Office spaces are not discussed in detail. 

The College of Science and Health 

The College of Science and Health (CSH) is comprised of the following 

departments: Biology; Chemistry; Computer Science; Exercise and Sport 

Science; Geography/Earth Science; Health Education and Health Promotion; 

Health Professions; Mathematics; Microbiology; Physics; and Recreation 

Management and Therapeutic Recreation. Additionally, CSH has about ten 

different interdisciplinary centers: Center for Geographic Information Science 

(G.I.S.); Center on Disability Health and Adapted Physical Activity; Health 

Science Consortium; Human Performance Laboratory; Institute for Biomolecular 

Sciences; La Crosse Institute for Movement Studies (L.I.M.S.); River Studies 

Center; Science Technology Engineering and Mathematics (S.T.E.M.) Alliance; 

and the Statistical Consulting Center. CSH also has core facilities that are 

shared between departments such as the Radiation Center, greenhouse 

space, core microscope suite, and its animal care facilities (vivarium) which 

are accredited through the Association for Assessment and Accreditation of 

Laboratory Animal Care International (AAALAC). Some of these facilities may 

be under a particular department’s purview. 

CSH has a very strong commitment to research not only for faculty and graduate 

students but for its undergraduate student population as well. Its students 

are paired with faculty mentors and may acquire funding from various grant 

programs at the College level as well as the University level. This student 

research is highlighted at UW-L’s symposium on undergraduate research. 


LA CROSSE 

9

Section 1 


Comparison of Research Activity 

IPEDS' Peer List 

10 

NSF Research 

Expenditures 

FY 2008 

Appalachian State University $3,586,000 

Central Connecticut State University $363,000 

College of Charleston $5,397,000 

Eastern Illinois University $713,000 

Humboldt State University $8,808,000 

Kutztown University of Pennsylvania $0 

Murray State University $2,335,000 

Northern Michigan University $944,000 

Radford University $290,000 

Rowan University $4,658,000 

Salisbury University $0 

Sonoma State University $652,000 

SUNY College at Cortland $355,000 

SUNY College at Oswego $1,026,000 

The Collge of New Jersey $772,000 

Truman State University $760,000 

University of Minnesota - Duluth* n/a 

University of Northern Iowa $2,960,000 

UW - Eau Claire $1,040,000 

UW - Oshkosh $1,516,000 

UW - Stevens Point $3,233,000 

Western Illinois University $1,597,000 

Winona State University $1,020,000 

AVERAGE $1,910,227 

UW La Crosse $2,949,000 

UW La Crosse Compared to Average +$1,038,773 

UW La Crosse as a Percent of Average 

* University of Minnesota reports as one Institution. 

+54% 


Not all of CSH’s programs and centers space needs are addressed in this 

program. Biology, Chemistry, Geography & Earth Science, Mathematics, 

Microbiology, Physics, the Radiation Center, River Studies Center, and the 

CSH Dean’s suite are specifi cally addressed. Also addressed are the animal 

facilities and greenhouse space which are under Biology. Other units also have 

specialty spaces such as the observatory and planetarium under Physics. On 

the whole, CSH is short of space in all space categories. 

Research 

Because of UW-L’s and CSH’s commitment to faculty and 

undergraduate student research, there is a very strong need for 

additional research space. To put UW-L’s research activity into 

perspective, research expenditures for fi scal year 2008 (the latest 

set of data published) from the National Science Foundation were 

obtained as well as a list of comparison institutions for UW-L from 

the National Center for Education Statistics’ (NCES) Integrated 

Postsecondary Education Data System (IPEDS). 

The result of the IPED’S comparative list is that UW-L has 54% 

more sponsored research activity than the average of its peers. 

Radford University (Virginia) has the least amount of NSF research 

expenditures at $290,000 while Humboldt State University 

(California) has the most at $8,808,000 in research expenditures. 

While the average research expenditure amount is a little over $1.9 

million for the 22 institutions (excluding the University of Minnesota 

– Duluth), a trimmed average (excluding the lowest and the highest) 

would be about $1.65 million. This indicates that UW-L has between 

54% and 79% more research activity than that of the IPEDS’ peer 

list. Much of this research activity is in the sciences. 

For the study, research space was set up in modules of 320 which 

is a bay of 10’ x 32’. To the degree possible, commonalities in 

research support spaces were discovered that could be shared 

between units. 

Comparison of IPEDS Peer Research Average to UW La Crosse 

NSF Expenditures FY 2008 

$10,000,000 

$9,000,000 

$8,000,000 

$7,000,000 

$6,000,000 

$5,000,000 

$4,000,000 

$3,000,000 

$2,000,000 

$1,000,000 

$0 

$290,000 

$1,910,227 

Range Low IPEDS Peer 

Average 

$2,949,000 

$8,808,000 

UW La Crosse Range High

March 2011 

Offi ce Space 

The table below illustrates the number of offi ces located in Cowley Hall as it 

is currently confi gured compared to the number of faculty and staff that need 

to be housed in this building. There is a 27% shortage in the number of 

offi ces needed to accommodate faculty and staff. After graduate and teaching 

assistants are added to the total, there is an approximate shortage of 50%. 

The shortage is now being accommodated by housing faculty and staff in other 

buildings or by putting more than one person in an offi ce. The average offi ce 

size in Cowley Hall 126 ASF, however, over 75% of the rooms are between 110 

and 112 ASF. 

No. of Existing Offices Compared to No. of Offices Needed 

UNIT 

No. of 

Existing 

Offices 

No. of 

Faculty & 

Staff* 

Graduate 

and 

Teaching 

Assistants TOTAL 

Difference 

(Existing - 

Faculty & 

Staff) 

Every effort has been made to use UWS space guidelines where applicable— 

especially for office sizes. The following office sizes were used in the analysis: 

It should be noted that a circulation factor was added for office suite areas. 

Because it has not yet been decided which spaces will be designed as suites, 

a factor of 10% of the total office space has been added for suite circulation. 

Difference 

(Existing - 

Total) 

3 • Biology Department 28 40 50 90 (12) (62) 

4 • Chemistry Department 23 31 0 31 (8) (8) 

5 • Geography & Earth Science 13 12 0 12 1 1 

6 • Mathematics Department 28 36 2 38 (8) (10) 

7 • Microbiology Department 10 17 18 35 (7) (25) 

8 • Physics Department 11 11 0 11 0 0 

9 • Radiation Center 1 1 0 1 0 0 

10 • River Studies Center** 0 0 0 0 0 0 


Dean’s Office 0 8 0 8 (8) (8) 

* Excludes Student Workers 

** Included in Biology 

TOTAL 114 156 70 226 (42) (112) 

Office Guidelines 

OFFICE / Employee Type 

ASF per 

Occupant 

Dean 185 

Associate Deans 160 

Department Chairs 135 

Directors 135 

Center / Lab Directors 120 

Faculty (including Visiting Full-time Faculty) 120 

Professionals (includes Asst. Directors, Advisors, 

Coordinators, Instructional Academic Staff, Officers, 

Recruiters, Specialists, etc.) 

120 

Program Assistants 80 

Graduate / Teaching Assistants 60 

Student Workers 35 


LA CROSSE 

11

Section 1 


12 

Cowley Hall Classroom List 

Room Id ASF 

Station 

Count 

Classroom 

Type 

Fall 2005 Fall 2009 

Clasroom 

Quality 

Classroom 

Size/ Capacity 

Existing 

Station 

Count 


Classrooms - 1 

A classroom mix analysis was not conducted as part of this scope of services. 

Therefore, the UW-L 2007 Campuswide Classroom Mix Study outcomes 

determined the number and size of classrooms needed for this program. 

However, Paulien & Associates notes that the number of classrooms in use 

Campuswide are fewer than the number of classrooms that were being used 

at the time of the 2007 study. Conversely, the number of weekly room hours 

of lecture or lecture type courses is over 8% more than what was projected 

in the 2007 Classroom Mix Study. This could create a need for ten additional 

classrooms beyond the 2007 study projection. Additionally, the section sizes 

are smaller than what was originally projected. This means that the classrooms 

planned at 150 and 190 station capacities in the 2007 study may need to have 

the capacities reduced or, conversely, the section sizes increased. During the 

on-site work sessions, discussions were held with the programs that primarily 

use the larger classrooms. It was decided that the capacities of the larger 

classrooms should be reduced to 120 and 150 stations and that two of each 

capacity size were needed. These adjustments were made and are refl ected 

in the program. 

The table following provides a crosswalk of the classrooms that were in use 

in Cowley Hall at the time of the UW-L 2007 Classroom Mix Study (using Fall 

2005 as a snapshot in time) to the classrooms that were in use for Fall 2009. 

Classroom 

Size/ 

Capacity 

Projected Stations in 

Feb. 2007 Report 

Projected 

Station 

Count 

Classroom 

Size/ Capacity 

CH 0041 829 48 General B 46 - 55 Now a Math Ed Lab To be repurposed 

CH 0043 747 42 General B 41 - 45 Now a Math Ed Lab To be repurposed 

CH 0045 803 41 General B 41 - 45 41 41 - 45 To be repurposed 

CH 0047 708 42 General A 41 - 45 42 41 - 45 28 26 - 30 

CH 0100 1,817 145 General A 131 - 150 145 131 - 150 145 131 - 150 

CH 0111 810 40 Departmental N/A 36 - 40 40 36 - 40 40 36 - 40 

CH 0113 1,043 48 Departmental N/A 46 - 55 46 46 - 55 48 46 - 55 

CH 0140 1,956 191 General B 151 - 200 191 151 - 200 191 151 - 200 

CH 0141 599 40 General A 36 - 40 40 36 - 40 24 25 and Under 

CH 0149 599 40 General A 36 - 40 40 36 - 40 24 25 and Under 

CH 0151 1,223 89 General A 76 - 100 89 76 - 100 49 46 - 55 

CH 0156 1,560 138 General A 131 - 150 138 131 - 150 138 131 - 150 

CH 0201 805 54 General A 46 - 55 54 46 - 55 32 31 - 35 

CH 0215 1,170 48 Departmental N/A 46 - 55 44 41 - 45 48 46 - 55 

CH 0301 803 55 General A 46 - 55 55 46 - 55 32 31 - 35 

CH 0405 508 31 General B 30 - 35 31 30 - 35 To be repurposed 

CH 0447 509 37 General B 36 - 40 Now Chem Research. To be repurposed 

CH 0103 1,080 This room was not a classroom in Fall 2005. 40 36 - 40 

CH 0252 1,180 This room was not a classroom in Fall 2005. 50 46 - 55 

To the degree possible all classrooms should allow for collaborative learning 

pedagogies. The classrooms should permit flexible seating arrangements with 

tables and chairs and multiple fronts of room. The seating arrangement for 

all larger classrooms should allow for two sets of fixed tables per tier so that 

students can turn around and work in groups between rows.

March 2011 

Each classroom should have an acceptable level of technology. All classrooms 

should be smart classrooms, containing at minimum a data projector, instructor 

computer, media player (DVD), and projection screen. UW-L will need to 

determine the use of stationary or movable instructor podiums and the use of 

wireless Internet connectivity within each room. At a minimum, each instructor 

podium should provide access to the Internet and rooms with windows should 

have appropriate window coverings to darken the room. Lighting should be 

multi-switched or fluorescent lamps with dimmable ballast should be installed 

to control illumination levels during multi-media presentations. 

1 • Classrooms 

Space 

No. Functional Area 

No. of 

Occupants 

ASF per 

Occupant 

ASF per 

Space 

No. of 

Spaces 

Miscellaneous Instructional/Support Spaces - 2 

This category includes a number of spaces that benefit the campus community — 

both students and faculty — as well as the occupants of the building. Not every 

space is discussed below. 


This laboratory is currently the Physics workshop lab. It is used to instruct future 

educators how to teach physics. Per current CSH administration this lab will be used 

in the future to teach a variety of sciences and will be used by more than the Physics 

department. 

2C Student Collaborative Learning Spaces 

The Student Collaborative Learning Spaces should be scattered throughout the 

building and are best when open to a corridor. Depending on how the space is designed 

(i.e., whether as part of the circulation, separate alcoves, etc.) this will provide 112 

to 135 student seats or 17 to 28 areas for four to eight students. Some of these 

areas may need to be large enough to accommodate six to eight students. These 

spaces should have at a minimum white boards, movable furniture, and electrical 

outlets. Other technology, such as large LCD monitors with appropriate collaborative 

software, should also be considered for some of the group areas. Collaborative areas 

are best located near classrooms and laboratories and faculty offices where students 

can gather before or after class or an instructor can easily continue a discussion with 

student(s) after a class in an active setting. Five percent (5%) of the total classroom 

and teaching laboratory space was used to determine the quantity of space. 

Total 

ASF 


LA CROSSE 

TOTAL 

AREA 

1A Table & Chair 24 25 600 2 1,200 1,200 

1B Table & Chair 32 25 800 3 2,400 2,400 

1C Table & Chair 40 25 1,000 1 1,000 1,000 

1D Table & Chair 48 25 1,200 3 3,600 3,600 

1E Fixed Table & Movable Chair 120 24 2,880 2 5,760 5,760 

1F Fixed Table & Movable Chair 150 24 3,600 2 7,200 7,200 

1G Classroom Support - Lecture Prep Storage 320 2 640 640 

TOTAL UNIT'S ASF 21,800 

Notes: This classroom program only replaces the number of classrooms projected to be in Cowley from the February 2007 Classroom Mix Study. 

The capacities of the large classrooms have been reduced based upon current section sizes. 

13

Section 1 


14 

2 • Misc. Instructional/Support Spaces 

Space 


No. of 

Occupants 

ASF per 

Occupant 


2D Testing Room(s) 

These rooms are used for giving make-up or individualized tests for the programmed 

departments. One per fl oor should be suffi cient. These spaces should be close to 

offi ces so that the student(s) can be proctored. 

2I Field Equipment Storage 

Many of the programs conduct fi eld work such as the River Studies Center, Biology, 

and Geography & Earth Science. This space will store the vast amount of equipment 

that is taken into the fi eld. 

2J Shop 

The shop for metals, wood, glass blowing, and repair are joint use facilities by all 

occupants of the building. 

2K Faculty Resource Center 

The Faculty Resource Centers are intended to be areas that faculty can come and 

mingle, eat lunch, meet with students, and prepare for class. 

ASF per 

Space 

No. of 

Spaces 

Total 

ASF 

TOTAL 

AREA 

TEACHING LABORATORY SPACE (210s) 3,240 

2A Science Education Methods Laboratory 2,120 

2A1 Lab Area 40 45 1,800 1 1,800 

2A2 Prep Area and Storage (to be shared with Math Ed Labs) 320 1 320 

2B Building Laboratory Support 1,120 

2B1 Dark Room 160 1 160 

2B2 Dry Chemical Storage 800 1 800 

2B3 Acid Storage 160 1 160 

OPEN LABORATORY SPACE (220s) 3,844 

2C Student Collaborative Learning Spaces 

(5% of Classroom and Teaching Laboratory 

Space) 

3,364 1 3,364 3,364 

2D Testing Room(s) 2 60 120 4 480 480 

OFFICE SPACE (300s) 5,121 

2E Office Suite Circulation (scattered throughout the building) 2,721 1 2,721 2,721 

2F Conference Room 

One per floor to be shared by Building Occupants 

20 30 600 4 2,400 2,400 

OTHER DEPARTMENTAL SPACE (400s - 700s) 6,670 

2G Shared Printing Areas 80 4 320 320 

2H Chemical Waste Holding 160 1 160 160 

2I Field Equipment Storage 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

2J Shop (metal, wood, glass blowing and repair) 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

2K Faculty Resource Center 20 32 640 2 1,280 1,280 

2L Vending & Seating Area 450 3 1,350 1,350 

2M Cyber Café 1,000 

Vending/Food Cart 100 1 100 

Seating 30 30 900 1 900 

TOTAL UNIT'S ASF 18,875

March 2011 

Biology Department - 3 

Biology has fi ve different concentrations: general biology, biomedical science, 

cellular and molecular biology, aquatic science, and environmental sciences. 

Research focuses include not only the above concentrations but bioinformatics, 

genetics, developmental biology, organismal biology, parasitology, mycology, 

plant biology and toxicology. 

The Biology Department includes a variety of spaces that are shared and/ 

or unique. Included is the core microscope suite, a suite of spaces used 

for DNA amplifi cation by the Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) (shared with 

Microbiology), a cold room (shared with Biochemistry and River Studies), 

the vivarium, herbarium, greenhouse, and specimen museum (shared with 

Geography & Earth Sciences). 

Six different types of teaching laboratories are required for Biology – 

Introductory Biology; Anatomy/Physiology (which includes the replacement 

of the laboratory in Mitchell Hall); Aquatics; Animal/Organizimal; Botany; 

and Cell/Genetics. These laboratories require a plethora of support spaces 

including prep areas, storage, refrigeration, and equipment rooms. The 

Anatomy/Physiology laboratories are used by three departments within CSH – 

Biology, Exercise and Sport Science, and the Health Professions. 

3S Biology Special Projects Laboratory 

This laboratory is not a regularly scheduled laboratory. It is used for special projects, 

extra or make-up lab work, and individual laboratory work by students. 

Research laboratories are based on an average of 160 ASF per faculty. For Biology 

it was desired that larger research labs be provided that could be shared among the 

focus areas and faculty; therefore two diff erent research lab sizes are shown, 480 

ASF for three faculty and 320 for two faculty. These concepts are in keeping with the 

320 ASF lab module. 


LA CROSSE 

15

Section 1 


16 

3 • Biology Department 

Space 


No. of 

Occupants 

ASF per 

Occupant 


ASF per 

Space 

No. of 

Spaces 

Total 

ASF TOTAL AREA 


3A Department Chair's Office 1 120 120 1 120 120 

3B Ranked Faculty Office 1 120 120 22 2,640 2,640 

3C Future Ranked Faculty Office 1 120 120 7 840 840 

3D Lecturer - Full time 1 120 120 5 600 600 

3E Lecturer - Part time 2 60 120 1 120 120 

3F Support Staff / Reception Area / Files 458 





Storage Cabinets 2 6 12 1 12 


3G Secure Office Storage (4 storage cabinets) 1 120 120 1 120 120 

3H Workroom 120 2 240 240 

3I Teaching Assisants 2 60 120 8 960 960 

3J Graduate Students 2 60 120 17 2,040 2,040 

3K Lab Support Staff 1 120 120 3 360 360 


3L Introductory Biology 28 46 1,280 3 3,840 3,840 

3M Anatomy/Physiology (includes ESS) 24 53 1,280 3 3,840 3,840 

3N Aquatics 20 64 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

3O Animal/Organizimal 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

3P Botany (adjacent to Green House) 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

3Q Cell/Genetics 20 64 1,280 2 2,560 2,560 

3R Laboratory Support (3L - 3Q) 5,120 

3R1 Anatomy/Physiology Preparation & Cadaver Storage 1,280 1 1,280 

3R2 Introductory Biology / Aquatics Prep / Storage 320 2 640 

3R3 Animal/Organizimal & Botany Prep / Storage 640 1 640 

3R4 Cell Genetics Preparation / Autoclave 960 1 960 

3R5 Core Microscope Suite 960 1 960 

3R6 PCR Suite - shared with Microbiology 320 1 320 

3R7 Cold Room (to be shared with Biochemistry and River Studies) 320 1 320 

OPEN LABORATORY SPACE (220s) 480 

3S Biology Special Projects Laboratory 10 48 480 1 480 480 

RESEARCH LABORATORY SPACE (250s) 13,200 

3T Faculty / Student Research (large paired lab) 3 480 1,440 7 10,080 10,080 

3U Faculty / Student Research (paired lab) 2 320 640 3 1,920 1,920 

3V Environmental Sample Processing Room 800 1 800 800 

3W Environmental Chamber Room 400 1 400 400 


3X Vivarium 2,840 

3X1 Animal Rooms 1 120 120 8 960 

3X2 Procedures Room 1 480 480 2 960 

3X3 Cage Wash 1 320 320 1 320 

3X4 Storage 1 160 160 2 320 

3X5 Dirty Room 1 160 160 1 160 

3X6 Lab Manager 1 120 120 1 120 

3Y Herbarium 1 960 960 1 960 960 

3Z Greenhouse 1,920 

3Z1 Greenhouse 1 960 960 1 960 

3Z2 Headhouse 1 160 160 1 160

March 2011 

3 • Biology Department 

Space 


Chemistry Department - 4 

No. of 

Occupants 

ASF per 

Occupant 

ASF per 

Space 

The Department of Chemistry offers a B.S. in: chemistry; chemistry with 

the American Chemical Society’s (ACS) certifi cation; a business concentration; 

environmental science concentration; biochemistry (in the fi elds of biophysics, 

molecular biology, and enzymology); and a dual degree in chemistry– 

engineering. The chemistry subdisciplines include not only organic, analytical, 

physical, inorganic, and biochemistry but nuclear, polymer, biophysical, 

bioinorganic, and environmental. The number and types of laboratories 

needed refl ect the variety of subdisciplines offered by the Chemistry program 

and the number of students it serves. 

Chemistry has some core facilities such as the nuclear magnetic resonance 

(NMR) that it shares with other units. It also needs access to other core 

facilities such as cold rooms (under Biology), dry chemical and acid storage 

(under Misc. Instructional Space). 

Two different types of research space were defi ned for Chemistry – a wet lab 

environment which is 400 ASF per faculty and a computational environment 

which is 200 ASF per faculty. 

No. of 

Spaces 


LA CROSSE 

Total 


3Z3 Acquatics Space 1 160 160 1 160 

3Z4 Isolation Space 1 320 320 2 640 

3AA Specimen Museum 2,250 

3AA1 Display Specimen 1 640 640 1 640 

3AA2 Speciman Non-Display 1 320 320 2 640 

3AA3 Office Area 1 60 60 1 60 

3AA4 Rock Collection 160 1 160 

3AA5 Table and Chairs 30 25 750 1 750 

3AB General Lab / Departmental Storage 120 3 360 360 

SPACES INCLUDED ELSEWHERE: 

Conference Room (to be shared) 18 30 540 

Undergraduate Workrooms (the collaborative 

learning spaces will serve this purpose - need 3) 

1 120 120 3 

Equipment Repair - 350 (included in Misc. Instructional Spaces) 

Microscope - 359 (included in Core Microscope Suite) 

Shared Field Equipment Storage (included in Misc. Instructional Spaces) 1,280 


17

Section 1 


18 

4 • Chemistry Department 

Space 


No. of 

Occupants 

ASF per 

Occupant 


ASF per 

Space 

No. of 

Spaces 

Total 






4D Lecturer - Full time 1 120 120 9 1,080 1,080 


4F Support Staff / Reception Area / Files 446 






4G Workroom 120 1 120 120 

4H Secure Storage (1 stg.; 3 file cabinets) 1 120 120 1 120 120 

4I Lab Support Staff 1 120 120 2 240 240 

4J Student Workers (Lab Prep) 6 35 210 1 210 210 


4K General Chemistry I 24 53 1,280 3 3,840 3,840 

4L General Chemistry II 24 53 1,280 2 2,560 2,560 

4M Biochemistry 24 53 1,280 2 2,560 2,560 

4N Survey of Organic Chemistry 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

4O Organic Chemistry Majors 24 53 1,280 2 2,560 2,560 

4P Analytical Chemistry 24 53 1,280 2 2,560 2,560 

4Q Instrumental Chemistry 12 107 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

4R Physical Chemistry 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

4S Laboratory Support (4K - 4R) 6,240 

4S1 Gen Chem Prep/Bal 640 1 640 

4S2 Gen/SuOrg Prep/Bal 640 1 640 

4S3 Gen Chem II Prep/Bal 640 1 640 

4S4 Biochem Prep/Equip 640 1 640 

4S5 Org Major Prep/Equip 640 1 640 

4S6 Anaylical Prep/Bal 640 1 640 

4S7 Inst/P Chem Prep/Bal 640 1 640 

4S8 NMR (should be in the basement) 480 1 480 

4S9 Stock Dispensing 960 1 960 

4S10 Flammable Storage 320 1 320 


4T Chemical Analysis Computer Lab 24 35 840 1 840 840 

4U Computerized Instrumentation Lab (to be 

located near Analytical Chemistry Lab 4Q and 4T) 

12 40 480 1 480 480 


4V Faculty / Student Research (standard) 1 400 400 16 6,400 6,400 

4W Faculty /Student Research (computational) 1 200 200 1 200 200 

OTHER DEPARTMENTAL SPACE (400s - 700s) 360 

4X General Lab / Departmental Storage 120 3 360 360 



Biochem Cold Room - to be shared with Biology 160 

Dry Chemical and Acid Storage (included in Misc. Instructional Space) 960 


March 2011 

Geography & Earth Science - 5 

Geography and Earth Sciences is both a natural and social science. The 

topics offered by GES are cultural, physical or technical in nature. The natural 

sciences aspect of this department deals with earth sciences as well as 

geomorphology and weather requiring wet laboratories. The technical aspect 

employs geographical information systems requiring modifi ed computer 

laboratory setups. The social science topics primarily need classroom space. 

Because GES is a varied discipline, so too are the research space requirements. 

Faculty were split into two groups – those that require space for equipment 

and specimens and those that need computational type research spaces. 

Faculty requiring a wet-lab need 400 ASF per person whereas faculty needing 

computational space only need about 160 ASF per person. Those requiring 

larger spaces need fume hoods, water, air and gases. Storage (both cold 

and regular) is important as core specimens are collected. Many of these 

specimens are 6 feet long and a foot in diameter. 

5 • Geography & Earth Science 

Space 


No. of 

Occupants 

ASF per 

Occupant 

ASF per 

Space 

No. of 

Spaces 


LA CROSSE 

Total 




5B Ranked Faculty Office 1 120 120 7 840 840 


5D Lab Support Staff 1 120 120 1 120 120 

5E Support Staff / Reception Area / Files 248 





5F Office Storage 120 1 120 120 

5G Workroom 120 1 120 120 


5H Earth Science Laboratory 30 43 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

5I Geomorphology & Weather 30 43 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

5J Introductory GIS Laboratory 30 43 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

5K Advanced GIS Laboratory 1,760 

5K1 Main Laboratory 36 44 1,600 1 1,600 

5K2 Server Room 160 1 160 

5L Laboratory Support (5H and 5I) 1,280 

5L1 Earth Science Prep Storage 320 1 320 

5L2 Geomorphology Prep Storage 320 1 320 

5L3 Geography Storage 480 1 480 

5L4 Cold Room 160 1 160 


5M Faculty / Student Research (standard) 1 400 400 5 2,000 2,000 

5N Faculty / Student Research (computational) 1 160 160 4 640 640 


5O General Lab / Departmental Storage 120 3 360 360 



GIS Office (included as part of office space) 120 

Shared Field Equipment Storage (see Misc. Instructional Spaces) 1,280 


19

Section 1 


20 

Mathematics Department - 6 


The Mathematics Department serves the entire constituency at UW-L by 

teaching numerous core courses in addition to cultivating its own majors. The 

majority of its space needs are for classrooms and offi ce space; however it 

does have need of some laboratory and research space and a resource library 

area. 

6K Laboratory - Math Education 

This space operates much like a classroom with the exception that it needs perimeter 

storage, fl exible seating, and maybe running water. This space is used to teach 

students the methods of instructing mathematics at the K-12 level. The perimeter 

storage is for educational manipulatives as well as other curriculum resources. A 

fl exible table and chair environment aids in student collaboration. The need for 

running water is to be discussed after enumeration. 

6L Math Research Team Rooms / Collaboratorium 

These spaces are designed to be fl exible in nature and not necessarily checked out to 

one particular faculty member, although on a short term basis, the department would 

need to decide if that could be accommodated. This space would be used by both 

faculty and majors for research projects. Ideally the space itself would be designed 

fl exibly so that it could be either small spaces or one larger space. 

6M Undergraduate Research / Library 

This space currently exists in Cowley Hall. This resource area provides books, 

computers, and a space for students to work together on projects with other students 

or faculty.

March 2011 

6 • Mathematics Department 

Space 


Microbiology Department - 7 

No. of 

Occupants 

ASF per 

Occupant 

ASF per 

Space 

The Microbiology Department and its major is distinct in that most 

comprehensive universities do not have a major in this discipline. Not only is 

there a major but there are four different tracks and two MS concentrations. 

For the undergraduate, the Department offers general microbiology and 

microbiology with concentrations in biomedicine, environmental science, and 

business. The M.S. Biology program has two concentrations in microbiology 

– general and clinical microbiology. The Clinical Laboratory Science major 

is also housed in this department. Research is conducted in the areas of 

food microbiology, microbial genetics, virology, environmental microbiology, 

immunology and pathogenic bacteriology. 

Microbiology currently has four teaching laboratories – introductory microbiology; 

food safe microbiology (food, fermentation, and general education); medical 

No. of 

Spaces 


LA CROSSE 

Total 








6F Lab Support Staff 1 120 120 1 120 120 

6G Support Staff / Reception Area / Files 428 





Lateral Files (lockable, secure) 3 11 33 1 33 

6H Graduate Students 2 60 120 1 120 120 

6I Workroom 120 1 120 120 

6J Office Storage 120 1 120 120 


6K Laboratory - Math Education Space (may 

need running water) 

40 40 1,600 2 3,200 3,200 

RESEARCH LABORATORY SPACE (250s) 720 

6L Math Research Team Rooms / 

Collaboratorium 

8 30 240 3 720 720 


6M Undergraduate Research / Library 1,095 

Bookshelves 20 4 80 1 80 

Comfortable Seating 6 40 240 1 240 

Computer Stations 1 35 35 5 175 

Tables and Chairs 1 30 30 20 600 

6N General Lab Storage 120 1 120 120 



Testing Room (see Misc. Instructional Support Spaces) 120 


21

Section 1 


22 

7 • Microbiology Department 

Space 


No. of 

Occupants 

ASF per 

Occupant 


microbiology (immunology, pathogenic bacteriology, medical mycology and 

virology); and microbial genetics and physiology (microbial genetics, bacterial 

physiology, bacterial diversity, and aquatic microbial ecology). The medical 

microbiology lab needs to be separated into two different labs as the four 

areas of study do not co-habitate with each other due to cross-contamination 

concerns. 

Research space needs were based on three different laboratory sizes. The 

lab sizes were established upon types of research being conducted and 

equipment needed inside the lab. There are two core facilities that are needed 

by Microbiology that are under other units as core facilities to be shared – the 

space needed for DNA amplifi cation by the Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) 

and the Radioisotope laboratory. 

ASF per 

Space 

No. of 

Spaces 

Total 




7B Ranked Faculty Office 1 120 120 6 720 720 








7F Graduate Assistants / Students 2 60 120 9 1,080 1,080 

7G Office Storage 120 1 120 120 

7H Lab Support Staff 1 120 120 3 360 360 


7I Fundamental Microbiology 20 64 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

7J Path Bact / Med Mycology 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

7K Bact Phy / Genetics / Micro Eco 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

7L Gen Ed / Food Micro / Nutrition 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

7M Immunology / Virology 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

7N Laboratory Support (7I - 7M) 3,840 

7N1 Gen Microbiology Prep / Autoclave (includes lab prep vestibule for student workers) 1,600 1 1,600 

7N2 Tissue Culture 320 1 320 

7N3 Centrifuge Room 480 1 480 

7N4 Fermentation Lab 800 1 800 

7N5 Cold Room 160 1 160 

7N6 Equipment/Instument Room and Storage 480 1 480 


7O Faculty / Student Research (large) 1 960 960 3 2,880 2,880 

7P Faculty / Student Research (medium large) 1 640 640 3 1,920 1,920 

7Q Faculty / Student Research (standard) 1 480 480 2 960 960 


7R General Lab / Departmental Storage 120 3 360 360 


Workroom (to be shared with Biology) 120 


PCR - shared with Biology 320 

Radioisotope Lab - 319 (moved to the Radiation Center) 160 


March 2011 

Physics Department - 8 

The Physics program at UW-L is one of the top in the country, recently being 

recognized by the American Institute of Physics as one of the best programs in 

the country and consistently in the top ten institutions for awarding the most 

Bachelor of Science in Physics degrees. A dual degree in physics/engineering 

is also available. The program features emphasis in the following areas: 

astronomy, optics, and computational physics. Concentrations in business 

and biomedical engineering and biomechanics are available. Research 

opportunities exist in laser physics, nuclear physics, biomechanics, materials 

science, and computational physics. 

In the future and with newer facilities, the Physics program intends on adding 

a studio lab environment for teaching. This is an environment where lecture 

as well as lab activities occur in one room. Students work collaboratively to 

complete assignments. Many of Physics’ other instructional laboratories are 

classifi ed as open laboratories due to the types of use and lack of regular 

scheduling that occur in these labs. These labs are used: to support other 

laboratory activities; for experiments that are set up for weeks at a time; 

for independent student activities either as a group or individually; and/or to 

house special equipment. Included as open laboratories are the holography 

lab, optics lab, advanced/experimental physics lab, and a computational 

computer lab. 

The research space requirements are quite varied among the faculty. 

Three research sizes were agreed upon – an extra-large lab at 1,280 ASF 

per faculty housing a lot of equipment and paraphernalia; research labs for 

experimentalists at 640 ASF per faculty; and a joint use theorist laboratory for 

three faculty members at 960 ASF (320 ASF per faculty). 

Other space needs include a planetarium, rooftop observatory, and student 

organization space. 


LA CROSSE 

23

Section 1 


24 

8 • Physics Department 

Space 


No. of 

Occupants 

ASF per 

Occupant 


ASF per 

Space 

No. of 

Spaces 

Total 




8B Ranked Faculty 1 120 120 7 840 840 

8C Future Ranked Faculty 1 120 120 1 120 120 

8D Lecturer - Part time 2 60 120 1 120 120 






8F Workroom 120 1 120 120 

8G Office Storage 120 1 120 120 

8H Lab Support Staff 1 120 120 1 120 120 

8I Student Workers (Lab Prep) 1 35 35 3 105 105 


8J Introductory Physics 30 64 1,920 1 1,920 1,920 

8K Electronics / Astronomy 30 43 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

8L Studio Lab 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

8M Laboratory Support (8J - 8L) 1,280 

8M1 Introductory Prep & Storage 320 1 320 

8M2 Electronics Prep & Storage 320 1 320 

8M3 Studio Prep & Storage 640 1 640 


8N Holography Lab 6 53 320 1 320 320 

8O Optics Lab 24 40 960 1 960 960 

8P Advanced / Experimental Physics 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

8Q Laboratory Support (8N - 8P) 640 

8Q1 Optics Prep & Storage 320 1 320 

8Q2 Advanced Prep & Storage 320 1 320 

8R Computational Computer Lab with 

Specialized Software 

12 40 480 1 480 480 


8S Faculty / Student Research (x-large) 1 1,280 1,280 2 2,560 2,560 

8T Faculty / Student Research (Theorists) 3 320 960 1 960 960 

8U Faculty / Student Research (Experimentalist) 1 640 640 3 1,920 1,920 


8V Planetarium 1,830 

8V1 Planetarium (two story space) 70 15 1,050 1 1,050 

8V2 Storage 1 120 120 2 240 

8V3 Prefunction / Welcome Area 1 500 500 1 500 


8W Rooftop Observatory 1,530 

8W1 Telescopes 6 60 360 1 360 


8W3 Waiting Area 20 15 300 1 300 

8W4 Storage 1 120 120 1 120 

8X General Lab / Departmental Storage 120 2 240 240 

8Y Student Organization Space (4 clubs) 2 60 120 2 240 240 



Notes: Workshop Physics moved to Misc. Instructional Spaces as a Science Education methods laboratory 


March 2011 

Radiation Center - 9 

The Radiation Center is used by multiple programs. About half of the lab space 

is used for instructional support in the sciences. It is not always scheduled 

through the registrar’s offi ce but through the Center itself. The other half of the 

center is research space or research support space that supports two faculty 

members, one from Chemistry and the other from Physics. It is preferred that 

the Center be in the basement of the new facility. 

9 • Radiation Center 

Space 


No. of 

Occupants 

ASF per 

Occupant 

ASF per 

Space 

No. of 

Spaces 

River Studies Center - 10 

The River Studies Center is a research program that started out studying 

the upper Mississippi River and its related resources. Over time the Center 

has expanded its program to other aquatic resources across Wisconsin, the 

Midwest region, and other parts of the United States. It has interdisciplinary 

partnerships with multiple state and federal agencies. It provides research 

opportunities to not only graduate students but undergraduate students. 

The Center requires three laboratory areas. One is a faculty student research 

wet lab; another is a Class 100 clean lab, and the third is another faculty 

student lab area. 


LA CROSSE 

Total 


OFFICE SPACE (300s) 120 

9A Director / Safety Officer 1 120 120 1 120 120 


9B Sealed Source Lab 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

9C Open Source Lab 24 53 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

9D Laboratory Support - Stock Room 160 1 160 160 


9E Shared Isotope Prep 1 400 400 1 400 400 

9F Faculty / Student Research (Chemistry) 1 400 400 1 400 400 

9G Faculty / Student Research (Physics) 1 1,280 1,280 1 1,280 1,280 

9H Laboratory Support 480 

9H1 Special Instruments 267 1 267 

9H2 Nuclide Storage 160 1 160 

9H3 Neutron Howitzer 53 1 53 

10 • River Studies Center 

Space 


No. of 

Occupants 

ASF per 

Occupant 


ASF per 

Space 

No. of 

Spaces 

Total 



10A Faculty Student Research Wet Lab 1 1,440 1,440 1 1,440 1,440 

10B Class 100 Clean Research Lab 1 320 320 1 320 320 

10C Faculty Student Research 1 1,440 1,440 1 1,440 1,440 

10D Laboratory Support (10A - 10C) 320 

10D1 Microscope - 11 160 1 160 

10D2 Fish Culture - 42D 160 1 160 


Shared Field Equipment Storage (listed under Misc. Instructional Spaces) 1,280 

Shared Cold Room (listed under Biology) 160 


25

Section 1 


26 


This unit will share the fi eld equipment storage facility (under Misc. Instructional 

Support Spaces) as well as the cold room listed under Biology. 

College of Science and Health – Dean’s Offi ce - 11 

CSH’s Dean’s offi ce is currently housed in Graff Main Hall and other administrative 

functions, such as advising, are located in Mitchell Hall. It is desired that the 

new facility will house the Dean’s suite. 

11 • College of Science and Health – Dean’s Office 

Space 


No. of 

Occupants 

ASF per 

Occupant 

ASF per 

Space 

No. of 

Spaces 

Total 

ASF 

TOTAL 

AREA 


11A Dean’s Office 1 185 185 1 185 185 

11B Assoc. Dean’s Offices 1 160 160 1 160 160 

11C Assistant to Dean’s Office 1 120 120 1 120 120 

11D Dean's Assistant 1 120 120 1 120 120 

11E Assistant to Dean 1 120 120 1 120 120 

11F Program Assistant / Reception Area / Files 449 

Program Assistant 1 80 80 1 80 

Support Staff/Student Workers 1 120 120 1 120 



11G Workroom 120 1 120 120 

Copier, Supplies, Coffeemaker 

11H Conference Room 12 30 360 1 360 360 

11I Storage (4 storage cabinets) 1 120 120 1 120 120 

11J Grad Assistant/Advisor 1 120 120 1 120 120 

11K Administrative Specialist 1 120 120 1 120 120 


March 2011 

Building Support - 12 

Most of the spaces outlined in this unit are typically included in the net to 

gross factor of a building. The primary and secondary arrival space not only 

includes the circulation space but is intended to include comfortable seating 

arrangements for students, faculty, and staff to mingle. It is also critical that 

the information technology group have a workspace/storage area in which to 

service the IT needs of the building. 

12 • Building Support 

Space 


No. of 

Occupants 

ASF per 

Occupant 

ASF per 

Space 

Comparison of Program Plan to Existing Space 

On the following page is a table illustrating the amount of space programmed 

compared to the amount of existing space in Cowley Hall. As can be seen, 

shortages of space exist in every space category for every department. 

Currently there is a 49% defi cit of space for these units. For the most part, 

existing teaching laboratories are utilized very well with little to no room for 

additional growth. There is a shortage of research space for faculty and 

students, and other departmental spaces are also in short supply. 

No. of 

Spaces Total ASF 


LA CROSSE 

TOTAL 

AREA 

12A Arrival Space Primary 1,500 1 1,500 1,500 

12B Arrival Space Secondary 900 2 1,800 1,800 

12C Equipment Storage 500 1 500 500 

12D Supply Storage 400 1 400 400 

12E Custodial Maintenance Room 200 1 200 200 

12F Loading Dock 320 1 320 320 

12G Temporary Storage 640 1 640 640 

12H Building Recycling Collection Area 200 1 200 200 

12I Recycling Area 25 8 200 200 

Two per floor to be shared by Building Occupants 

12J IT & Electric Closets 100 4 400 400 

One per floor stacked 

12K Sustainability Support Space 0 

12L Custodial Closets 100 8 800 800 

12N IT Storage/Workroom 200 1 200 200 

12O Gender Neutral Restrooms 1 70 70 8 560 560 


27

Section 1 


28 

Program Plan Summary Compared to Existing Space 

Functional Area 

PROGRAMMED EXISTING 

Total 

ASF 

TOTAL 

AREA 

Total 

ASF 

TOTAL 

AREA 


SURPLUS / 

(DEFICIT) 

Difference as 

Percent of 

Programmed 

1 • Classrooms 21,800 17,268 (4,532) (21%) 

2 • Misc. Instructional/Support Spaces 18,875 3,611 (15,264) (81%) 

Teaching Laboratory Space (210s) 3,240 2,334 (906) (28%) 

Open Laboratory Space (220s) 3,844 0 (3,844) (100%) 

Office Space (300s) 5,121 0 (5,121) (100%) 

Other Departmental Space (400S - 700s) 6,670 1,277 (5,393) (81%) 

3 • Biology Department 49,708 19,588 (30,120) (61%) 

Office Space (300s) 8,498 3,454 (5,044) (59%) 

Teaching Laboratory Space (210s) 19,200 9,111 (10,089) (53%) 

Open Laboratory Space (220s) 480 430 (50) (10%) 

Research Laboratory Space (250s) 13,200 4,592 (8,608) (65%) 


4 • Chemistry Department 36,936 21,987 (14,949) (40%) 

Office Space (300s) 4,496 3,093 (1,403) (31%) 


Open Laboratory Space (220s) 1,320 1,335 15 1% 


Other Departmental Space (400S - 700s) 360 171 (189) (53%) 

5 • Geography & Earth Science 11,688 9,407 (2,281) (20%) 

Office Space (300s) 1,808 1,805 (3) (0%) 


Research Laboratory Space (250s) 2,640 868 (1,772) (67%) 

Other Departmental Space (400S - 700s) 360 367 7 2% 

6 • Mathematics Department 10,123 5,977 (4,146) (41%) 

Office Space (300s) 4,988 3,867 (1,121) (22%) 


Research Laboratory Space (250s) 720 0 (720) (100%) 

Other Departmental Space (400S - 700s) 1,215 546 (669) (55%) 

7 • Microbiology Department 19,763 9,124 (10,639) (54%) 

Office Space (300s) 3,403 1,630 (1,773) (52%) 



Other Departmental Space (400S - 700s) 360 47 (313) (87%) 

8 • Physics Department 20,622 12,025 (8,597) (42%) 

Office Space (300s) 1,902 1,378 (524) (28%) 


Open Laboratory Space (220s) 3,680 948 (2,732) (74%) 



9 • Radiation Center 5,400 3,241 (2,159) (40%) 

Office Space (300s) 120 127 7 6% 

Open Laboratory Space (220s) 2,720 2,703 (17) (1%) 

Research Laboratory Space (250s) 2,560 411 (2,149) (84%) 

10 • River Studies Center 3,520 2,727 (793) (23%) 

Research Laboratory Space (250s) 3,520 2,727 (793) (23%) 

11 • College of Science and Health – Dean’s Office 1,994 763 (1,231) (62%) 

Office Space (300s) 1,994 763 (1,231) (62%) 

12 • Building Support 7,720 7,720 1,410 1,410 (6,310) (6,310) (82%) 

TOTAL NET USABLE SQUARE FEET 208,149 107,128 (101,021) (49%)

Section 2 

Teaching Laboratory 

Analysis

March 2011 

2.0 TEACHING LABORATORY ANALYSIS 

Methodology and Assumptions 

As an integral component of determining the number of teaching laboratories 

needed at the target enrollment mix, an analysis of the individual laboratories 

was completed. For the most part, the analysis is in step with the space 

quantifi cation in the pre-design study. The underlying growth assumptions 

are as follows: 

Fall Student Credit Hour Projections 

2008 2009 2015 2020 

Student Student Percent Student Percent Student Percent 

Credit Credit Change Credit Change Credit Change 

Hours Hours (08 to 09) Hours from '09 Hours from '09 

Biology Undergraduate 9,811 9,824 0% 10,122 3% 10,352 5% 

Graduate 252 262 4% 262 0% 262 0% 

Total 10,063 10,086 0% 10,384 3% 10,614 5% 

Chemistry 

Geography / 

Undergraduate 6,743 6,506 (4%) 6,698 3% 6,846 5% 

Earth Science Undergraduate 2,688 2,800 4% 2,883 3% 2,946 5% 

Microbiology Undergraduate 2,076 1,938 (7%) 1,998 3% 2,044 5% 

Graduate 119 84 (29%) 84 0% 84 0% 

Total 2,195 2,022 (8%) 2,082 3% 2,128 5% 

Mathematics Undergraduate 8,915 9,713 9% 10,000 3% 10,221 5% 

Physics Undergraduate 2,519 2,725 8% 2,806 3% 2,868 5% 

TOTAL Undergraduate 32,752 33,506 2% 34,507 3% 35,277 5% 

Graduate 371 346 (7%) 346 0% 346 0% 

TOTAL 33,123 33,852 2% 34,853 3% 35,623 5% 

The student credit hour projections shown in the table above were provided 

by discipline from UW-L. The projection is a straight line projection of fi ve 

percent (5%) growth from Fall 2009 to 2020 in undergraduate credit hour 

production for all disciplines. There is no graduate growth projected. However 

in reviewing the total, undergraduate plus graduate student credit hours, it still 

results in a projected fi ve percent (5%) growth. This growth percentage was 

used to project the number of students for each course. 

In projecting enrollments on a course–by–course basis, the projected course 

enrollment was always rounded up. For example, for Fall 2009, there were 

16 sections of BIO 312 with a total enrollment of 383 students. Increasing 

the 383 students by fi ve percent creates 402.15 students. Rounded, this 

calculation produces 403 students. 

Second, the number of stations programmed per room is a product of 

pedagogy. For 14 labs (35% of the 40 labs programmed) the number of 

seats increased from the existing number of seats in the current laboratory. 

This increase was anywhere between two to six seats per lab. As a percent 

of existing capacity, these increases ranged anywhere from a 7% to a 33% 

increase – the most common being a 20% increase. The net result of the 

increase in stations (most commonly from 20 to 24 seats per lab) combined 


LA CROSSE 

31

Section 2 

Teaching Laboratory Analysis 

32 


with the increased course enrollments is that for many courses, the number 

of sections to be taught does not increase as the projected capacity of the lab 

will accommodate the increased enrollments. In fact, in a few cases it reduces 

the number of sections needed. 

Finally, the University of Wisconsin System utilization goals for teaching 

laboratories are 24 weekly room hours (WRH) at 80% student station 

occupancy. This results in a weekly seat hour goal of 19.20 hours per seat 

(24 WRH X 80% occupancy rate). As can be seen in the Teaching Laboratory 

Analysis following, most of the units average over 80% occupancy rates. 

During the last on-site work session it was decided that the sciences wanted 

to achieve higher occupancy rates. The end result is that the capacities of the 

courses were raised to just a couple below the capacity of the room ending 

in occupancy rates ranging from 85% to over 90%. Planning for occupancy 

rates, this high allows for the lowering of weekly room hours for some rooms — 

the outcome of which is maintaining the 19.20 seat hour target. Throughout 

the Teaching Laboratory Analysis these adjustments were made on a room by 

room basis. 

Comparison of Program to the Teaching Laboratory 

Analysis 

The Teaching Laboratory Analysis projects how many laboratories are needed 

based on the courses taught in a particular lab for that discipline. It does 

not make adjustments for changes in pedagogy or curriculum. What is 

important in the analysis is the bottom line for each discipline. For example, 

Biology is showing a need for 11 teaching laboratories, which is the number 

of laboratories allocated; however, the breakout of those labs is different 

between the analysis and the program. The analysis calculates a need for 

four introductory biology labs and two anatomy/physiology labs for a total 

of six labs, but the program shows a need for three introductory biology labs 

and three anatomy/physiology labs. The program is taking into consideration 

that the introductory biology labs can be scheduled more hours with minimal 

impact on overall scheduling and faculty 

load, but the anatomy/physiology labs have 

Comparison of Program to Teaching Laboratory Analysis 

more scheduling and faculty constraints and 

Comparison of will require three labs to accommodate the 

Fall 2009 Building Increase / Program to curriculum and scheduling issues 

Existing 

No. 

of No. of 

Labs Stations 

Program 

No. 

of No. of 

Labs Stations 

Decrease 

No. 

of No. of 

Labs Stations 

Analysis 

Projected 

No. of Differ- Differ 

Labs* ence 

Biology 7 190 11 264 +4 +74 11 +0 

Chemistry 

Geography & 

8 171 13 312 +4 +141 12 +1 

Earth Science 4 134 4 126 +0 -8 4 +0 

Mathematics 2 90 2 80 +0 0 -10 10 2 +00 

Microbiology 4 96 5 116 +1 +20 5 +0 

Physics 4 116 5 148 +1 +32 5 +0 

TOTAL 29 797 40 1,046 +10 +249 39 +1 

*From Teaching Laboratory Analysis 

For all disciplines the number of laboratories 

projected is the number of labs programmed, 

except for Chemistry. In Chemistry, the one 

lab that did not project the same number of 

labs as the program is analytical chemistry. 

This lab shows projected use of 31 hours, 

which can be accommodated in a single lab 

and its supporting space. Chemistry had a 

couple of other labs that showed projected 

use of 25 and 31 hours, biochemistry and 

organic chemistry respectively. In both of

March 2011 

these cases, the number of labs projected refl ect the level of study and the 

types of activity (scheduled and non-scheduled) that is expected to occur in 

them. Argument could be made either way as to whether or not two analytical 

labs are needed. When the program space allocation is revisited after project 

enumeration, additional meetings with faculty can occur to clarify these issues. 

Teaching Laboratory Analysis Detail 

The following eight pages show the detail of the teaching laboratory analysis. 

The analysis is grouped by program and then by a combination of laboratory 

discipline and room number. For each lab, the fall and spring term utilization 

is shown. On a lab–by–lab basis, the courses from the heaviest scheduled 

term are the courses used to illustrate that term’s use and projected use. 

The actual number of sections, course capacity, weekly room hours (WRH) 

and total enrollment for each course are listed. Then the enrollments are 

increased by fi ve percent (5%) and the course capacities are revised so that a 

90% or better student station occupancy is achieved based upon the projected 

size of the laboratory. Achieving a high student station occupancy rate was 

discussed and subsequently approved by University offi cials. 

The projected enrollment is divided by the revised course capacity so that the 

number of sections can be determined. The number of sections is multiplied 

by the weekly room hours for the course (based upon the actual WRH from 

the fall or spring term) so that the total weekly room hours can be calculated. 

The total WRH is divided by an adjusted weekly room hour goal ranging from 

19 hours per week to as high as 24 hours per week. The hours are adjusted 

relative to the projected student station occupancy which ranges anywhere 

from 80% to as high as 95%. 


LA CROSSE 

33

Section 2 


34 

Biology 

Actual Projected 

Weekly 

Revised 

No. of 

Station 

No. of Course Room Total EnrollEnroll- Course No. of Total Labs 

Room Id Count Term Course Course Title 

Sections Capacity Hours WRH mentment Capacity Sections WRH Needed 

CH 0112 24 Fall 2009: 42 Weekly Room Hours - 98% Student Station Occupancy 

Anatomy / Spring 2010: 42 Weekly Room Hours - 92% Student Station Occupancy 

Physiology 

Fall 2009 BIO 312 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 16 24 2 32 383 403 22 19 38 

BIO 313 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 5 24 2 10 110 116 22 6 12 

Total 21 42 493 519 25 50 2 


Aquatics Spring 2010: 10 Weekly Room Hours - 94% Student Station Occupancy 

Fall 2009 BIO 341 Limnology 2 14 3 6 28 29 18 2 6 

BIO 406/506 Parasitology 2 18 4 8 35 37 18 3 12 

BIO 422/522 Ichthyology 2 18 2 4 22 23 18 2 4 

BIO 419/519 Quan Meth Ecology 1 18 2 2 18 19 18 2 4 

Total 7 20 103 108 9 26 1 


Animal / Spring 2010: 24 Weekly Room Hours - 73% Student Station Occupancy 

Organizimal 

Spring 2010 BIO 203 Organismal Biology 6 25 2 12 100 105 22 5 10 

BIO 210 Animal Biology 6 27 2 12 161 169 22 8 16 

Total 12 24 261 274 13 26 1 


Botany Spring 2010: 14 Weekly Room Hours - 102% Student Station Occupancy 

Spring 2010 BIO 204 Plant Biology 5 24 2 10 127 134 22 7 14 

BIO 408/508 Developmental Bio 1 24 4 4 22 23 22 2 8 

Total 6 14 149 157 9 22 1 



Introductory Bio Spring 2010: 24 Weekly Room Hours - 59% Student Station Occupancy 

Fall 2009 BIO 105 General Biology 22 28 2 44 614 646 24 27 54 

Total 22 44 614 646 27 54 2 


Introductory Bio Spring 2010: 25 Weekly Room Hours - 50% Student Station Occupancy 

Fall 2009 BIO 103 Intro Biology 11 28 2 22 296 311 24 13 26 

BIO 105 General Biology 6 28 2 12 168 177 24 8 16 

Total 17 34 464 488 21 42 2

March 2011 

Biology 


No. of 

Labs 

Needed 

Total 

WRH 

No. of 

Sections 

Revised 

Course 

Capacity 

Enrollment 

Enrollment 

Total 

WRH 

Weekly 

Room 

Hours 

Course 

Capacity 

No. of 

Sections 

Station 



Cell / Genetics Spring 2010: 34 Weekly Room Hours - 101% Student Station Occupancy 

Fall 2009 BIO 306 Genetics 7 20 2 14 138 145 20 8 16 

BIO 315 Cell Biology 6 20 3 19 119 125 20 7 21 

BIO 436/536 Molecular Bio Lab 2 20 3 6 41 43 20 3 9 

Total 15 39 298 313 18 46 2 

TOTAL 100 217 2,382 2,505 122 266 11 

Existing No. of Student Stations: 190 

Existing No. of Laboratories: 7 Projected No. of Teaching Laboratories: 11 

Average 27 Fall 2009: 29 Weekly Room Hours - 86% Student Station Occupancy Programmed No. of Teaching Laboratories: 11 

Spring 2010: 25 Weekly Room Hours - 81% Student Station Occupancy Programmed No. of Student Stations: 264 


LA CROSSE 

35

Section 2 


36 

Chemistry 


No. of 

Labs 

Needed 

Total 

WRH 

No. of 

Sections 

Revised 

Course 

Capacity 

Enrollment 

Enrollment 

Total 

WRH 

Weekly 

Room 

Hours 

Course 

Capacity 

No. of 

Sections 

Station 



Gen Chemistry I Spring 2010: 28 Weekly Room Hours - 101% Student Station Occupancy 

Fall 2009 CHM 103 General Chem I 13 24 3 40 285 300 22 14 43 

Total 13 40 285 300 14 43 2 


Gen Chemistry I Spring 2010: 34 Weekly Room Hours - 97% Student Station Occupancy 

Spring 2010 CHM 103 General Chem I 6 24 3 19 149 157 22 8 25 

CHM 104 General Chem II 5 22 3 16 106 112 22 6 19 

Total 11 34 255 269 14 43 2 


Gen Chemistry II Spring 2010: 40 Weekly Room Hours - 91% Student Station Occupancy 

Fall 2009 CHM 104 General Chem II 8 22 3 25 190 200 22 10 31 

Total 8 25 190 200 10 31 1 


Biochemistry Spring 2010: 25 Weekly Room Hours - 96% Student Station Occupancy 

Fall 2009 CHM 325 Survey Biochemistry 4 20 3 12 80 84 22 4 12 

CHM 417 / 517 Biochemistry I 4 20 3 12 81 85 22 4 12 

Total 8 25 161 169 8 25 2 


Survey Organic Spring 2010: 16 Weekly Room Hours - 86% Student Station Occupancy 

Chemistry 

Fall 2009 CHM 300 Survey Organic Chem 5 22 4 20 92 97 22 5 20 

Total 5 20 92 97 5 20 1 



Organic Chemistry Spring 2010: 31 Weekly Room Hours - 93% Student Station Occupancy 

for Majors 

Spring 2010 CHM 305 Organic Chem Lab 5 22 6 31 93 98 22 5 31 

Total 5 31 93 98 5 31 2 


Analytical Chemistry Spring 2010: 25 Weekly Room Hours - 88% Student Station Occupancy 

Fall 2009 CHM 301 Analytical Chem 4 22 6 25 103 108 22 5 31 

Total 4 25 103 108 5 31 1

March 2011 

Chemistry 


No. of 

Labs 

Needed 

Total 

WRH 

No. of 

Sections 

Revised 

Course 

Capacity 

Enrollment 

Enrollment 

Total 

WRH 

Weekly 

Room 

Hours 

Course 

Capacity 

No. of 

Sections 

Station 



Physical Chemistry Spring 2010: 9 Weekly Room Hours - 93% Student Station Occupancy 

Spring 2010 CHM 313 Phys Chem Lab 3 22 3 9 42 44 22 2 6 

Total 3 9 42 44 2 6 1 

TOTAL 57 208 1,221 1,285 63 231 12 






LA CROSSE 

37

Section 2 


38 



No. of 

Labs 

Needed 

Total 

WRH 

No. of 

Sections 

Revised 

Course 

Capacity 

Enrollment 

Enrollment 

Total 

WRH 

Weekly 

Room 

Hours 

Course 

Capacity 

No. of 

Sections 

Station 


CH 0204A 42 Fall 2009: 16 Weekly Room Hours - 71% Student Station Occupancy 

Intro GIS Spring 2010: 16 Weekly Room Hours - 57% Student Station Occupancy 

Fall 2009 ESC 101 Earth Environments 6 30 2 12 183 193 28 7 14 

GEO 250 Fund Cartography 1 30 2 2 30 32 28 2 4 

ESC 221 Intro Climate/Sytm 1 30 2 2 25 26 28 1 2 

Total 8 16 238 251 10 20 1 


Earth Science Spring 2010: 23 Weekly Room Hours - 70% Student Station Occupancy 


ESC 221 01 Intro Climate/Sytm 1 30 3 3 25 26 28 1 3 

ESC 221 10L Intro Climate/Sytm 1 30 2 2 25 26 28 1 2 

ESC/GEO 250 Fund Cartography 2 30 2 4 60 64 28 3 6 

GEO 401 01 Focus Geo:Capstone 1 25 1 1 17 18 25 1 1 

CST 230 Interpersonal Comm 2 25 3 6 50 n/a 

Total 11 24 298 263 11 22 1 


Advanced GIS Spring 2010: 18 Weekly Room Hours - 62% Student Station Occupancy 

Spring 2010 ESC/GEO 385 Intro to GIS 2 30 2 4 46 48 32 2 4 

ESC/GEO 440 Interpret Aerial Photographs 2 18 2 4 40 42 32 2 4 

ESC/GEO 445 Advanced Remote Sensing 1 22 3 3 18 19 32 1 3 

ESC/GEO 455 Applied Map Design 2 24 2 4 25 26 32 2 4 

GEO 485/585 Advanced GIS 1 24 3 3 20 21 24 1 3 

Total 8 18 149 156 8 18 1 



Geomorphology Spring 2010: 8 Weekly Room Hours - 104% Student Station Occupancy 

& Weather 


ESC/GEO 390 Geographic Field Methods 1 14 3 3 18 19 24 1 3 

ESC/GEO 425 Biogeography 1 22 3 3 15 16 24 1 3 

Total 10 22 289 303 11 24 1 

TOTAL 37 80 974 973 40 84 4 


Existing No. of Laboratories: 4 Projected No. of Teaching Laboratories: 4

March 2011 

Mathematics 


No. of 

Labs 

Needed 

Total 

WRH 

No. of 

Sections 

Revised 

Course 

Capacity 

Enrollment 

Enrollment 

Total 

WRH 

Weekly 

Room 

Hours 

Course 

Capacity 

No. of 

Sections 

Station 



Math Education Spring 2010: 20 Weekly Room Hours - 52% Student Station Occupancy 

Fall 2009 MTH 150 College Algebra 1 38 4 4 40 42 38 2 8 

MTH 151 Precalculus 3 38 4 12 110 116 38 4 16 

CI 364 Meth-Math-Cptr-Sci 1 20 3 3 14 15 20 1 3 

MTH 171 Geometry-Elem Tchr 1 30 3 3 20 21 30 1 3 

EDS 422/522 Tch Mthsci2 ECMCEA 2 30 2 4 53 56 30 2 4 

Total 8 26 237 250 10 34 1 


Math Education Spring 2010: 23 Weekly Room Hours - 55% Student Station Occupancy 

Fall 2009 MTH 125 Math Elem Tchrs I 2 38 4 8 76 80 38 3 12 

MTH 150 College Algebra 1 38 4 4 43 45 38 2 8 

MTH 207 Calculus I 2 30 5 10 70 74 30 3 15 

Total 5 22 189 199 8 35 1 

TOTAL 13 48 426 449 18 69 2 






LA CROSSE 

39

Section 2 


40 

Microbiology 


No. of 

Labs 

Needed 

Total 

WRH 

No. of 

Sections 

Revised 

Course 

Capacity 

Enrollment 

Enrollment 

Total 

WRH 

Weekly 

Room 

Hours 

Course 

Capacity 

No. of 

Sections 

Station 



Fundamentals Spring 2010: 32 Weekly Room Hours - 103% Student Station Occupancy 

Spring 2010 MIC 230 Fund Microbiology 8 18 4 32 149 157 18 9 36 

Total 8 32 149 157 9 36 2 


Path Bact / Spring 2010: 12 Weekly Room Hours - 69% Student Station Occupancy 

Med Micology 

Fall 2009 MIC 406/506 Immunology 2 22 4 8 45 47 22 3 12 

MIC 407 Pathogenic Bact 1 22 4 4 17 18 22 1 4 

MIC 421/521 Virology Lab 1 19 4 4 16 17 22 1 4 

Total 4 16 78 82 5 20 1 


Bact Phys/Genetics Spring 2010: 15 Weekly Room Hours - 62% Student Station Occupancy 

Mic Eco 

Fall 2009 MIC 416/516 Microbial Genetics 2 16 6 12 28 29 22 2 12 

MIC 350 Bacterial Diversty 1 18 3 3 12 13 18 1 3 

Total 3 15 40 42 3 15 1 


Gen Ed/Food Micro/ Spring 2010: 10 Weekly Room Hours - 58% Student Station Occupancy 

Nutrition 

Fall 2009 MIC 100 Microbes & Society 6 18 2 12 50 53 20 3 6 

Total 6 12 50 53 3 6 1 

TOTAL 21 75 317 334 20 77 5 





Spring 2010: 17 Weekly Room Hours - 82% Student Station Occupancy Programmed No. of Student Stations: 116

March 2011 

Physics 


No. of 

Labs 

Needed 

Total 

WRH 

No. of 

Sections 

Revised 

Course 

Capacity 

Enrollment 

Enrollment 

Total 

WRH 

Weekly 

Room 

Hours 

Course 

Capacity 

No. of 

Sections 

Station 



Advanced Physics Spring 2010: 4 Weekly Room Hours - 70% Student Station Occupancy 

Spring 2010 PHY 311 Experimental Phys 1 20 4 4 14 15 22 1 4 

Total 1 4 14 15 1 4 1 


Intro Physics Spring 2010: 28 Weekly Room Hours - 78% Student Station Occupancy 

Fall 2009 PHY 103 Fund Physics I 11 26 2 22 292 307 26 12 24 

PHY 125 Phys for Life Sci 2 26 2 4 48 51 26 2 4 

PHY 203 General Physics I 3 24 2 6 68 72 24 3 6 

Total 16 32 408 430 17 34 2 


Electronics / Spring 2010: 10 Weekly Room Hours - 65% Student Station Occupancy 

Astronomy 

Spring 2010 PHY 334 Elec Circuits 2 18 2 4 36 38 24 2 4 

PHY 160 Stars Galax & Univ 3 24 2 6 55 58 24 3 6 

Total 5 10 91 96 5 10 1 


Science Education Spring 2010: 5 Weekly Room Hours - 103% Student Station Occupancy 

Methods 

Spring 2010 PHY 106 Physcl Sci Educatr 1 40 5 5 41 43 40 2 10 

Total 1 5 41 43 2 10 1 

TOTAL 23 51 554 584 25 58 5 




LA CROSSE 



41

Section 3 


Utilization Analysis

March 2011 

3.0 TEACHING LABORATORY UTILIZATION ANALYSIS 

How is Utilization Determined? 

The utilization of teaching laboratories was examined using UW-L Fall 2009 

and Spring 2010 course and facilities data. Understanding how teaching 

laboratories are scheduled and utilized provides the foundation for determining 

how many teaching labs are needed. The number of student stations for each 

teaching lab was initially provided in the facilities inventory and adjusted based 

upon fi eld observation of the consultants. Scheduled use is defined as use 

verifiable through the registrar’s course data. 

The utilization analysis reviews average weekly room hour use and student 

station occupancy percentages. A weekly room hour, not to be confused with 

a credit hour, is defined as the length of time a course meets (end time minus 

start time) times the number of days per week throughout the semester. 

Student station occupancy is defined as the number of student seats filled 

divided by the total number of student seats in the room when the room is 

scheduled. 

The utilization of a room is determined by calculating the average enrollment 

of the courses taught in a room along with total weekly student contact hours, 

weekly room hours, and student station occupancy percentage. Weekly 

student contact hours are calculated by multiplying the enrollment of a course 

by the weekly contact, or room hours, during which the course is held. Weekly 

room/contact hours are determined by calculating the number of hours a 

course meets (start and end times) and multiplying the result by the number 

of days the course meets each week. Both of these factors are totaled on a 

room-by-room basis. If a course does not meet for a full term, the number of 

hours for a room is prorated by the number of weeks in a term. 

WEEKLY ROOM/CONTACT HOURS (WRH OR WCH) = No. of Days X ((End Time - Start Time)/60) 

WEEKLY STUDENT CONTACT HOURS (WSCH) = Students X Weekly Room/Contact Hours 

WEEKLY STUDENT CONTACT HOUR CAPACITY = Student Stations X Weekly Room/Contact Hours 

STUDENT STATION OCCUPANCY % = WSCH / WSCH Capacity 

HOURS PER SEAT = WSCH / No. of Student Stations 

The student station occupancy for a room is determined by dividing the rooms 

weekly student contact hours by the room’s weekly student contact hour 

capacity (a course’s weekly contact hours times the room’s number of student 

stations). 

Teaching Laboratories Defi ned 

Teaching laboratories are defi ned as rooms used primarily by regularly 

scheduled classes that require special purpose equipment to serve the needs 

of particular disciplines for group instruction, participation, observation, 

experimentation, or practice. Once a room is classified as a teaching lab it 

usually has utilization expectations. 

 

 


LA CROSSE 

45

Section 3 

Teaching Laboratory Utilization Analysis 

46 


University of Wisconsin System Teaching Laboratory 

Utilization Expectations 

The University of Wisconsin System (UWS) utilization expectation for teaching 

laboratories is 24 periods or hours per week of for credit scheduled use. 

Sometimes the credits hours are assigned to the lecture portion of the course. 

The 24 hours per week criteria should not e interpreted as an expected 

utilization average for all laboratories. It is a target before a second laboratory 

of the same type is justifi ed. UWS expects laboratories will be used at full or 

nearly full seat capacity. 

It is typical for the scheduled weekly room hour expectation for teaching 

laboratories to be less than the scheduled use of classrooms due to the need 

for preparation time of specialized equipment prior to class. Conversely, the 

student station occupancy is normally higher as the number enrolled in a 

laboratory exercise is more closely monitored, safety being a key reason as 

well as the limitation of faculty observation. 

Which Teaching Laboratories are Included? 

With a few exceptions, almost all the teaching laboratories identifi ed by the 

University as teaching labs are included. The exceptions are as follows: 

▪ Chemistry Room #'s - 418 (Chemical Analysis Computer Lab); and 461 (Instrumental 

Chemistry - while used for some scheduled use, its primary use is support to other 

laboratory activities) 

▪ Physics Room #'s - 206 (Optics); 208 (Holography); and 210 (Advanced / Experimental 

Physics) - these laboratories had minimal scheduled use, if any, and are used for 

advanced experimentation 

▪ Radiation Center Room #'s - 37 (Sealed Source Lab) and 39 (Open Source Lab) – 

while these laboratories are used for some scheduled instruction the majority of their 

use is as support to other laboratory activities, disciplines, and research 

These laboratories have been identifi ed either as laboratory service or as open 

laboratories for purposes of this study. As mentioned earlier in this study, 

the Physics’ Education Workshop Lab was relabeled as a Science Methods 

Laboratory and is shown under Miscellaneous Instructional Spaces. 

Teaching Laboratory Utilization by Program 

There are 28 teaching laboratories included in the utilization analysis. Chemistry 

and Biology have the greatest number of teaching laboratories at 8 and 7 

respectively. For Fall 2009, the average scheduled use of the laboratories 

included in this study is 22 hours per week at 86% student station occupancy 

rate (the percentage of seats that are filled when the rooms are scheduled). 

For Spring 2010, the use is only slightly lower at 21 hours per week with an 

82% student station occupancy.

March 2011 

Fall 2009 

Biology, Chemistry, and Mathematics were scheduled the most at 29, 24, 

and 24 hours per week, respectively. The Misc. Instructional Space and 

Chemistry labs have the highest student station occupancies at 100% and 

92% respectively. Physics and Biology also have very good occupancy 

rates at 88% and 86%. The lowest scheduled laboratories are in the Misc. 

Instructional Spaces and Geography at fi ve (5) hours and 16 hours per week. 

In the consultant’s opinion, none of the programs have poor occupancy rates; 

nevertheless, Mathematics has the lowest occupancy rate at 76%. 

Biology had two laboratories with over 40 hours of scheduled use – Room 

#’s 348 (Introductory Biology) and 112 (Anatomy/Physiology). Likewise, 

Chemistry had one laboratory scheduled at 40 hours per week (Room #402 

– General Chemistry). Half of all the laboratories are scheduled 24 hours or 

more with one Biology lab reaching 44 hours of scheduled use. About 60% 

of the labs have student station occupancies of 80% or more. Three of the 

laboratories exceed 100% occupancy rates in that there are more students 

enrolled in the courses than there are student stations. These laboratories are 

in Chemistry and Microbiology. 

Teaching Laboratory Utilization Analysis Summary - Fall 2009 


No. of 

Rooms 

Average 

Room 

Size 

Average 

ASF per 

Station 

Biology 7 1,134 43 







Biology 

Chemistry 

Mathematics 

Physics & 

Astronomy 

Microbiology 

Geography 

& Earth 

Science 

Misc 

Instructional 

Support 

5 

16 

21 

19 

24 

24 

29 

Average 

Section 

Size 

Average 

Weekly Room 

Hours 


Weekly Room Hours: 

Hours in Use 


Occupancy % 

22 29 86% 

19 24 92% 

25 16 78% 

34 24 76% 

17 19 79% 

40 5 100% 

24 21 88% 

86% 

Student Station Occupancy: 

Misc 

Instructional 

100% 

Support 

Chemistry 

Physics & 

Astronomy 

Biology 

Microbiology 

Geography 

& Earth 

Science 

Mathematics 

88% 

86% 

79% 

78% 

76% 

92% 


LA CROSSE 

47

Section 3 

Teaching Laboratory Utilization Analysis 

48 

Spring 2010 


Spring semester use of laboratories tends to be lower on average than Fall 

semester use. Again, Chemistry, Biology, and Mathematics had the greatest 

amount of scheduled use and Misc. Instructional Space and Chemistry had 

the highest student station occupancies. As with Fall, the lowest scheduled 

laboratories are in Misc. Instructional Spaces and Geography. The occupancy 

rate for Mathematics drops considerably to a 54% student station fi ll rate. 

Even though the average scheduled use is lower than the Fall there are still half 

of the laboratories that are scheduled 24 hours or more. Biology’s Anatomy/ 

Physiology lab has the highest amount of scheduled use at 42 hours per week. 

Over half of the laboratories exceed the 80% student station occupancy rate 

with the lowest of this group at an 86% fi ll ratio. The number of laboratories 

that exceed 100% occupancy doubles to six laboratories. These laboratories 

are in Geography, Microbiology, Misc. Instructional Spaces, Biology, and 

Chemistry. 

Teaching Laboratory Utilization Analysis Summary - Spring 2010 


No. of 

Rooms 

Average 

Room 

Size 

Average 

ASF per 

Station 

Biology 7 1,134 43 







Chemistry 

Biology 

Mathematics 

Physics & 

Astronomy 

Microbiology 

Geography 

& Earth 

Science 

Misc 

Instructional 

Support 

5 

17 

16 

19 

21 

26 

25 

Average 

Section 

Size 

Average 

Weekly Room 

Hours 


Weekly Room Hours: 

Hours in Use 


Occupancy % 

21 25 81% 

20 26 94% 

24 16 69% 

22 21 54% 

17 17 82% 

41 5 103% 

20 19 74% 

82% 

Student Station Occupancy: 

Misc 

Instructional 

103% 

Support 

Chemistry 

Microbiology 

Biology 

Physics & 

Astronomy 

Geography 

& Earth 

Science 

Mathematics 

54% 

82% 

81% 

74% 

69% 

94%

March 2011 

Comparison of Fall to Spring 

On the whole, most of the programs have lower utilization in the Spring than 

in the Fall. Chemistry, however, is the exception both in scheduled use and in 

occupancy rate. For Microbiology, while the average scheduled use drops, the 

student station occupancy increases by three percent (3%). Both Mathematics 

and Physics experience less scheduled use on average in the Spring as well as 

a signifi cant drop in student station occupancy rates. Although Biology has the 

largest decrease in scheduled use in the Spring (about 15% less) they also had 

21% more use than the next heaviest scheduled program. Even at 25 hours of 

average scheduled use, Biology exceeds the UWS hourly goal. They also had 

a fi ve percent (5%) decrease in student station occupancy. 

Teaching Lab Utilization Comparison from Fall to Spring 

No. of 

Labs 

Avg. 

Weekly 

Room 

Hours 

Fall 2009 

Hours in Use 

Student 

Station 

Occupancy 

Avg. 

Weekly 

Room 

Hours 

Spring 2010 

Hours in Use 

Student 

Station 

Occupancy 

Avg. 

Weekly 

Room 

Hours 

For more utilization details, please refer to Appendices B, C, D, and E where 

the utilization for both semesters for each laboratory is shown as part of a 

summary (Appendices B and C) and the details of the courses taught in each 

room are also shown (Appendices D and E). 

Difference 

Fall to Spring 

Hours in Use 

Student 

Station 

Occupancy 

Biology 7 29 86% 25 81% -4 -5% 

Chemistry 8 24 92% 26 94% +2 +2% 

Geography & Earth Science 4 16 78% 16 69% +0 -9% 

Mathematics 2 24 76% 21 54% -3 -22% 

Microbiology 4 19 79% 17 82% -2 +3% 

Misc. Instructional Spaces* 1 5 100% 5 103% +0 +3% 

Physics 2 21 88% 19 74% -2 -14% 

STUDY AVERAGE 28 22 86% 21 82% -1 -4% 

*This is the Science Methods Laboratory currently known as the Physics Education Workshop Lab. 


LA CROSSE 

49

Appendix A 


Utilization - Fall 2009

March 2011 

APPENDIX A: TEACHING LABORATORY UTILIZATION - FALL 2009 

Teaching Laboratory Utilization - Fall 2009 

Room Id 

Room 

Use 

Code 

Assignable 

Sq. Ft. 

No. of 

Stations 

COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND HEALTH 

Biology 

Assignable 

Sq. Ft. 

Per Station 

CH 0112 210 1,181 24 49 

CH 0316 210 780 18 43 

CH 0325 210 1,080 30 36 

CH 0331 210 1,140 24 48 

CH 0348 210 1,433 36 40 

CH 0354 210 1,428 38 38 

CH 0355 210 896 20 45 

Department Average 1,134 27 43 

Department Total ASF 

Chemistry 

No. of Rooms 

7,938 

CH 0402 210 1,248 24 52 

CH 0407 210 1,210 20 61 

CH 0410 210 1,208 24 50 

CH 0412 210 1,208 20 60 

CH 0420 210 1,228 24 51 

CH 0425 210 1,228 24 51 

CH 0455 210 1,000 15 67 

CH 0460 210 1,476 20 74 



No. of Rooms 

7 

9,806 


CH 0204A 210 420 42 10 

CH 0217 210 1,140 30 38 

CH 0245 210 1,320 30 44 

CH 0256 210 1,123 32 35 



Mathematics 

No. of Rooms 

8 

4,003 

CH 0041 210 827 48 17 

CH 0043 210 737 42 18 

Department Average 782 45 17 


No. of Rooms 

4 

1,564 

2 

Average 

Enrollment 

Weekly Student 

Contact Hours 

Weekly 

Room 

Hours 


LA CROSSE 

Hours in Use 


Occupancy % 

23 986 42 

98% 

15 307 20 

84% 

25 248 10 

83% 

19 269 14 

79% 

28 1,228 44 

78% 

27 928 34 

72% 

20 772 39 

99% 

22 29 86% 

22 884 40 

91% 

20 499 25 101% 

23 731 32 

96% 

18 368 20 

92% 

24 589 25 

99% 

26 639 25 107% 

4 12 3 

27% 

13 310 25 

63% 

19 24 92% 

30 476 16 

71% 

27 654 24 

91% 

21 270 13 

69% 

24 223 10 

70% 

25 16 78% 

30 808 26 

65% 

38 826 22 

89% 

34 24 76% 

53

Appendix A 


54 


Room Id 

Microbiology 

Room 

Use 

Code 

Assignable 

Sq. Ft. 

No. of 

Stations 

Assignable 

Sq. Ft. 

Per Station 

CH 0302 210 960 18 53 

CH 0308 210 1,080 30 36 

CH 0314 210 1,080 24 45 

CH 0320 210 870 24 36 



No. of Rooms 

3,990 

Misc Instructional Support Spaces 

CH 0221 210 1,140 40 29 



No. of Rooms 

Physics & Astronomy 

4 

1,140 

CH 0214 210 1,710 28 61 

CH 0220 210 960 28 34 



No. of Rooms 

1 

2,670 

COWLEY HALL STUDY 

AVERAGE 1,111 28 44 

TOTAL ASF 31,111 

NO. OF ROOMS 28 

2 

Average 

Enrollment 



Contact Hours 

Weekly 

Room 

Hours 

Hours in Use 


Occupancy % 

18 588 32 102% 

20 312 16 

65% 

13 211 16 

57% 

16 194 12 

67% 

17 19 79% 

40 192 5 100% 

40 5 100% 

26 816 32 

91% 

23 194 9 

77% 

24 21 88% 

23 22 86%

Appendix B 


Utilization - Spring 2010

March 2011 

APPENDIX B: TEACHING LABORATORY UTILIZATION - SPRING 2010 

Teaching Laboratory Utilization - Spring 2010 

Room Id 

Room 

Use 

Code 

Assignable 

Sq. Ft. 

No. of 

Stations 

COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND HEALTH 

Biology 

Assignable 

Sq. Ft. 

Per Station 

CH 0112 210 1,181 24 49 

CH 0316 210 780 18 43 

CH 0325 210 1,080 30 36 

CH 0331 210 1,140 24 48 

CH 0348 210 1,433 36 40 

CH 0354 210 1,428 38 38 

CH 0355 210 896 20 45 



Chemistry 

No. of Rooms 

7,938 

CH 0402 210 1,248 24 52 

CH 0407 210 1,210 20 61 

CH 0410 210 1,208 24 50 

CH 0412 210 1,208 20 60 

CH 0420 210 1,228 24 51 

CH 0425 210 1,228 24 51 

CH 0455 210 1,000 15 67 

CH 0460 210 1,476 20 74 



No. of Rooms 

7 

9,806 


CH 0204A 210 420 42 10 

CH 0217 210 1,140 30 38 

CH 0245 210 1,320 30 44 

CH 0256 210 1,123 32 35 



Mathematics 

No. of Rooms 

8 

4,003 

CH 0041 210 827 48 17 

CH 0043 210 737 42 18 



No. of Rooms 

4 

1,564 

2 

Average 

Enrollment 


Contact Hours 

Weekly 

Room 

Hours 


LA CROSSE 

Hours in Use 


Occupancy % 

22 926 42 

92% 

17 171 10 

94% 

22 522 24 

73% 

25 342 14 102% 

21 506 24 

59% 

20 479 25 

50% 

20 697 34 101% 

21 25 81% 

24 679 28 101% 

19 477 25 

96% 

23 791 34 

97% 

17 276 16 

86% 

22 884 40 

91% 

21 521 25 

88% 

14 119 9 

93% 

19 577 31 

93% 

20 26 94% 

24 386 16 

57% 

22 486 23 

70% 

19 338 18 

62% 

33 266 8 104% 

24 16 69% 

23 499 20 

52% 

21 526 23 

55% 

22 21 54% 

57

Appendix B 


58 


Room Id 

Microbiology 

Room 

Use 

Code 

Assignable 

Sq. Ft. 

No. of 

Stations 

Assignable 

Sq. Ft. 

Per Station 

CH 0302 210 960 18 53 

CH 0308 210 1,080 30 36 

CH 0314 210 1,080 24 45 

CH 0320 210 870 24 36 



No. of Rooms 

3,990 


CH 0221 210 1,140 40 29 



No. of Rooms 


4 

1,140 

CH 0214 210 1,710 28 61 

CH 0220 210 960 28 34 



No. of Rooms 

1 

2,670 

COWLEY HALL STUDY 

AVERAGE 1,111 28 44 

TOTAL ASF 31,111 

NO. OF ROOMS 28 

2 

Average 

Enrollment 



Contact Hours 

Weekly 

Room 

Hours 

Hours in Use 


Occupancy % 

19 596 32 103% 

21 248 12 

69% 

14 228 15 

62% 

15 146 10 

58% 

17 17 82% 

41 197 5 103% 

41 5 103% 

22 610 28 

78% 

18 182 10 

65% 

20 19 74% 

21 21 82%

Appendix C 


Detail by Room - Fall 2009

March 2011 

APPENDIX C: TEACHING LABORATORY UTILIZATION DETAIL - FALL 2009 

Cowley Hall • CH 0041 

Room Use Code: 

Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Mathematics 

30 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

48 

827 

Assignable Sq. Ft. 

Per Station: 17 


Weekly 

Hours in Use Student 

Contact Hours: 808 Room Hours: 26.0 Station Occupancy: 65% 

Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 

Scheduled Utilization by Room - Fall 2009 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 

MON TUE WED THU FRI 

7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 1 0 1 0 0 

8:50 AM 1 0 1 0 0 

9:25 AM 1 0 1 0 0 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:05 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:40 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

Graph represents most popular start times and each 

block does not represent the same amount of time. 

Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM M EDS 422 02 Tch Mthsci2 ECMCEA 

LAB 2.00 27 2.00 29 58 60% 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM M EDS 522 02 Tch Mthsci2 ECMCEA 

LAB 2.00 2 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM W EDS 422 03 Tch Mthsci2 ECMCEA 

LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 50% 

9:55 AM 10:50 AM MTWR MTH 151 01 Precalculus 

LEC 4.00 36 4.00 36 144 75% 

11:00 AM 11:55 AM MTWR MTH 151 02 Precalculus 

LEC 4.00 36 4.00 36 144 75% 

12:05 PM 1:05 PM MTWR MTH 150 04 College Algebra 

LEC 4.00 40 4.00 40 160 83% 

1:10 PM 2:05 PM MTWR MTH 151 03 Precalculus 

LEC 4.00 38 4.00 38 152 79% 

2:15 PM 3:40 PM MW CI 364 01 Meth-Math-Cptr-Sci 

LAB 3.00 14 3.00 14 42 29% 

2:15 PM 3:40 PM TR MTH 171 01 Geometry-Elem Tchr 

LAB 3.00 20 3.00 20 60 42% 

NOTE: Concurrent sessions are counted as one section; WRH = Weekly Room Hours; WSCH = Weekly Student Contact Hours 

61

Appendix C 

Teaching Laboratory Utilization Detail by Room- Fall 2009 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

62 

Mathematics 

38 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

42 

737 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

9:25 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:05 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

12:40 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

3:20 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

3:55 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

8:50 AM 9:45 AM MTWR MTH 125 01 Math Elem Tchrs I 

LAB 4.00 37 4.00 37 148 88% 


LAB 4.00 39 4.00 39 156 93% 

11:00 AM 11:55 AM MTWR MTH 150 03 College Algebra 

LEC 4.00 43 4.00 43 172 102% 

1:10 PM 2:05 PM MTWRF MTH 207 05 Calculus I 

LEC 5.00 37 5.00 37 185 88% 

2:15 PM 3:10 PM MTWRF MTH 207 06 Calculus I 

LEC 5.00 33 5.00 33 165 79% 

NOTE: Concurrent sessions are counted as one section; WRH = Weekly Room Hours; WSCH = Weekly Student Contact Hours

March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Biology 

23 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

24 

1,181 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

8:50 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

9:25 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 0 1 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 0 1 

12:05 PM 1 1 1 0 1 

12:40 PM 1 1 1 0 1 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 0 1 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

6:00 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM F BIO 313 12L Human Anatomy & Physiology II LAB 2.00 16 2.00 16 32 67% 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM M BIO 312 20L Human Anatomy & Physiology I LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM R BIO 312 25L Human Anatomy & Physiology I LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM T BIO 312 21L Human Anatomy & Physiology I LAB 2.00 23 2.00 23 46 96% 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM W BIO 312 16L Human Anatomy & Physiology I LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM F BIO 313 13L Human Anatomy & Physiology II LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM M BIO 312 11L Human Anatomy & Physiology I LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM T BIO 312 10L Human Anatomy & Physiology I LAB 2.00 23 2.00 23 46 96% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM W BIO 312 17L Human Anatomy & Physiology I LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM F BIO 313 14L Human Anatomy & Physiology II LAB 2.00 22 2.00 22 44 92% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM M BIO 312 12L Human Anatomy & Physiology I LAB 2.00 25 2.00 25 50 104% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM T BIO 312 14L Human Anatomy & Physiology I LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM W BIO 312 18L Human Anatomy & Physiology I LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 


2:15 PM 4:15 PM R BIO 313 10L Human Anatomy & Physiology II LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 




4:25 PM 6:25 PM R BIO 313 11L Human Anatomy & Physiology II LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 



63

Appendix C 


Cowley Hall • CH 0204A 


Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

64 


30 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

42 

420 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 1 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 1 1 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 1 1 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 1 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 1 1 0 

12:05 PM 0 0 1 1 0 

12:40 PM 0 0 1 1 0 

1:10 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

2:15 PM 0 1 0 0 0 

3:20 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

3:55 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM T ESC 221 10L Intro Climate/Sytm 

LAB 2.00 25 2.00 25 50 60% 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM W ESC 101 10L Earth Environments 

LAB 2.00 31 2.00 31 62 74% 

9:25 AM 11:25 AM R ESC 101 20L Earth Environments 

LAB 2.00 31 2.00 31 62 74% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM T ESC 101 30L Earth Environments 

LAB 2.00 29 2.00 29 58 69% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM W ESC 101 11L Earth Environments 

LAB 2.00 31 2.00 31 62 74% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM R ESC 101 21L Earth Environments 

LAB 2.00 31 2.00 31 62 74% 

1:10 PM 3:10 PM T ESC 101 31L Earth Environments 

LAB 2.00 30 2.00 30 60 71% 

3:20 PM 5:20 PM W ESC 250 10L Fund Cartography 

LAB 2.00 4 2.00 30 60 71% 

3:20 PM 5:20 PM W GEO 250 10L Fund Cartography 

LAB 2.00 26 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 


26 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

28 

1,710 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 1 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 1 1 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 1 0 0 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:05 PM 0 1 1 1 0 

12:40 PM 0 1 1 1 0 

1:10 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 1 1 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 1 1 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 1 1 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 1 1 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM T PHY 103 10L Fund Physics I 

LAB 2.00 27 2.00 27 54 96% 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM W PHY 103 16L Fund Physics I 

LAB 2.00 26 2.00 26 52 93% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM M PHY 125 10L Phys for Life Sci 

LAB 2.00 22 2.00 22 44 79% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM R PHY 203 10L General Physics I 

LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 71% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM T PHY 103 11L Fund Physics I 

LAB 2.00 27 2.00 27 54 96% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM W PHY 103 17L Fund Physics I 

LAB 2.00 26 2.00 26 52 93% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM R PHY 203 11L General Physics I 

LAB 2.00 25 2.00 25 50 89% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM T PHY 103 12L Fund Physics I 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 100% 

2:15 PM 4:15 PM M PHY 125 11L Phys for Life Sci 

LAB 2.00 26 2.00 26 52 93% 

2:15 PM 4:15 PM R PHY 203 12L General Physics I 

LAB 2.00 23 2.00 23 46 82% 


LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 100% 

2:15 PM 4:15 PM W PHY 103 18L Fund Physics I 

LAB 2.00 25 2.00 25 50 89% 


LAB 2.00 27 2.00 27 54 96% 


LAB 2.00 26 2.00 26 52 93% 


LAB 2.00 26 2.00 26 52 93% 


LAB 2.00 26 2.00 26 52 93% 


65

Appendix C 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

66 


27 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

30 

1,140 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 1 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 1 1 1 0 1 

9:25 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

12:05 PM 0 0 0 1 0 

12:40 PM 0 0 0 1 0 

1:10 PM 0 1 0 1 1 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 0 0 

3:20 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

3:55 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM T ESC 221 10L Intro Climate/Sytm 

LAB 2.00 25 2.00 25 50 83% 

8:50 AM 9:45 AM MWF CST 230 01 Interpersonal Comm 

LEC 3.00 25 3.00 25 75 83% 

9:25 AM 11:25 AM R ESC 101 20L Earth Environments 

LAB 2.00 31 2.00 31 62 103% 

9:55 AM 10:50 AM MWF CST 230 02 Interpersonal Comm 

LEC 3.00 25 3.00 25 75 83% 


LAB 2.00 29 2.00 29 58 97% 

11:00 AM 11:55 AM MWF ESC 221 01 Intro Climate/Sytm 

LLB 3.00 25 3.00 25 75 83% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM R ESC 101 21L Earth Environments 

LAB 2.00 31 2.00 31 62 103% 

1:10 PM 2:05 PM F GEO 401 01 Focus Geo:Capstone 

LLB 1.00 17 1.00 17 17 57% 


LAB 2.00 30 2.00 30 60 100% 

2:15 PM 3:10 PM MW ESC 250 01 Fund Cartography 

LLB 2.00 4 2.00 30 60 100% 

2:15 PM 3:10 PM MW GEO 250 01 Fund Cartography 

LLB 2.00 26 

3:20 PM 5:20 PM W ESC 250 10L Fund Cartography 

LAB 2.00 4 2.00 30 60 100% 

3:20 PM 5:20 PM W GEO 250 10L Fund Cartography 

LAB 2.00 26 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 


23 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

28 

960 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 1 0 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 0 0 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:05 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

12:40 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

1:10 PM 0 0 0 1 0 

2:15 PM 0 0 0 1 0 

3:20 PM 0 0 0 1 0 

3:55 PM 0 0 0 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

8:50 AM 11:50 AM T PHY 335 10L Electronics 

LAB 3.00 10 3.00 10 30 36% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM R PHY 155 10L Solar System Ast 

LAB 2.00 26 2.00 26 52 93% 

1:10 PM 3:10 PM R PHY 155 11L Solar System Ast 

LAB 2.00 30 2.00 30 60 107% 

3:20 PM 5:20 PM R PHY 155 12L Solar System Ast 

LAB 2.00 26 2.00 26 52 93% 


67

Appendix C 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

68 


40 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

40 

1,140 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:55 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

11:00 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

12:05 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

12:40 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

1:10 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

2:15 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

3:20 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

3:55 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

12:05 PM 2:30 PM MW PHY 106 01 Physcl Sci Educatr 

LLB 4.80 40 4.80 40 192 100% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 


21 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

30 

1,320 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 1 0 1 0 0 

9:25 AM 1 1 1 0 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 1 0 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 1 0 0 

12:05 PM 0 1 0 0 0 

12:40 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

1:10 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

2:15 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

3:20 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

3:55 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

8:50 AM 9:45 AM MW ESC 385 01 Intro to GIS 

LLB 2.00 2 2.00 21 42 70% 

8:50 AM 9:45 AM MW GEO 385 01 Intro to GIS 

LLB 2.00 19 

9:25 AM 12:10 PM T ESC 390 01 Geographic Field Methods 

LLB 3.00 5 3.00 18 54 60% 

9:25 AM 12:10 PM T GEO 390 01 Geographic Field Methods 

LLB 3.00 13 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM W ESC 385 10L Intro to GIS 

LAB 2.00 2 2.00 21 42 70% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM W GEO 385 10L Intro to GIS 

LAB 2.00 19 

12:40 PM 2:05 PM TR ESC 425 01 Biogeography 

LLB 3.00 2 3.00 15 45 50% 

12:40 PM 2:05 PM TR GEO 425 01 Biogeography 

LLB 3.00 9 


LLB 3.00 4 

2:15 PM 3:40 PM MW ESC 345 01 Remote Sensing 

LLB 3.00 4 3.00 29 87 97% 

2:15 PM 3:40 PM MW GEO 345 01 Remote Sensing 

LLB 3.00 25 


69

Appendix C 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

70 


24 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

32 

1,123 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 0 1 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 1 0 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 1 0 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 1 0 0 

12:05 PM 0 1 1 0 0 

12:40 PM 0 1 1 1 0 

1:10 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

2:15 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

3:20 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

3:55 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 


LAB 2.00 31 2.00 31 62 97% 

9:25 AM 12:10 PM T ESC 390 01 Geographic Field Methods 

LLB 3.00 5 3.00 18 54 56% 

9:25 AM 12:10 PM T GEO 390 01 Geographic Field Methods 

LLB 3.00 13 


LAB 2.00 31 2.00 31 62 97% 

12:40 PM 2:05 PM TR ESC 425 01 Biogeography 

LLB 3.00 2 3.00 15 45 47% 


LLB 3.00 9 


LLB 3.00 4 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Microbiology 

18 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

18 

960 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:05 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:40 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

6:00 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM MW MIC 230 10L Fund Microbiology 

LAB 4.00 18 4.00 18 72 100% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM TR MIC 230 14L Fund Microbiology 

LAB 4.00 19 4.00 19 76 106% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM MW MIC 230 11L Fund Microbiology 

LAB 4.00 18 4.00 18 72 100% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM TR MIC 230 15L Fund Microbiology 

LAB 4.00 19 4.00 19 76 106% 


LAB 4.00 18 4.00 18 72 100% 


LAB 4.00 19 4.00 19 76 106% 


LAB 4.00 19 4.00 19 76 106% 


LAB 4.00 17 4.00 17 68 94% 


71

Appendix C 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

72 

Microbiology 

20 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

30 

1,080 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 1 0 1 0 0 

9:25 AM 1 0 1 0 0 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:05 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

12:40 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

1:10 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

2:15 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

3:20 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

3:55 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM MW MIC 406 10L Immunology 

LAB 4.00 22 4.00 22 88 73% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM TR MIC 407 10L Pathogenic Bact 

LAB 4.00 17 4.00 17 68 57% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM MW MIC 406 11L Immunology 

LAB 4.00 20 4.00 23 92 77% 


LAB 4.00 3 

3:20 PM 5:20 PM TR MIC 421 01 Virology Lab 

LAB 4.00 13 4.00 16 64 53% 

3:20 PM 5:20 PM TR MIC 521 01 Virology Lab 

LAB 4.00 3 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Microbiology 

13 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

24 

1,080 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 1 0 1 0 1 

9:25 AM 1 0 1 0 1 

9:55 AM 1 0 1 0 1 

11:00 AM 1 0 1 0 1 

12:05 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

12:40 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

1:10 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

2:15 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

3:20 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

3:55 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

8:50 AM 11:55 AM F MIC 350 10L Bacterial Diversty 

LAB 3.10 12 3.10 12 37 50% 

8:50 AM 11:55 AM MW MIC 416 10L Microbial Genetics 

LAB 6.20 12 6.20 12 74 50% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM MW MIC 416 11L Microbial Genetics 

LAB 6.20 15 6.20 16 99 67% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM MW MIC 516 11L Microbial Genetics 

LAB 6.20 1 


73

Appendix C 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

74 

Biology 

15 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

18 

780 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

8:50 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:55 AM 0 0 0 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 0 0 1 0 

12:05 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

12:40 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

1:10 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM R BIO 422 10L Ichthyology 

LAB 2.00 8 2.00 10 20 56% 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM R BIO 522 10L Ichthyology 

LAB 2.00 2 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM T BIO 422 11L Ichthyology 

LAB 2.00 11 2.00 12 24 67% 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM T BIO 522 11L Ichthyology 

LAB 2.00 1 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM R BIO 419 10L Quan Meth Ecology 

LAB 2.00 13 2.00 18 36 100% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM R BIO 519 10L Quan Meth Ecology 

LAB 2.00 5 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM MW BIO 406 10L Parasitology 

LAB 4.00 16 4.00 18 72 100% 


LAB 4.00 2 


LAB 4.00 17 4.00 17 68 94% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM R BIO 341 11L Limnology 

LAB 3.10 14 3.10 14 43 78% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM T BIO 341 10L Limnology 

LAB 3.10 14 3.10 14 43 78% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Microbiology 

16 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

24 

870 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:05 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:40 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

1:10 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

2:15 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

3:20 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

3:55 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM R MIC 100 13L Microbes & Society 

LAB 2.00 16 2.00 16 32 67% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM T MIC 100 10L Microbes & Society 

LAB 2.00 16 2.00 16 32 67% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM R MIC 100 14L Microbes & Society 

LAB 2.00 15 2.00 15 30 63% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM T MIC 100 11L Microbes & Society 

LAB 2.00 16 2.00 16 32 67% 


LAB 2.00 16 2.00 16 32 67% 


LAB 2.00 18 2.00 18 36 75% 


75

Appendix C 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

76 

Biology 

25 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

30 

1,080 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 1 1 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 1 1 0 0 0 

9:25 AM 1 1 0 0 0 

9:55 AM 1 1 0 0 0 

11:00 AM 1 1 0 0 0 

12:05 PM 1 0 0 0 0 

12:40 PM 1 0 0 0 0 

1:10 PM 1 0 0 0 0 

2:15 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

3:20 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

3:55 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM M BIO 210 10L Animal Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 93% 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM T BIO 210 13L Animal Biology 

LAB 2.00 13 2.00 13 26 43% 


LAB 2.00 29 2.00 29 58 97% 


LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 80% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM M BIO 210 12L Animal Biology 

LAB 2.00 30 2.00 30 60 100% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Biology 

19 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

24 

1,140 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 1 0 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 0 0 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 1 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 1 1 1 

12:05 PM 0 0 1 1 1 

12:40 PM 0 0 1 1 1 

1:10 PM 0 1 1 1 0 

2:15 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

3:20 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

3:55 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

8:50 AM 11:50 AM T BIO 468 01 Human Mol Gen Lab 

LAB 3.00 6 3.00 6 18 25% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM R BIO 204 14L Plant Biology 

LAB 2.00 25 2.00 25 50 104% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM W BIO 204 10L Plant Biology 

LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM F BIO 204 16L Plant Biology 

LAB 2.00 23 2.00 23 46 96% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM R BIO 204 15L Plant Biology 

LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM W BIO 204 11L Plant Biology 

LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 

1:10 PM 2:15 PM T BIO 725 01 Forum in Biology 

LLB 1.10 10 1.10 10 11 42% 


77

Appendix C 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

78 

Biology 

28 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

36 

1,433 




Weekly 


Contact Hours: 1,228 Room Hours: 44.0 Station Occupancy: 78% 

Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

8:50 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

9:25 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

12:05 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:40 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

6:00 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM F BIO 105 32L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM M BIO 105 10L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM R BIO 105 25L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM T BIO 105 15L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM W BIO 105 20L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 


LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM M BIO 105 11L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM R BIO 105 26L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 


LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 


LAB 2.00 27 2.00 27 54 75% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM M BIO 105 12L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM R BIO 105 27L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM T BIO 105 17L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM W BIO 105 22L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 


LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 


LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 


LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 


LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 


LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 


LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 78% 


LAB 2.00 26 2.00 26 52 72% 


LAB 2.00 29 2.00 29 58 81%

March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Biology 

27 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

38 

1,428 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

9:25 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

12:05 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

12:40 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 0 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 0 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 


LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 74% 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM M BIO 103 15L Intro Biology 

LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 53% 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM R BIO 103 20L Intro Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 74% 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM T BIO 103 12L Intro Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 74% 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM W BIO 103 16L Intro Biology 

LAB 2.00 25 2.00 25 50 66% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM F BIO 105 34L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 74% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM M BIO 105 19L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 74% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM R BIO 105 36L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 74% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM T BIO 103 13L Intro Biology 

LAB 2.00 27 2.00 27 54 71% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM W BIO 103 17L Intro Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 74% 

1:10 PM 3:10 PM M BIO 103 10L Intro Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 74% 


LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 74% 

1:10 PM 3:10 PM T BIO 103 14L Intro Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 74% 

1:10 PM 3:10 PM W BIO 103 18L Intro Biology 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 74% 


LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 74% 


LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 74% 


LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 74% 


79

Appendix C 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

80 

Biology 

20 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

20 

896 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 1 1 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 1 1 0 1 1 

9:25 AM 1 1 0 1 1 

9:55 AM 1 1 0 1 1 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

12:05 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

12:40 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM M BIO 315 10L Cell Biology 

LAB 3.10 21 3.10 21 65 105% 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM T BIO 315 12L Cell Biology 

LAB 3.10 21 3.10 21 65 105% 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM F BIO 306 14L Genetics 

LAB 2.00 19 2.00 19 38 95% 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM R BIO 306 10L Genetics 

LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 100% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM F BIO 306 15L Genetics 

LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 100% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM M BIO 315 11L Cell Biology 

LAB 3.10 19 3.10 19 59 95% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM R BIO 306 11L Genetics 

LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 100% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM T BIO 315 13L Cell Biology 

LAB 3.10 20 3.10 20 62 100% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM W BIO 436 01 Molecular Bio Lab 

LLB 3.10 16 3.10 17 53 85% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM W BIO 536 01 Molecular Bio Lab 

LAB 3.10 1 

1:10 PM 3:10 PM F BIO 306 16L Genetics 

LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 100% 

1:10 PM 3:10 PM R BIO 306 12L Genetics 

LAB 2.00 19 2.00 19 38 95% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM M BIO 315 15L Cell Biology 

LAB 3.10 18 3.10 18 56 90% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM T BIO 315 14L Cell Biology 

LAB 3.10 20 3.10 20 62 100% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM W BIO 436 02 Molecular Bio Lab 

LLB 3.10 21 3.10 24 74 120% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM W BIO 536 02 Molecular Bio Lab 

LAB 3.10 3 


LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 100% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Chemistry 

22 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

24 

1,248 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

8:50 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

9:25 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

12:05 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

12:40 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

2:15 PM 1 0 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 0 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 0 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM F CHM 103 53L General Chem I 

LAB 3.10 26 3.10 26 81 108% 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM M CHM 103 51L General Chem I 

LAB 3.10 19 3.10 19 59 79% 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM R CHM 103 41L General Chem I 

LAB 3.10 24 3.10 24 74 100% 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM T CHM 103 12L General Chem I 

LAB 3.10 24 3.10 24 74 100% 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM W CHM 103 52L General Chem I 

LAB 3.10 17 3.10 17 53 71% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM F CHM 103 63L General Chem I 

LAB 3.10 10 3.10 10 31 42% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM M CHM 103 11L General Chem I 

LAB 3.10 23 3.10 23 71 96% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM R CHM 103 42L General Chem I 

LAB 3.10 24 3.10 24 74 100% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM T CHM 103 13L General Chem I 

LAB 3.10 26 3.10 26 81 108% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM W CHM 103 14L General Chem I 

LAB 3.10 23 3.10 23 71 96% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM M CHM 103 34L General Chem I 

LAB 3.10 23 3.10 23 71 96% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM R CHM 103 43L General Chem I 

LAB 3.10 23 3.10 23 71 96% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM W CHM 103 44L General Chem I 

LAB 3.10 23 3.10 23 71 96% 


81

Appendix C 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

82 

Chemistry 

20 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

20 

1,210 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 1 0 

8:50 AM 0 0 0 1 0 

9:25 AM 0 0 0 1 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 0 1 1 

12:05 PM 1 1 0 1 1 

12:40 PM 1 1 0 1 1 

1:10 PM 1 0 0 1 1 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 0 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 0 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM R CHM 325 12L Survy Biochemistry 

LAB 3.10 20 3.10 20 62 100% 

9:55 AM 1:00 PM T CHM 417 10L Biochemistry I 

LAB 3.10 19 3.10 20 62 100% 

9:55 AM 1:00 PM T CHM 517 10L Biochemistry I 

LAB 3.10 1 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM F CHM 325 13L Survy Biochemistry 

LAB 3.10 19 3.10 19 59 95% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM R CHM 417 21L Biochemistry I 

LAB 3.10 19 3.10 19 59 95% 

12:05 PM 3:10 PM M CHM 325 10L Survy Biochemistry 

LAB 3.10 20 3.10 20 62 100% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM R CHM 417 11L Biochemistry I 

LAB 3.10 22 3.10 22 68 110% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM T CHM 325 11L Survy Biochemistry 

LAB 3.10 21 3.10 21 65 105% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM W CHM 417 20L Biochemistry I 

LAB 3.10 19 3.10 20 62 100% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM W CHM 517 20L Biochemistry I 

LAB 3.10 1 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Chemistry 

23 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

24 

1,208 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

8:50 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

12:05 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

12:40 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 


LAB 3.10 23 3.10 23 71 96% 


LAB 3.10 24 3.10 24 74 100% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM F CHM 100 11L Contemporary Chem 

LAB 2.00 18 2.00 18 36 75% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM M CHM 103 21L General Chem I 

LAB 3.10 23 3.10 23 71 96% 


LAB 3.10 25 3.10 25 78 104% 


LAB 3.10 25 3.10 25 78 104% 


LAB 3.10 24 3.10 24 74 100% 


LAB 3.10 23 3.10 23 71 96% 

2:15 PM 4:15 PM R CHM 100 10L Contemporary Chem 

LAB 2.00 16 2.00 16 32 67% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM T CHM 103 33L General Chem I 

LAB 3.10 23 3.10 23 71 96% 


LAB 3.10 24 3.10 24 74 100% 


83

Appendix C 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

84 

Chemistry 

18 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

20 

1,208 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

8:50 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:05 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:40 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

3:55 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM TR CHM 300 11L Survy Organic Chem 

LAB 4.00 16 4.00 16 64 80% 


LAB 4.00 20 4.00 20 80 100% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM TR CHM 300 13L Survy Organic Chem 

LAB 4.00 19 4.00 19 76 95% 

1:10 PM 3:10 PM MW CHM 300 10L Survy Organic Chem 

LAB 4.00 18 4.00 18 72 90% 


LAB 4.00 19 4.00 19 76 95% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Chemistry 

24 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

24 

1,228 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

8:50 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:05 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:40 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

1:10 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

2:15 PM 0 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 0 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 0 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 1 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM R CHM 104 12L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 23 3.10 23 71 96% 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM T CHM 104 22L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 23 3.10 23 71 96% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM R CHM 104 13L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 24 3.10 24 74 100% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM T CHM 104 23L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 24 3.10 24 74 100% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM R CHM 104 14L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 23 3.10 23 71 96% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM T CHM 104 24L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 24 3.10 24 74 100% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM W CHM 104 21L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 24 3.10 24 74 100% 

5:30 PM 8:35 PM W CHM 104 11L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 25 3.10 25 78 104% 


85

Appendix C 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

86 

Chemistry 

26 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

24 

1,228 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

8:50 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:05 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:40 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

1:10 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM TR CHM 301 11L Analytical Chem 

LAB 6.20 26 6.20 26 161 108% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM TR CHM 301 12L Analytical Chem 

LAB 6.20 25 6.20 25 155 104% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM MW CHM 301 10L Analytical Chem 

LAB 6.20 26 6.20 26 161 108% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM TR CHM 301 13L Analytical Chem 

LAB 6.20 26 6.20 26 161 108% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Chemistry 

4 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

15 

1,000 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:55 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

11:00 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

12:05 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

12:40 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

1:10 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

2:15 PM 1 0 0 0 0 

3:20 PM 1 0 0 0 0 

3:55 PM 1 0 0 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM M CHM 314 20L Adv Phys Chem Lab 

LAB 3.10 4 3.10 4 12 27% 


87

Appendix C 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

88 

Chemistry 

13 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

20 

1,476 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

8:50 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:05 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:40 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM TR CHM 305 02 Organic Chem Lab 

LAB 6.20 6 6.20 6 37 30% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM TR CHM 305 03 Organic Chem Lab 

LAB 6.20 20 6.20 20 124 100% 

1:10 PM 4:15 PM MW CHM 305 01 Organic Chem Lab 

LAB 6.20 10 6.20 10 62 50% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM TR CHM 305 04 Organic Chem Lab 

LAB 6.20 14 6.20 14 87 70% 


Appendix D 


Detail by Room - Spring 2010

March 2011 

APPENDIX D: TEACHING LABORATORY UTILIZATION DETAIL - SPRING 2010 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Mathematics 

23 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

827 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 

Scheduled Utilization by Room - Spring 2009 

48 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 1 0 1 0 0 

8:50 AM 1 0 1 0 0 

9:25 AM 1 0 1 0 0 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:05 PM 1 0 1 0 1 

12:40 PM 1 0 1 0 1 

1:10 PM 0 1 0 0 0 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 0 1 

3:20 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

3:55 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM M EDS 422 03 Tch Mth Mthd ECMCEA 

LAB 2.00 13 2.00 13 26 27% 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM W EDS 422 02 Tch Mth Mthd ECMCEA 

LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 42% 


LAB 4.00 38 4.00 38 152 79% 


LAB 4.00 39 4.00 39 156 81% 

12:05 PM 1:00 PM MWF MTH 353 01 Diffrntl Equations 

LEC 3.00 21 3.00 21 63 44% 

1:10 PM 3:10 PM T EDS 422 01 Tch Mth Mthd ECMCEA 

LAB 2.00 19 2.00 19 38 40% 

2:15 PM 3:10 PM MWF MTH 480 01 Studies Appl Math 

LEC 3.00 8 3.00 8 24 17% 


91

Appendix D 

Teaching Laboratory Utilization Detail by Room- Spring 2010 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

92 

Mathematics 

21 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

737 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



42 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

8:50 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

9:25 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:05 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

12:40 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 0 1 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 0 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 0 0 

3:55 PM 0 1 0 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 8:40 AM MTWR MTH 150 01 College Algebra 

LEC 4.00 39 4.00 39 156 93% 

8:50 AM 9:50 AM MTWR MTH 265 01 Math Models in Bio 

LEC 4.00 14 4.00 14 56 33% 

9:55 AM 10:50 AM MTWR MTH 126 02 Math Elem Tchrs II 

LAB 4.00 25 4.00 25 100 60% 

11:00 AM 11:55 AM MTWR MTH 126 01 Math Elem Tchrs II 

LAB 4.00 32 4.00 32 128 76% 

1:10 PM 2:05 PM MWF MTH 447 01 Nonparametric Stat 

LEC 3.00 11 3.00 11 33 26% 

2:00 PM 4:00 PM T SAA 720 02 SAA Special Topics 

lab .80 10 .80 10 8 24% 

2:15 PM 3:40 PM MW MTH 280 01 Prob Solvng-El Tch 

LAB 3.00 15 3.00 15 45 36% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Biology 

22 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,181 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


24 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 1 1 1 0 1 

8:50 AM 1 1 1 0 1 

9:25 AM 1 1 1 0 1 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

12:05 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

12:40 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 1 1 1 0 0 

6:00 PM 1 1 1 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM F BIO 312 13L Human Anatomy & Physiology I LAB 2.00 23 2.00 23 46 96% 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM M BIO 313 10L Human Anatomy & Physiology II LAB 2.00 23 2.00 23 46 96% 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM T BIO 313 24L Human Anatomy & Physiology II LAB 2.00 13 2.00 13 26 54% 

7:45 AM 9:45 AM W BIO 313 19L Human Anatomy & Physiology II LAB 2.00 19 2.00 19 38 79% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM F BIO 312 14L Human Anatomy & Physiology I LAB 2.00 25 2.00 25 50 104% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM M BIO 313 11L Human Anatomy & Physiology II LAB 2.00 23 2.00 23 46 96% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM R BIO 312 10L Human Anatomy & Physiology I LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM T BIO 313 15L Human Anatomy & Physiology II LAB 2.00 19 2.00 19 38 79% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM W BIO 313 20L Human Anatomy & Physiology II LAB 2.00 9 2.00 9 18 38% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM F BIO 312 15L Human Anatomy & Physiology I LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM M BIO 313 12L Human Anatomy & Physiology II LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM R BIO 312 11L Human Anatomy & Physiology I LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM T BIO 313 16L Human Anatomy & Physiology II LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM W BIO 313 21L Human Anatomy & Physiology II LAB 2.00 23 2.00 23 46 96% 


2:15 PM 4:15 PM R BIO 312 12L Human Anatomy & Physiology I LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 






93

Appendix D 


Cowley Hall • CH 0204A 


Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

94 


24 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

420 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



42 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 1 0 0 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 0 1 

12:05 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

12:40 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

1:10 PM 0 1 1 0 0 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 0 0 

3:20 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

3:55 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 


LAB 2.00 31 2.00 31 62 74% 


LAB 2.00 19 2.00 19 38 45% 

11:00 AM 11:55 AM MF ESC 422 01 Mtrlgy & Wthr Fcst 

LLB 2.00 8 2.00 18 36 43% 

11:00 AM 11:55 AM MF GEO 422 01 Mtrlgy & Wthr Fcst 

LLB 2.00 10 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM W ESC 101 31L Earth Environments 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 67% 


LAB 2.00 31 2.00 31 62 74% 


LLB 2.00 5 2.00 18 36 43% 


LLB 2.00 13 

3:20 PM 5:20 PM M ESC 250 10L Fund Cartography 

LAB 2.00 5 2.00 18 36 43% 

3:20 PM 5:20 PM M GEO 250 10L Fund Cartography 

LAB 2.00 13 

3:45 PM 5:45 PM W ESC 222 10L Landforms:Pro/Rgn 

LAB 2.00 30 2.00 30 60 71% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 


22 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,710 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


28 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 0 1 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 0 1 0 0 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:05 PM 1 1 1 0 0 

12:40 PM 1 1 1 0 0 

1:10 PM 1 1 0 1 0 

2:15 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 0 0 

3:55 PM 1 1 1 0 0 

5:30 PM 1 1 1 0 0 

6:00 PM 1 1 1 0 0 

7:00 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM W PHY 104 14L Fund Physics II 

LAB 2.00 26 2.00 26 52 93% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM M PHY 125 10L Phys for Life Sci 

LAB 2.00 26 2.00 26 52 93% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM R PHY 204 10L General Physics II 

LAB 2.00 16 2.00 16 32 57% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM T PHY 104 10L Fund Physics II 

LAB 2.00 27 2.00 27 54 96% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM W PHY 104 15L Fund Physics II 

LAB 2.00 13 2.00 13 26 46% 


LAB 2.00 25 2.00 25 50 89% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM T PHY 104 11L Fund Physics II 

LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 100% 

1:10 PM 3:10 PM R PHY 204 11L General Physics II 

LAB 2.00 6 2.00 6 12 21% 


LAB 2.00 25 2.00 25 50 89% 


LAB 2.00 25 2.00 25 50 89% 

3:20 PM 5:20 PM W PHY 104 16L Fund Physics II 

LAB 2.00 26 2.00 26 52 93% 


LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 86% 


LAB 2.00 11 2.00 11 22 39% 

5:30 PM 7:30 PM W PHY 104 17L Fund Physics II 

LAB 2.00 27 2.00 27 54 96% 


95

Appendix D 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

96 


22 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,140 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



30 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

9:25 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 0 1 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 0 1 

12:05 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

12:40 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

1:10 PM 0 1 1 0 1 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 0 0 

3:20 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

3:55 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

8:50 AM 9:45 AM MTWR ESL 101 01 ESL Reading 

LEC 4.00 6 4.00 6 24 20% 

9:55 AM 10:50 AM MWF CS 442 01 Struc of Compilers 

LLB 3.00 30 3.00 30 90 100% 


LAB 2.00 31 2.00 31 62 103% 

11:00 AM 11:55 AM MWF ESC 422 01 Mtrlgy & Wthr Fcst 

LLB 3.00 8 3.00 18 54 60% 

11:00 AM 11:55 AM MWF GEO 422 01 Mtrlgy & Wthr Fcst 

LLB 3.00 10 


LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 93% 

1:10 PM 2:05 PM F GEO 495 01 Smnr in Geo Ethsc 

LLB 1.00 6 1.00 6 6 20% 


LAB 2.00 31 2.00 31 62 103% 


LLB 2.00 5 2.00 18 36 60% 


LLB 2.00 13 

3:20 PM 5:20 PM M ESC 250 10L Fund Cartography 

LAB 2.00 5 2.00 18 36 60% 

3:20 PM 5:20 PM M GEO 250 10L Fund Cartography 

LAB 2.00 13 

3:45 PM 5:45 PM W ESC 222 10L Landforms:Pro/Rgn 

LAB 2.00 30 2.00 30 60 100% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 


18 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

960 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


28 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:55 AM 0 0 0 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 0 0 1 0 

12:05 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

12:40 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

1:10 PM 0 0 0 1 1 

2:15 PM 0 0 0 1 1 

3:20 PM 0 0 0 1 1 

3:55 PM 0 0 0 1 1 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM R PHY 160 10L Stars Galax & Univ 

LAB 2.00 18 2.00 18 36 64% 

1:10 PM 3:10 PM F PHY 334 10L Elec Circuits 

LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 71% 

1:10 PM 3:10 PM R PHY 160 11L Stars Galax & Univ 

LAB 2.00 22 2.00 22 44 79% 

3:20 PM 5:20 PM F PHY 334 11L Elec Circuits 

LAB 2.00 16 2.00 16 32 57% 

3:20 PM 5:20 PM R PHY 160 12L Stars Galax & Univ 

LAB 2.00 15 2.00 15 30 54% 


97

Appendix D 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

98 


41 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,140 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



40 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:55 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

11:00 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

12:05 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

12:40 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

1:10 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

2:15 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

3:20 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

3:55 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

12:05 PM 2:30 PM MW PHY 106 01 Physcl Sci Educatr 

LLB 4.80 41 4.80 41 197 103% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 


19 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,320 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


30 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 1 0 1 0 0 

9:25 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 1 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 1 1 0 

12:05 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

12:40 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

1:10 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 1 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 1 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

8:50 AM 9:45 AM MW ESC 385 01 Intro to GIS 

LLB 2.00 6 2.00 23 46 77% 

8:50 AM 9:45 AM MW GEO 385 01 Intro to GIS 

LLB 2.00 17 

9:25 AM 11:25 AM R ESC 440 10L Interpret Aerial Photographs 

LAB 2.00 6 2.00 20 40 67% 

9:25 AM 11:25 AM R GEO 440 10L Interpret Aerial Photographs 

LAB 2.00 14 

9:25 AM 11:25 AM T ESC 440 01 Interpret Aerial Photographs 

LLB 2.00 6 2.00 20 40 67% 

9:25 AM 11:25 AM T GEO 440 01 Interpret Aerial Photographs 

LLB 2.00 11 

9:25 AM 11:25 AM T GEO 440 02 Interpret Aerial Photographs 

LLB 2.00 3 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM W ESC 385 10L Intro to GIS 

LAB 2.00 6 2.00 23 46 77% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM W GEO 385 10L Intro to GIS 

LAB 2.00 17 

2:15 PM 3:40 PM MW ESC 445 01 Advanced Remote Sensing 

LLB 3.00 1 3.00 18 54 60% 

2:15 PM 3:40 PM MW ESC 445 02 Advanced Remote Sensing 

LLB 3.00 1 

2:15 PM 3:40 PM MW GEO 445 01 Advanced Remote Sensing 

LLB 3.00 16 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM R GEO 485 01 Advanced GIS 

LLB 3.10 19 3.10 20 62 67% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM R GEO 585 01 Advanced GIS 

LLB 3.10 1 

2:15 PM 4:05 PM T ESC 455 01 Applied Map Design 

LLB 2.00 3 2.00 13 26 43% 

2:15 PM 4:05 PM T GEO 455 01 Applied Map Design 

LLB 2.00 10 

4:15 PM 6:15 PM T ESC 455 10L Applied Map Design 

LAB 2.00 3 2.00 12 24 40% 

4:15 PM 6:15 PM T GEO 455 10L Applied Map Design 

LAB 2.00 9 


99

Appendix D 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

100 


33 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,123 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



32 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 0 1 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 0 1 0 0 

9:55 AM 0 0 1 0 0 

11:00 AM 0 0 1 0 0 

12:05 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

12:40 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

1:10 PM 0 0 0 0 1 

2:15 PM 0 0 1 0 1 

3:20 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

3:55 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 


LAB 2.00 29 2.00 29 58 91% 


LAB 2.00 27 2.00 27 54 84% 

1:10 PM 3:10 PM F ESC 101 03 Earth Environments 

LLB 2.00 47 2.00 47 94 147% 


LAB 2.00 30 2.00 30 60 94% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Microbiology 

19 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

960 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


18 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:05 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:40 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

6:00 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM MW MIC 230 10L Fund Microbiology 

LAB 4.00 19 4.00 19 76 106% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM TR MIC 230 14L Fund Microbiology 

LAB 4.00 19 4.00 19 76 106% 


LAB 4.00 19 4.00 19 76 106% 


LAB 4.00 18 4.00 18 72 100% 


LAB 4.00 18 4.00 18 72 100% 


LAB 4.00 19 4.00 19 76 106% 


LAB 4.00 18 4.00 18 72 100% 


LAB 4.00 19 4.00 19 76 106% 


101

Appendix D 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

102 

Microbiology 

21 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,080 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



30 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 1 0 1 0 0 

9:25 AM 1 0 1 0 0 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:05 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

12:40 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

1:10 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

2:15 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

3:20 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

3:55 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM MW MIC 406 10L Immunology 

LAB 4.00 22 4.00 22 88 73% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM TR MIC 407 10L Pathogenic Bact 

LAB 4.00 18 4.00 18 72 60% 


LAB 4.00 22 4.00 22 88 73% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Microbiology 

14 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,080 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


24 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 1 0 1 0 1 

9:25 AM 1 0 1 0 1 

9:55 AM 1 0 1 0 1 

11:00 AM 1 0 1 0 1 

12:05 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

12:40 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

1:10 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

2:15 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

3:20 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

3:55 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

8:50 AM 11:50 AM F MIC 350 10L Bacterial Diversty 

LAB 3.00 12 3.00 12 36 50% 

8:50 AM 11:55 AM MW MIC 425 10L Bacterial Physiol 

LAB 6.20 17 6.20 17 105 71% 

1:10 PM 4:15 PM MW MIC 425 11L Bacterial Physiol 

LAB 6.20 14 6.20 14 87 58% 


103

Appendix D 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

104 

Biology 

17 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

780 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



18 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 1 0 

8:50 AM 1 0 0 1 0 

9:25 AM 1 0 0 1 0 

9:55 AM 1 0 0 1 0 

11:00 AM 1 0 1 0 1 

12:05 PM 0 0 1 0 1 

12:40 PM 0 0 1 0 1 

1:10 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

2:15 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

3:20 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

3:55 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM R BIO 321 10L Ornithology 

LAB 3.10 19 3.10 19 59 106% 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM M BIO 701 01 Comm Bio Sciences 

LLB 2.00 16 2.00 16 32 89% 

11:00 AM 11:55 AM M BIO 447 01 Std Meth/Wtr Anlys 

LLB 1.00 12 1.00 16 16 89% 

11:00 AM 11:55 AM M BIO 547 01 Std Meth/Wtr Anlys 

LLB 1.00 4 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM WF BIO 447 10L Std Meth/Wtr Anlys 

LAB 4.00 12 4.00 16 64 89% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM WF BIO 547 10L Std Meth/Wtr Anlys 

LAB 4.00 4 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Microbiology 

15 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

870 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


24 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 0 0 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 0 0 0 

12:05 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:40 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

1:10 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

2:15 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

3:20 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

3:55 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM T MIC 100 10L Microbes & Society 

LAB 2.00 17 2.00 17 34 71% 


LAB 2.20 13 2.20 13 29 54% 


LAB 2.20 16 2.20 16 35 67% 

3:20 PM 5:20 PM TR MIC 380 10L Food Microbiology 

LAB 4.00 12 4.00 12 48 50% 


105

Appendix D 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

106 

Biology 

22 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,080 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



30 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 1 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 1 0 0 1 1 

9:25 AM 1 0 0 1 1 

9:55 AM 1 1 0 1 1 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:05 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:40 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

1:10 PM 1 1 0 1 0 

2:15 PM 1 0 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

3:55 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 


LAB 2.00 29 2.00 29 58 97% 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM F BIO 203 15L Organismal Biology 

LAB 2.00 11 2.00 11 22 37% 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM R BIO 203 12L Organismal Biology 

LAB 2.00 8 2.00 8 16 27% 


LAB 2.00 27 2.00 27 54 90% 


LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 80% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM R BIO 203 13L Organismal Biology 

LAB 2.00 23 2.00 23 46 77% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM W BIO 203 10L Organismal Biology 

LAB 2.00 19 2.00 19 38 63% 


LAB 2.00 27 2.00 27 54 90% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM T BIO 210 15L Animal Biology 

LAB 2.00 26 2.00 26 52 87% 

1:10 PM 3:10 PM R BIO 203 14L Organismal Biology 

LAB 2.00 22 2.00 22 44 73% 


LAB 2.00 28 2.00 28 56 93% 

2:15 PM 4:15 PM W BIO 203 11L Organismal Biology 

LAB 2.00 17 2.00 17 34 57% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Biology 

25 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,140 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


24 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 1 0 1 1 1 

9:25 AM 1 0 1 1 1 

9:55 AM 1 0 1 1 1 

11:00 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

12:05 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

12:40 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

1:10 PM 0 1 1 0 0 

2:15 PM 0 1 0 0 0 

3:20 PM 0 1 0 0 0 

3:55 PM 0 1 0 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM MF BIO 408 10L Developmental Bio 

LAB 4.00 21 4.00 22 88 92% 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM MF BIO 508 10L Developmental Bio 

LAB 4.00 1 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM R BIO 204 14L Plant Biology 

LAB 2.00 26 2.00 26 52 108% 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM W BIO 204 12L Plant Biology 

LAB 2.00 25 2.00 25 50 104% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM W BIO 204 13L Plant Biology 

LAB 2.00 26 2.00 26 52 108% 

1:10 PM 3:10 PM T BIO 204 10L Plant Biology 

LAB 2.00 26 2.00 26 52 108% 

3:20 PM 5:20 PM T BIO 204 11L Plant Biology 

LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 100% 


107

Appendix D 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

108 

Biology 

21 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,433 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



36 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 1 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 1 1 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 1 0 0 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:05 PM 1 1 1 0 0 

12:40 PM 1 1 1 0 0 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 0 0 

2:15 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

3:20 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

3:55 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 1 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 


LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 56% 


LAB 2.00 23 2.00 23 46 64% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM M BIO 103 10L Intro Biology 

LAB 2.00 19 2.00 19 38 53% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM R BIO 103 20L Intro Biology 

LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 56% 


LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 56% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM W BIO 105 16L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 67% 


LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 56% 

12:05 PM 2:05 PM T BIO 103 15L Intro Biology 

LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 56% 


LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 67% 


LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 56% 


LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 56% 


LAB 2.00 23 2.00 23 46 64% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Biology 

20 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,428 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


38 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 1 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 1 

8:50 AM 0 1 0 0 1 

9:25 AM 0 1 0 0 1 

9:55 AM 0 1 1 0 1 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:05 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:40 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

1:10 PM 1 0 1 1 0 

2:15 PM 1 0 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

3:55 PM 1 0 1 0 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 1 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 1 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:15 AM 10:15 AM F BIO 105 700 General Biology 

LLB 3.00 7 3.00 7 21 18% 


LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 63% 

9:55 AM 11:55 AM W BIO 103 16L Intro Biology 

LAB 2.00 16 2.00 16 32 42% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM M BIO 105 10L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 63% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM R BIO 105 20L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 63% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM T BIO 105 14L General Biology 

LAB 2.00 23 2.00 23 46 61% 


LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 53% 


LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 63% 


LAB 2.00 23 2.00 23 46 61% 


LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 53% 


LAB 2.00 24 2.00 24 48 63% 


LAB 2.00 7 2.00 7 14 18% 


109

Appendix D 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

110 

Biology 

20 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

896 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



20 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 1 1 1 0 0 

8:50 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

9:25 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

9:55 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

11:00 AM 1 1 0 1 1 

12:05 PM 1 1 0 1 1 

12:40 PM 1 1 0 1 1 

1:10 PM 1 1 0 1 1 

2:15 PM 0 1 0 1 1 

3:20 PM 0 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 0 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 10:45 AM M BIO 315 10L Cell Biology 

LAB 3.00 21 3.00 21 63 105% 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM T BIO 315 12L Cell Biology 

LAB 3.10 21 3.10 21 65 105% 

7:45 AM 10:45 AM W BIO 315 14L Cell Biology 

LAB 3.00 20 3.00 20 60 100% 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM F BIO 306 13L Genetics 

LAB 2.00 19 2.00 19 38 95% 

8:50 AM 10:50 AM R BIO 306 15L Genetics 

LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 100% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM F BIO 306 17L Genetics 

LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 100% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM M BIO 315 11L Cell Biology 

LAB 3.10 20 3.10 20 62 100% 

11:00 AM 1:00 PM R BIO 306 11L Genetics 

LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 100% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM T BIO 315 13L Cell Biology 

LAB 3.10 20 3.10 20 62 100% 

1:10 PM 3:10 PM F BIO 306 14L Genetics 

LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 100% 


LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 100% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM T BIO 315 15L Cell Biology 

LAB 3.10 21 3.10 21 65 105% 


LAB 2.00 20 2.00 20 40 100% 

3:20 PM 5:20 PM W BIO 306 10L Genetics 

LAB 2.00 21 2.00 21 42 105% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Chemistry 

24 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,248 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


24 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

8:50 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 1 1 0 

12:05 PM 0 1 1 1 0 

12:40 PM 0 1 1 1 0 

1:10 PM 0 1 1 1 0 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 


LAB 3.10 24 3.10 24 74 100% 


LAB 3.10 22 3.10 22 68 92% 


LAB 3.10 26 3.10 26 81 108% 


LAB 3.10 24 3.10 24 74 100% 


LAB 3.10 24 3.10 24 74 100% 


LAB 3.10 24 3.10 24 74 100% 


LAB 3.10 25 3.10 25 78 104% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM T CHM 103 43L General Chem I 

LAB 3.10 26 3.10 26 81 108% 


LAB 3.10 24 3.10 24 74 100% 


111

Appendix D 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

112 

Chemistry 

19 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,210 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



20 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 1 1 1 0 

8:50 AM 0 1 1 1 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 1 1 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 1 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 0 0 0 1 

12:05 PM 0 0 0 0 1 

12:40 PM 0 0 0 0 1 

1:10 PM 0 0 0 0 1 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM R CHM 325 14L Survy Biochemistry 

LAB 3.10 20 3.10 20 62 100% 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM T CHM 325 13L Survy Biochemistry 

LAB 3.10 22 3.10 22 68 110% 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM W CHM 418 21L Biochemistry II 

LAB 3.10 19 3.10 19 59 95% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM F CHM 418 22L Biochemistry II 

LAB 3.10 18 3.10 18 56 90% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM M CHM 325 11L Survy Biochemistry 

LAB 3.10 20 3.10 20 62 100% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM R CHM 418 12L Biochemistry II 

LAB 3.10 17 3.10 17 53 85% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM T CHM 418 11L Biochemistry II 

LAB 3.10 17 3.10 18 56 90% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM T CHM 518 11L Biochemistry II 

LAB 3.10 1 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM W CHM 325 12L Survy Biochemistry 

LAB 3.10 20 3.10 20 62 100% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Chemistry 

23 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,208 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


24 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

8:50 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

12:05 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

12:40 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 


LAB 3.10 24 3.10 24 74 100% 


LAB 3.10 24 3.10 24 74 100% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM F CHM 104 35L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 22 3.10 22 68 92% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM M CHM 104 11L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 20 3.10 20 62 83% 


LAB 3.10 25 3.10 25 78 104% 


LAB 3.10 19 3.10 19 59 79% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM W CHM 104 22L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 22 3.10 22 68 92% 


LAB 3.10 25 3.10 25 78 104% 


LAB 3.10 25 3.10 25 78 104% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM T CHM 104 41L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 23 3.10 23 71 96% 


LAB 3.10 26 3.10 26 81 108% 


113

Appendix D 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

114 

Chemistry 

17 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,208 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



20 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

8:50 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:05 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:40 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

1:10 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

2:15 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

3:20 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

3:55 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 


LAB 4.00 17 4.00 17 68 85% 


LAB 4.00 19 4.00 19 76 95% 


LAB 4.00 17 4.00 17 68 85% 


LAB 4.00 16 4.00 16 64 80% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Chemistry 

22 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,228 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


24 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 1 1 1 1 

8:50 AM 0 1 1 1 1 

9:25 AM 0 1 1 1 1 

9:55 AM 0 1 1 1 1 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 1 

12:05 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

12:40 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 1 1 

2:15 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

3:20 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

3:55 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 1 1 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 1 1 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 1 1 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 1 1 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM F CHM 104 44L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 22 3.10 22 68 92% 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM R CHM 104 31L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 22 3.10 22 68 92% 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM T CHM 104 12L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 23 3.10 23 71 96% 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM W CHM 104 42L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 20 3.10 20 62 83% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM F CHM 104 23L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 21 3.10 21 65 88% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM M CHM 104 21L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 21 3.10 21 65 88% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM R CHM 104 32L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 22 3.10 22 68 92% 


LAB 3.10 22 3.10 22 68 92% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM W CHM 104 34L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 22 3.10 22 68 92% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM R CHM 104 33L General Chem II 

LAB 3.10 22 3.10 22 68 92% 

115

Appendix D 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

116 

Chemistry 

21 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,228 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



24 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

8:50 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

11:00 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:05 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

12:40 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

1:10 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM TR CHM 301 11L Analytical Chem 

LAB 6.20 21 6.20 21 130 88% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM TR CHM 301 12L Analytical Chem 

LAB 6.20 21 6.20 21 130 88% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM MW CHM 301 14L Analytical Chem 

LAB 6.20 18 6.20 18 112 75% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM TR CHM 301 13L Analytical Chem 

LAB 6.20 24 6.20 24 149 100% 


March 2011 



Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

Chemistry 

14 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,000 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 


LA CROSSE 


15 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:50 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:25 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

9:55 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

11:00 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

12:05 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

12:40 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

1:10 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

2:15 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

3:20 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

3:55 PM 0 1 0 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

1:10 PM 5:20 PM R CHM 313 11L Phys Chem Lab 

LAB 4.20 14 4.20 14 59 93% 

1:10 PM 2:05 PM T CHM 313 01 Phys Chem Lab 

LLB 1.00 14 1.00 14 14 93% 

2:05 PM 5:20 PM T CHM 313 11L Phys Chem Lab 

LAB 3.30 14 3.30 14 46 93% 


117

Appendix D 




Department: 

Average 

Enrollment: 

118 

Chemistry 

19 

Teaching Lab 

Assignable 

Square Feet: 

Capacity: 

1,476 




Weekly 



Start 

Time 

End 

Time Days 

Course 



20 

COURSE 

TYPE WRH 


7:15 AM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:45 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

8:50 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:25 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

9:55 AM 0 1 0 1 0 

11:00 AM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:05 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

12:40 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

1:10 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

2:15 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:20 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

3:55 PM 1 1 1 1 0 

5:30 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

6:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

7:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 

8:00 PM 0 0 0 0 0 



Enrollment 

WRH 

SECTION 

Enrollment 

WSCH 


Occupancy % 

7:45 AM 10:50 AM TR CHM 305 01 Organic Chem Lab 

LAB 6.20 18 6.20 18 112 90% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM MW CHM 305 04 Organic Chem Lab 

LAB 6.20 18 6.20 18 112 90% 

11:00 AM 2:05 PM TR CHM 305 02 Organic Chem Lab 

LAB 6.20 20 6.20 20 124 100% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM MW CHM 305 05 Organic Chem Lab 

LAB 6.20 19 6.20 19 118 95% 

2:15 PM 5:20 PM TR CHM 305 03 Organic Chem Lab 

LAB 6.20 18 6.20 18 112 90%

Division 5: Pre-Design Concept - Digitized Resources Murphy ...

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?